Marked for Death: A Rational Naruto Quest (STORY ONLY)

Chapter 621: Sacrificing Preferences

"A nightmare," Ami repeated. "I'm fine with being underestimated by my enemies right until the moment my dagger sinks into their backs, but how do these people acknowledge Naruto as a strong Hokage candidate in one breath and think he's too dumb to realise the practical benefits I get out of our relationship in the next? Come on, he was trained in politics by the Third and the Fifth, of course he knew what it meant when the ambitious foreigner approached him with ideas for how to improve the village! The fact that he went along with it anyway, and look, it turned out to be massively beneficial, is a sign that he's a forward-thinking leader of the same cut as the Seventh, not that he's being exploited by some extremely hot, diabolical social spec."

It was a beautiful sunny day, not that you'd know it from the windowless secure discussion space, and Ami was luxuriating in the unprecedented position of participating in a strategy meeting as a family member rather than an external consultant. The difference, to Hazō's eyes, was subtle, but he had the vaguest intuitive sense that she was more relaxed than usual–or, to be more precise, that her unchanged relaxedness was less performative than usual.

Or at least, she was luxuriating as much as was possible given she was in the middle of a frustrated rant. Shockingly, it seemed people were suspecting her of ulterior motives as she went around persuading, bribing, coercing, and possibly seducing people into supporting Naruto's candidacy. Kei was nodding along sympathetically to every word. Mari occasionally rolled her eyes good-humouredly, but couldn't poke fun too hard considering her own troubles getting people to lower their guard around an infamous social spec who they knew wanted to change their minds about something. Hazō himself was more distracted by watching for clues that might help him figure out just what he'd done by getting Ami to join the family.

"It's honestly embarrassing," Ami said. "Does somebody need to sit down with these wise old men and explain to them that private and public interests can overlap? I care about my–my family's welfare. I care about my ambitions. I care about the future of the world at large, and Leaf is an inextricable part of that, no matter how much fate hates it and wants it to suffer. I care about the KEI, even if I never intended to. I care about control and freedom and fun. What kind of primitive ape does it take to collapse me to just one of those things and think they're being perceptive?"

"Sorry to hear that, Ami," Hazō said as a default response. "So you still think Naruto is the Gōketsu's best candidate? I mean, bearing in mind our priorities are the Dragons, necromancy, lithosealing, and generally having a Hokage who lasts longer than Hagoromo Ritsuo at a brothel."

"I told you," Mari interrupted, "those are just slanderous rumours with no known basis in fact."

"A claim that cannot be questioned since Mari is their originator," Kei added.

"Hah!" Ami laughed. "I knew it. Minori owes me dinner."

For his own peace of mind, Hazō decided not to ask which Minori.

"Naruto's barred from the Seventh Path," Ami said, "but since there aren't any scrolls to spare, that's not a big deal, and his combat style isn't very Dragon-compatible anyway. Also, call me callous, but I'd rather see clan bosses taking the hits from giant unstoppable eldritch abominations than the kid I'm fond of who happens to be one of this world's great hopes for peace."

"Are you talking about AMITY?" Mari asked.

"Yup," Ami said. "All the raw materials were already there, and I've been hard at work making sure he believes. Between him and Lord Utakata, something is going to stay standing even if AMITY falls, and if they can achieve their full potential as Kage, and maybe get Lady Fū on board, they might be able to make this peace last even if the old warmongers don't cooperate.

"Because who else is there? Tsunade's a dyed-in-the-wool cynic. Lord Akimichi will emulate the Third's iron fist in a velvet glove, which was the perfect tool for solving the problems left behind by the Second's generation, but is worse than useless for solving the problems of the Ninth's. Lord Hagoromo won't even make it that far. He'll drag Leaf kicking and screaming back to the golden age of the Sixth Hokage and then run out of strength. Kurenai… Sorry, but Kurenai doesn't have what it takes. There's a price to be paid for staying away from politics until it gets fed up and comes knocking, and I suspect we're about to see her pay it."

"AMITY is your ballpark, Ami," Mari said. "Ours is making sure the world doesn't get eaten by Dragons or conquered by Akatsuki. Tsunade is already on board with our lithosealing research and she's a summoner. We can't overlook the advantages."

"Sure you can," Ami said. "You want to save the world your way or no way, or you'd already have shared lithosealing with Orochimaru, and taken the Pain gamble instead of counting on killing Akatsuki and then somehow pulling a new world peace out of the rift before everything implodes. That attitude's not going to fly with Tsunade, whose idea of compromise is that she gets what she wants and you get whatever you want that happens to be compatible with that. Naruto, on the other hand, is the most open-minded person relative to his power on the continent."

"It bears repeating," Kei added, "that Lord Akimichi's present political stance is to a large extent a specific reaction to mine, and by extension to yours, which largely inspired it. He will be approaching any negotiations–which will be starting from zero–with an antagonistic attitude by default, being sceptical of your iconoclastic motivations, and in no haste to hand you additional power or privilege merely because you claim it will be to Leaf's ultimate benefit."

"Lest we forget," Ami said, "Naruto also hates Akatsuki more than anyone else, since not only did he lose all the same people to them as the others, but they tortured him personally. If we're going to take down Akatsuki–which, just to say it again, is a terrible idea until we have a better plan for what comes afterwards–we'll want that hatred on our side. Tsunade, like all of her ilk, is too used to not picking fights with the few people who could kill her, and Lord Akimichi's grown up as the protector who stands between the ISC and danger, not goes drawing it to them."

"Fine," Hazō said. "Naruto it is. How actively do you think we need to be campaigning for him?"

"Actively," Ami said. "The Hagoromo support is a really bad sign. Needless to say, we can't accept him as Hokage–there's too much riding on the next couple of years to wait for him to destroy himself–but the whole idea of the conservatives nominating him just because he's a jōnin and Hinata isn't stinks in the first place. Whatever they're cooking, we need Naruto's position to be strong enough to counter it. That means swinging anyone who's wavering or uncommitted, but it also means screwing Lord Hagoromo over wherever we can. If we can make him lose enough face early, then his backers will lose face alongside him, and that makes it harder for them to influence the others if they decide to pivot. Who's going to follow your advice for which horse to bet on when your last pick turned out to be a lame nag that keeled over halfway down the course? Also, did I mention that the Hokage who banned the Gōketsu from taking on the Hagoromo is gone and his interim replacement has more urgent fish to fry?"

"May I just say, dear sister, that your words are suffused with even greater wisdom and radiance than usual today?"

Hazō nodded. "Screwing over the Hagoromo–the one cause that unites all right-thinking men and women. Anything else on the agenda today, or do we want to leave the meeting on that high note?"

"As it happens, yes," Kei said. "Hazō, after extensive research and discussion, Snowflake and I have developed a flawless, unsurpassable solution to the Mio problem."

"I'm all ears," Hazō said, which was a sealmaster idiom for "I just discovered that I made a terrible mistake and am now suffering the consequences".

Kei chose to ignore this. "It is simplicity itself. You need only take Mio as your concubine."

"I-I beg your pardon?"

Mari stared.

Ami, who was naturally in on the whole thing, giggled at his reaction.

"Why," Hazō emphasised, "would I want to take Mio as my concubine?"

Then the gears began to turn.

"No, wait, I think I see it."

The purpose of the Concubine Laws, or at least the part of it that wasn't about getting Kei a way to sort-of marry her girlfriend, was to extend some clan rights to clanless lovers of clan ninja. A concubine Mio would, as an extension of being permitted to learn certain clan secrets (specifically, the ones she already knew), be made responsible for the keeping of those secrets before the law, with "her" clan head determining the punishment for violation. Hazō would simply have to harden his heart and make it clear to her that said punishment was guaranteed to be capital. There was too much at stake.

"Thank you for finding a solution, Kei," he said. "I really appreciate it."

"Not at all," Kei said. "You should be aware that I have already coordinated with all relevant parties and established its viability. You need only grant your consent and it can be executed as early as tomorrow."

"Already coordinated?" Hazō asked. "Shouldn't you have talked to me first?"

"And waste your time with a speculative proposal that might collapse at the implementation stage?" Kei asked. "Hazō, this may be the first time you have entrusted me with personally resolving a complex situation with meaningful stakes and a significant social component. It would have been unacceptable to present you with a less than perfect outcome. Snowflake was in full agreement."

"I see," Hazō said. "I think in the future, I'd still rather be brought in earlier. I'm not saying this is a bad plan, but if it had been, I'd want to be in a position to say so early instead of waiting until the end when everything was lined up. I'll get back to you once I've talked it over with Ino."

Kei blinked. "Hazō, this is an internal clan matter. Why does Ino have any kind of voice in it?"

"What do you mean, why?" Hazō asked. "She's my girlfriend."

"Oh," Ami said after a second. "Is that what this is about? Hazō, you do realise that every single member of the Gōketsu main family other than you and Kagome has already sacrificed their spouse preferences for the good of the clan? You're insulting all of them by refusing to take a concubine unless your love life stays harmonious."

"What are you talking about?" Hazō asked.

"Mari chose to marry Jiraiya for the sake of the team," Kei said, "despite a lack of prior inclination towards marriage as an institution and an instinctive distrust of any man capable of physically or otherwise overpowering her. I chose to marry Shikamaru in order to secure a clan alliance despite the inherent insult to and sidelining of my existing lover and the fact that I had no desire to marry any man–as well as being forced to separate myself from my family in a way that has indeed greatly impacted on my relationships with you all. Yuno chose to leave her village and marry a foreign shinobi in order to secure a Leaf-Isan alliance, and Noburi chose to be that shinobi in order to bind her to the Gōketsu rather than the Hyūga despite his professed unreadiness for marriage and the unresolved emotional complexities between them."

"That's not every single member," Hazō objected. "You left out Akane."

Ami gave Kei a perplexed look.

"He doesn't know?"

"I assumed he did," Kei said.

"Don't look at me," Mari said as Ami's gaze swivelled to her. "I was hardly going to be the one to explain it to him if she decided not to."

"Explain what?"

"Hazō," Kei said patiently, "you were both aware for a period of years that you were each other's one true love, and furthermore you are a clan head without an heir and Akane was always a realist in regard to the typical shinobi lifespan. Is there any doubt in your mind that if she intended to marry you, she would have arranged it by this point?"

"Jiraiya told me she'd asked his permission, way back," Mari said. "When he didn't give her a final answer, she nominated Ino instead. But then Jiraiya died and you got final say over who you married… and years later, here we are. It's obvious to everyone that she decided to give up her claim for the sake of the clan, for when you needed a political marriage with Ino or someone else."

"So with all that in mind," Ami said, "you can see where it's not a good look for you to consider rejecting a purely paper agreement that doesn't even block you from getting married because it might upset your girlfriend."

Hazō was silent. Akane had given up on marrying him? For the good of the clan? Without ever saying it to his face?

Was this his fault? Should he have been more sensitive to her feelings instead of just going with the flow? Should he have taken the initiative and married her, and politics be damned?

Would they have been closer as a married couple? Would he have been better able to support her, especially after the trauma of the Shirogane mission? Would their marriage have been a source of strength when she needed it?

Would she still be alive?

"Wait a second," Mari said. "I can see how the Concubine Laws do the job for us. But does it have to be Hazō taking Mio as a concubine? It seems like his authority over the partnership should stay the same no matter which clansman is involved."

"Naturally," Kei said. "In fact, I was about to raise the issue, were it not for the unexpected digression regarding Ino. Proposing Hazō as the default partner was Ruri's suggestion, with the intent that Mio, whose feelings about Hazō are well-established, would firmly reject his candidacy and name one of the others, perhaps Haru or Jin, as her counter-offer. This would restore her agency and grant her a feeling of ownership of the final arrangement. It was not anticipated that my success on the social level would be so thorough as to force her to uncritically accept an initial offer that should have been unpalatable to her."

"Of course," Mari said, "don't forget that whoever becomes Mio's clan partner will have to bear a cost in terms of using up their concubine slot, and the adoptees are much more likely to one day want a KEI lover with whom they can share their rights than you are. Arguably, that makes Kagome the ideal candidate, but I'm not even going to try guessing how he'd feel about a proposal like that right now."

Hazō sighed. Things would be a lot simpler if Hazō wasn't currently busy trying to convince Kagome-sensei that he was a precious member of his family and not a subordinate useful for his practical benefits rather than his opinions.

"You know," he said, "we wouldn't have to worry about any of this if we could just close this legal loophole altogether. Is there some reason why we can't just get the Clan Council to vote to allow legal protection of secrets known to ex-clan ninja and capital punishment for those who disclose them?"

"A number," Kei said with sudden coolness, "of which the most obvious to my mind is that in exchange, assassinations must cease completely. Any other condition is unacceptable.

"However, if they do, then every shinobi wishing to leave their clan will no longer be restrained from doing so. The number of clan-leaving shinobi will rise, steadily so as the KEI becomes an increasingly more viable alternative. So will the number of shinobi who join a clan only long enough to secure clan secrets before leaving once more, a practice presently limited to the greatest villains of the shinobi world. Between the loss of shinobi who would otherwise have remained out of fear for their lives, the increased risk of clan-secret tourism, the proportional growth in power of the KEI as a result of both, and the overall increase in the number of people capable of sharing clan secrets–whether accidentally, in the belief that they can evade the consequences, or in more complicated conditions such as when those secrets might determine eventual spouses or children's survival on the battlefield–the costs to the clans in this scenario may outweigh the dangers of the current situation. Certainly, the issue is not trivial.

"Besides, Mio's cooperation is secured for now, but if we renege on the possibility of any deal with her in favour of a longer process of legal reform that focuses exclusively on benefit to the clans, there is no guarantee that she will stand patiently by until its conclusion.

"Nor, arguably, should she. Hazō, I appreciate your feelings, and I am certainly less than pleased with the risk posed to my family by Mio's desires, but it is a fact that we failed her and are now reaping the consequences."

"Failed her how?" Hazō exclaimed. "Whatever she may think, we showered her and her sister with valuable clan secrets where any other clan wouldn't even have thought about it for years. We may be the only reason she survived the war."

"Yes, Hazō, and in a way, that is the point," Kei said. "Our purpose for adopting Mio and Misa was quite specific: we wished to develop the power of the clan and identified the optimal candidates in terms of practical value and ideological alignment within the shrinking pool of potential adoptees. We then shared our clan secrets with them in order to increase their odds of survival, since they could hardly contribute to the clan's power from beyond the grave. We were not acting out of some purely philanthropic impulse.

"Mio's purpose, we later learned, was equally mercenary: she wished for us to protect her sister, and would obey whatever orders and pay whatever lip service to Uplift necessary to achieve this. This is no stranger than our motivation; in fact, our clan is the anomaly for filtering potential adoptees by their beliefs rather than merely potential and reliability, whereas most adoptions are ones purely of convenience.

"And mercenary the contract remained. I was not present at the estate often enough to judge, which is my own sin, but how often did you interact with her, Hazō? How often did you personally seek her out to solicit her opinion, or to assist her in integrating into the clan and finding ways to contribute to the Uplift she pretended to believe in, or any other such interactions that are both desirable and practical in a clan as small as ours?

"When she lost her sister and thus her entire world, did you approach her in your pastoral role as clan head, or in a private role as friend, and keep approaching her for as long as was necessary? Nor did I, despite having an extensive understanding of her pain. Certainly, my clumsy attempts at consolation would only have deepened the wound, but I am nevertheless responsible for not having conducted them. Nor did any of the rest of us, not until it was far too late.

"The deathblow, in my judgement, came with Akane's death, when Misa and Mei's standard-issue shared funeral was juxtaposed with you transforming the world with the dramatic and excruciatingly expensive Team Akane Seal Bank. Past that point, why would anyone expect us to see Mio as family, as opposed to a soldier whom it was rational to optimally equip for carrying out her duty?

"Thus, from Mio's perspective as I understand it, any implicit or explicit promise of family was betrayed by our neglect. We failed our shared objective of protecting Misa. Mio, meanwhile, served us faithfully if passively, obeying all orders to the best of her ability, and completing missions and fighting on battlefields in our name. Is it any wonder that she should now wish to annul our mercenary contract and seek a better life for herself?"

"She could have done something," Hazō said, but uncertainly. He didn't dare say that Mio should have taken the initiative in seeking out help when in crippling emotional pain; neither Kei nor Mari had proven able to so so in their time, and would quite understandably bite his head off for suggesting it. "She could have tried to be family with us from the start instead of waiting for us to do something."

"I am not at fault–she should have started it. The familiar playground refrain," Kei said. "Do you condemn me for having been so slow to bond with you over the course of our acquaintance? Would matters have been better served if you had waited for me to reach out? Not everyone is an extrovert keen to explore unfamiliar emotional terrain, especially when past experience has taught them to be wary of clan shinobi, and when during the crucial early period, they have a beloved sibling to cling to instead. We adopted her; it was our duty to guide her into the type of relationship we desired. Again, I do not endorse Mio's choices, which endanger those who were not party to the behaviour and decisions she resents. However, I will advocate for her interests to the extent that my position allows, as I should have done long before."

"Her interests," Mari said, "are leaving the clan and not being assassinated. I'm all for both of those. Whatever happened in the past, right now she's a liability to the clan, and getting rid of her the old-fashioned way is going to kick off a Gōketsu-KEI war nobody in this room wants."

Kei and Ami nodded.

"For what it's worth," Ami said, "I think the problem is that both of you went into this with warped expectations. To you, family means Team Uplift with special guests, and everybody else is an outsider. There was never a chance of someone like Mio becoming a special guest. As for Mio, she thought you had the power to keep Misa safe when nobody has that power. The shinobi world kills everybody sooner or later. Maybe if things had happened the other way round, if Akane had died first, she wouldn't have had such unrealistic ideas of what the Gōketsu could do for her."

"Maybe," Hazō said. "I'll talk to Jin as the adoptees' representative and see what he thinks. Now, if there's nothing else, I need to go deal with the much safer and more relaxing issue of strategic-scale explosives."

-o-​

You have received 1 + 1 (Brevity) = 2 XP.

-o-​

This meeting took up the morning (and XP was awarded accordingly). It is now the early afternoon. The other two scenes have not yet taken place.

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 622: Marching Meaningful Meetings

"Before you go," Kei said, "I wish to be clear on where things stand. Am I correct that you have agreed to accept Mio as your concubine?"

"No," Hazō said. "Not yet, anyway. I'm going to talk to Jin; I gave him the job of watching out for developing problems and solving them, and it's been brought to my attention that I need to spend more time touching base with clan members so they don't get pissy about the fact that I don't have godlike power. I'm going to have him see if anyone else wants to volunteer to be Mio's patron, and if me having her as my concubine is likely to cause problems within the clan."

"Hazō—" Kei began, only to stop when Hazō raised a hand to interrupt her.

"In part it's because I want his opinion, in part it's to show that he's valued and that I'm taking his troubleshooter role seriously. As to the actual concubine thing, if someone else wants to step up and concubinize Mio, great. I don't want to do it and I doubt that Mio wants it to be me—in fact, you said yourself that the whole plan was that she would end up with someone else, so let's give her the chance. Tell her that I acknowledge her opinion of me and I wish to respect her agency so if there's someone she would prefer then I will support it. If no one is willing to step up, I'll do it. Either way, I'm talking to Ino before this goes through. As my girlfriend, she deserves to hear it from me. As the head of one of our closest allied clans, she needs to hear it from me before it goes into effect so that she can be ready to take advantage of the precedent if she sees a way to do so. And so that we minimize any chance of destabilizing our alliance."

"Sounds good," Mari said with the nod and smile of a teacher pleased that her student had gotten the right answer.

"Speaking of concerns about people's feelings," Hazō said. "While I've got you three here, I want your thoughts on Kagome-sensei. He conflates his worth to us with his utility, and feels that he's worth less and less. Kei, would you be willing and able to talk to him about this, try to help him through it, help him see that it isn't true and that we love him for who he is?"

Kei blinked in surprise. "Hazō, I am the last person that you should be assigning to help anyone with their feelings."

"Oh, puh-leeze," Hazō said. "First, I'm not 'assigning' you, I'm asking if you'd be willing and able. Second, I'm not asking you to storm the gates of Rock or shovel out the latrines, I'm asking you to help someone that we both love to get through a problem that you wrestled with and conquered." He eyed her closely. "Made progress on? I'm not sure if you've finally shaken off that extremely mistaken belief, but I feel like you've at least made steps in the direction of recognizing your own innate value. Kagome-sensei could use some of that experience."

"I...I will try?" The battle-hardened Pangolin Summoner seemed utterly shaken.

"Cool. Oh, one last point. Well, actually two, no three, points that are completely unrelated in every way. The first point is that Tsunade ordered us in strong terms to lay off the Hagoromo. As the head of a loyal Leaf clan, and as someone who does not want his face slammed through a wall, I am 1,000% going to obey that order to the letter." He turned to Kei's sister. "Second point, which is completely unrelated to the first: Ami, you have not yet completed the Gōketsu induction rituals or filed any formal paperwork or publicly announced yourself as part of the clan."

"Yeesss?" Ami said, her eyes narrowing.

"Nothing, just pointing that out. Third point, which is completely unrelated to the first two: let us know if you need resources for any personal projects. Again, all of those three points are completely unrelated to one another."

The three women all expressed pleasure in their varied ways—a wolfish smile for Mari, a tiny quirk of the lips for Kei, and a bouncy yet slightly psychotic grin for Ami.

"Cool," Hazō said. "With those unrelated things dealt with, is there anything left to discuss?"

Everyone exchanged looks and shook their heads.

"Great," Hazō said, standing up. "In that case, I'm out. I'm going to go talk to Ino, then I'll find Jin, then I need to debrief with Tsunade if she hasn't already summoned me."

o-o-o-o​

"Hazō!" Ino said, her face lighting up as she came through the door. "Sorry to keep you waiting."

He stood with a smile and accepted her embrace, the two of them standing together for a moment, basking in the warmth of the other's body, the strength of their love, and the solace that being together provided against the noise of the world and the insistent nagging death-by-a-thousand-cuts of political power.

After a few seconds they moved apart just enough that they could sit at the kotatsu. Still, they maintained contact even as they got settled.

"How long were you waiting?" she asked, leaning back on his chest and pulling his arm around her.

"An hour-ish," he said with a shrug. "No worries. So, got a fun story for you."

"Is it a fun story or a fun story?" she asked with a salacious smile.

"The first one, except not really," he said. Quickly, he laid out the details of the situation with Mio.

By the end of it, Ino was sitting up, facing him with a serious expression and his hand unconsciously cradled between both of hers.

"So, yeah," Hazō said at last. "I might have to take her as a concubine. What do you think?"

"I think this is going to be a Collapse-level event in Leaf politics," Ino said. "This is going to be one of the most important precedents in our history. It gives license for anyone to leave a clan whenever they want, so long as they can arrange concubinage in advance." Her eyes defocused as she thought it through. "We're going to see a lot more people leaving clans, and a lot fewer people interested in joining them."

"Yeah, that's great and all, but I meant what do you think about us?" Hazō said. "I was worried about how you might feel."

She blinked back to him, a frown spreading across her face. "How do I feel? I feel like this is a really important bit of politics. And I'm a little worried that you're giving up your concubine slot so easily. That's a significant political asset for the Gōketsu and I think Kei botched it by putting you up as the candidate. She should have put Haru forward, or one of the other new adoptees."

"She was making a play. The idea was to put me forward so that Mio would argue her down to someone else, thereby giving Mio a sense of agency and ownership in the deal. Again, not what I meant. I'm asking my girlfriend how she feels about this, not Lady Yamanaka."

"How I...?" Ino burst out laughing as the ryō dropped. "You're asking me if I'm jealous because you're making a purely on-paper concubine contract with someone who hates you and will undoubtedly be lighting candles to her ancestors every night in hopes of never having to see your face ever again? Really?"

He gave her a flat and unamused look that set her to giggling.

"I'm fine, sweety," she said, leaning in so she could lay a hand on his heart and kiss his cheek. "Really. No worries. Thank you for checking."

"You didn't have to laugh about it," he grumbled, mostly play-acting.

"I really, really did."

"Hmph. Fine." He leaned back against the wall, crossing his arms over his chest with an exaggerated pout. "See if I ever come to you with a serious issue again. Next time I won't even bother to ask, I'll just go ahead and sign a concubine contract right away."

"The laws only allow you one concubine and one spouse," she noted, her eyes dancing. She leaned against the wall while her fingers stroked his palm.

"I'll get them changed," he said, pouting harder. "I'll have as many concubines as I want, and I won't ask you about any of them. Or maybe I'll marry someone. Or have a series of tawdry flings. Tawdry flings are supposed to be fun, right?"

Ino's eyes widened and she gasped, placing one hand on her heart in shock. "Tawdry flings?" She fanned herself furiously with her other hand, like a stage character about to have the vapors. "Tawdry flings? I say, sir, how could you? How could you toy with my heart like this?"

He snorted at her playacting and pulled her in for a kiss.

o-o-o-o​

"So," Tsunade said, waving him to a seat. "Sounds like these things work."

"Yes, ma'am. Shizune gave you her report?"

"She did, yeah. Wasn't real thrilled about having to travel hundreds of miles and sleep in the woods just to watch a weapons test, but she said that it ended up being worth it. The rune was impressive and those portacabins of yours are real comfortable."

"I'll have our artisans build one for her and one for you, as a gift," Hazō said. "I'm also happy to sell them to the Tower so that everyone can have one."

Tsunade grunted. "Talk to Isobe. I think we definitely want to make that happen."

"Will do. May I talk about runes a bit more?"

She gave him a chin-thrust that presumably meant 'Yes, that would be fascinating and I would appreciate very much if you would tell me more about this amazing new clan-secret thing that you have invented that will doubtlessly transform the military future of Leaf', then leaned back in her chair and put her feet up.

"Right, so. That was the weakest explosive I could make and it caused a water crater ninety yards across. As easy as a regular explosive seal but far more powerful. That's a huge advantage runes have over seals. They have some limitations as well." He used his right hand to tick off his left index finger. "First, they are enormously slower to make. It takes a few minutes to draw a blank for a seal, but about twelve hours to make one for a rune. Then it takes another hour to infuse one. They're so damn big internally and you need to fill every last corner of them with chakra without scraping the edges of the channels. Which brings us to problem number two." He ticked off his left middle finger. "They absolutely guzzle chakra. Making that one explosive rune cost me...I don't know, maybe twenty percent of my reserves? Far more than a Multiple Earth Wall would." That was a basic enough jutsu that she either knew it or could go learn it easily enough, making it a reasonable point of comparison.

One blonde eyebrow rose. "It requires that much chakra just to infuse it?"

"Yup. And a noticeable amount to activate it as well, although not anything severe. That's not the big drawback."

"Oh? Those sound like pretty major drawbacks," she said.

"I don't know if this is general to all runes or if it's only this particular one," he said, "but it's effectively impossible to move them from where you infuse them. The harder you push, the more they resist. It's possible to move one very, very slowly, but transporting them is completely infeasible. I finished the research at one of our facilities outside of Leaf and the final product is still out there." He raised a hand to preempt her explosive response. "I buried it. Deep. I used Earthshaping to shift the soil around it, creating a deep but very narrow shaft for it to fall down, then closing the shaft up behind it. That took a while, because they treat 'falling' as being pushed and move very slowly that way too. It's currently eighty feet down and, after seeing what we saw, I'm going back out there in the morning and dropping it at least a few hundred feet farther."

"Yeah, that sounds like a good plan. Where is it, exactly?"

"It's at one of the Gōketsu research facility outside of Leaf, miles away."

"Yes, but where is it?"

"With respect, ma'am: it's at a Gōketsu research facility, the location of which is a clan secret that I am not sharing."

She eyed him. "Oh really?"

"Yes, ma'am."

"You don't suppose the Hokage might have an interest in knowing the location of a potential cataclysm right on her front step?"

"It's not on your front step, ma'am. The blast radius of this runic pattern is measured in dozens of yards. The research facility in question is miles away."

"You know I can just find the place, right? You said it's 'miles away', but it's not going to be more than a few miles. I can have patrols look for it."

"You could, ma'am. Granted, it would be a bit like me sneaking into the Senju holdings and stealing your great-uncle's research notes: a violation of Leaf's most sacred law."

Tsunade's face grew dark. "You're pushing, kid."

"No, ma'am, I am not. The design of this rune is a clan secret of the Gōketsu. Heck, lithosealing in general is a clan secret of the Gōketsu. There was no reason that I needed to share lithosealing with you except to provide you with an option for dealing with Leaf's enemies. I am under no obligation to share any of this with you, and neither you nor anyone else outside of the Gōketsu needs access to our research facility or to that rune. What would you even do with it if you had it? You can't move it and you can't disarm it. All you can do is leave it there or set it off."

She chewed on that for a moment, then nodded slowly. "Fair." She considered him for a moment. "You've got some real balls on you, kid."

"Thank you, ma'am." He considered her back, then decided to go for it. "As long as we're both admiring how courageous I am, may I make a request?"

She snorted. "This'll be good. Go."

"I asked you to give Kagome-sensei Shadow Clone access. You said that it needed to be the next Hokage's decision. Fine. Will you at least recommend to the next Hokage that Kagome-sensei be brought inside? I need his help with lithosealing and I need him to be able to work with all of my instances, not just one."

He waited patiently as leaned back, arms folded, and considered. Seconds ticked by.

"Yeah, okay," she said at last. She raised a finger before his face could light up. "I'll recommend it. I won't advocate for it. Whoever the next guy is, they may not go for it."

"Hey," Hazō said, grinning, "if you're the next Hokage then your recommendation should be all it takes, right?"

She laughed and it sounded bitter. "Yeah, that's not happening."

"May I ask why not, ma'am? You would be everyone's first choice. Heck, the moment you stand up at the election, everyone else will sit down."

"Not happening. I've got more important things to do."

"Really? As Hokage you could supercharge your humanitarian efforts. Any medical program you want, any civilian initiative, you say the word and it happens. Plus, think of the geopolitical angle. You're quite probably the most powerful ninja in Leaf and respected across the entire world; none of the other Kage would want to mess with you. With you at the helm, Leaf would be less likely to be attacked and more likely to get favorable treatment by other nations that don't want to annoy you."

"You really, really do not want me as your Kage, kid."

"Ma'am...I'm sure you have thought about the question a lot, and I'm sure you have excellent reasons for your decision. You have absolutely no obligation to share them with me, but I admit to curiosity. Is it something you would be comfortable sharing, or should I shut up?"

She stared at him for five long seconds by the plip...plip of the water clock on the mantel. Finally, reluctantly, she spoke.

"There's a bunch of reasons, but I'll give you one: you said that whatever initiatives I wanted, all I had to do was say the word and they would happen."

"Yes, ma'am?"

"Think about that for a minute. Right now, with me just being Doctor Tsunade, the Senju name and my personal history gives me so much status in this town that I could literally tell people that clothing was banned and a lot of them would go along without too much protest. If I ever go batshit, Oro is probably the only person in the village who could actually challenge me and he wouldn't give a shit as long as I left him alone. You want to take all that and also give my words the force of law? Give me the right to execute any punk Clan Lord brat who commits treason, and the ability to define treason as 'anything that annoys me'? You really think that's a good idea?"

"Isn't there a truism about this?" Hazō said with a chuckle. "Something like 'only people who don't want power should have it'?"

"Yeah, well, here's another truism for you: fuck off. That's just one of the reasons that I'm not being Hokage, but it's a good enough one all by itself." She stood up and moved for the door. "We're done, and it's time for me to get back to the hospital. Come along; we might as well get some more of those burns peeled off of you."

Hazō winced. "Yes, ma'am."





Author's Note: Heading off some pedantry here: Hazō stated that the rune cost '20%' of his chakra reserves. It cost 50 CP out of his 300, meaning that it was actually 1/6 or about 16%. The exact amount of chakra a jutsu uses varies slightly from casting to casting and it's hard to judge internal things precisely. If you push a bunch of weight at the gym without looking at the size of the stack, can you perfectly estimate what percentage that was of your max? No. Same thing here.

I'm not exactly clear on how long this update covered because I'm not sure what time the previous update ended. I think it was intended to be roughly contiguous with the end of 620, which left off at 5pm, so I'm going to assume that this was a 24-hour update. If it proves out to have been shorter then eh, you get a few extra points. If it proves out to be longer then we'll add some more.

Offscreen:

  1. You spoke with Jin about the Mio situation. He doesn't see why it would cause any issues but he'll keep an ear out.
  2. You spent some time with Kagome. He's still withdrawn and the connection between you isn't what it was, but he was there and you both had a good time.
I suspect we'll leave those scenes offscreen, but @Velorien or @Paperclipped can write them if they wish.

XP AWARD: 5

Brevity XP: 1


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Bonus Update: Kei Monologues about the Election
Bonus Update: Kei Monologues about the Election​
Specifically: During the "who to support" discussion Kei mostly only concurred with Ami, who was of course speaking from a position of personal preference, personal influence, necromancy and alignment with KEI and Gokētsu interests. I guess we kind of know who the rest of KEI and Clan Kei support and why (although if Kei has anything to add there I'd like to hear it) but we are currently on the outs with Shikamaru and have not at all been involved in Nara campaigning around the Hokage position. So if Kei is willing and able, I'd like her to us the Nara "why the Gokētsu should vote for Chōza" pitch. Or at least a QM summary of it.

After that, I'd like for Kei to get as close to giving her own unified opinion of what's best for herself personally and for Leaf that acknowledges her divided loyalties without betraying them. Like, she might have counceled her husband to vote for Naruto. Or she might not have and actually think Chōza is better for Leaf, but not the Gokētsu and the KEI specifically. She might not be able to speak completely openly without betraying confidences, but maybe she can deliver something from behind the mess that are her obligations to three often aligned but ultimately different factions. Or maybe just take a hypothetical neutral opinion from the point of view of a nonexistent independent Clanless jōnin version of herself or whatever.

If all that is too complicated, here are a couple more concrete questions:

How would Shikamaru try and convince us to vote for Chōza if we weren't on the outs with him? Go only as far as you feel warranted as his trusted wife and second in command.
Do you have anything to add in your official capacity as KEI coordinator for why we shouldn't vote for someone other than Naruto that Ami hasn't said already?
Do you have any feelings you'd like to share about any of the candidates that isn't directly connected to your various political goals?

"Your questions are reasonable, and I appreciate your desire for my input, though it must be provided with the caveat that there are certain confidences I may not breach, whether specific issues of the Nara or the personal concerns of the KEI and others.

"I have spent many fruitless hours amidst my limited time at home debating the matter of the election with Shikamaru. To summarise the unshakable core of his stance, to vote for any but Lord Akimichi would transform the present rift between our clans into an abyss not to be bridged again within our lifetime, and perhaps not even by our descendants. Were Lord Akimichi a catastrophe of a leader, perhaps Shikamaru might be forced to consider such a likewise catastrophic step. However, he will not tear the legacy of many centuries apart and destroy the Ino-Shika-Chō with his own hands for the sake of a leader his wife insists may be somewhat preferable. As a personal note, my agency would only inhibit a reconciliation process further, since any descendants of mine will be raised with even more liberal values than the present generation.

"Nor is Shikamaru's political case spurious. The contest between Naruto and Lord Akimichi is a contest between power and experience, and I fully agree with him that in such cases, experience should triumph. Naruto received superlative training from the Third and the Fifth, but in both cases, it was cut tragically short. Lord Akimichi is himself heir to three great clans' traditions of leadership, and is an experienced clan head with a lifetime of standing shoulder to shoulder with and learning from two other masters whose areas of expertise complemented his own. We can be confident that he would be able to provide stability and continuity in an age of turmoil. He even possesses the unique advantage of extensive experience of working with Shikamaru, who, with the Seventh's passing, is in many ways the heart of Leaf's living institutional knowledge. Shikamaru was involved in many of the Tower's apolitical projects–perhaps all of them, for some were far too classified for me to be aware of them at all–as well as a number of political ones where conflict of interest could be avoided. Lord Akimichi would be able to hit the ground running, as it were, in a fashion unavailable to any other candidate.

"If Lord Akimichi was to be elected, he would be able to guide Naruto to complete his training, facilitating the development of his skills until Naruto the Tenth Hokage became a mature, competent leader on a level Naruto the Ninth could not hope to be. One can hardly claim the reverse. Yes, overall, I agree with Shikamaru that Lord Akimichi is the superior candidate.

"Yet I must cast my non-existent vote for Naruto nonetheless.

"What Leaf desperately needs at this time is not stability and continuity. It is vision. We live in a time of change that cannot be halted, much less reversed, but only steered. Naruto possesses the open-mindedness of youth, further cultivated by his years with Ami, myself, and the finest of the KEI. He is willing to take bold steps and evaluate unconventional ideas on their own merits, even if he is not yet prepared to volunteer many himself. As Ami explained to you, he is the only candidate capable of constructing something fundamentally superior to the present status quo, both in Leaf and on a global scale. I am prepared to endure a few disastrous missteps caused by the inexperience of youth as a price for that potential. Were it not so, my relationship with you would doubtless be very different.

"This, broadly speaking, is the stance of the KEI, insofar as our organisation can converge on a single stance. Furthermore, Naruto as Hokage will eventually allow us to complete our journey to parity with the clans, which for now requires individual weapons and advances such as the KEI Master Database and the ninjutsu exchange network it has spawned, versus across-the-board excellence of training, armaments, and social leverage.

"The coordinators are aware that a great conflict is coming. A tipping point will be reached when the KEI grows too powerful to be treated merely as another rival. We came perilously close to the spark to light that fire with the Mio issue, and the global implications of even our success have yet to be felt. Naruto, like Tsunade, can force a war-minded clan or alliance to stand down on his word alone. He will be motivated to do so where any other Hokage would be willing to crush our hopes of victory for stability's sake, just as the Seventh unilaterally denied the nascent queer community its right to protest against abuse beneath your banner. He will embrace a possibility the clans refuse to even entertain: that of a fundamentally new status quo where everyone benefits.

"That the Kei, the KEI's own clan, are in alignment hardly bears saying. Someday, their goals will surely diverge from ours, but it will not be this generation. Furthermore, the Kei relied on the aegis of the Seventh Hokage, who created them, and hostility on the part of the other clans towards the upstart was constrained by the knowledge that they would be explicitly defying his will. With that aegis fallen, the Kei are vulnerable, even with the KEI at their back, and only Naruto will raise it once more. Granted, Lord Akimichi's position on the Kei is ambiguous, but considering his distrust of the KEI, there are few grounds to be optimistic.

"Myself? My personal feelings are hardly of great import, but since you ask… Naruto and I are friends. An unexpected rapport from the time of Snowflake's traumatic birth has only developed over time. My natural reserve has proved too feeble a barrier to ward off the persistent assault of his charisma over an extended time, just as it did with you. In fact, considering Akane and Miyuki as well, I am growing concerned over said resolve's vulnerability to attrition. Furthermore, Ami has invested conscious effort into deepening the bonds not only between them but between us as well, both as a pair and as a triad.

"Not like that, Hazō. Boys.

"To raise the matter to relevance, with Naruto's accession I would for the first time possess a direct voice in the corridors of power, unmediated by Shikamaru's authority or the indirect pressure of the KEI. Shikamaru's bond with him is founded in their childhood years; mine has developed in parallel with his adult self. Naruto trusts me, and is accustomed to seeking my input and respecting my opinion as a result of our KEI cooperation. Conversely, Lord Akimichi would seek to stifle such agency as I possess, for in his eyes, I am the crystallisation of every harm brought by foreign influence to Leaf: the sexually-deviant, polyamorous, religiously-questionable, law-subverting co-leader of an insurrectionist mass movement and part-time agitator for civilian interests. Possibly a few other hyphenated adjectives besides, but we do not have all day. Any curbing of my influence, over Shikamaru or in general, is by definition a victory for him.

"Obviously, this is unacceptable. Too much rests upon my shoulders. The Nara may gain greatly from an Akimichi Hokage, but in the long term, the benefits they would derive from a much more progressive Leaf would be no less, and if their clan head might possess less influence with Naruto than he did with his former mentor, my own relationship with him would mitigate the loss. The Nara trust me to support Shikamaru, especially at the lofty heights most of them lack the means to reach, and so my access to those heights must be preserved.

"Much less acceptable is the risk to my representation of the KEI. I grant that I am hardly the most vigorous and versatile of lobbyists and negotiators, even with Snowflake's support, but I am able to place others' needs above my own in a way that Ami cannot, and to understand the perspective of the weak in a way that Naruto cannot. Worse, my role may expand in the likely event that Naruto's replacement cannot fill his sandals. All this is to say nothing of the sexual minorities, who simply have no one else capable of advocating for their interests without committing social suicide. Any motivations of personal loyalty to Naruto aside, I have no choice but to grasp for power, however objectively unworthy of it I may be."
 
Last edited:
(Canon?) Interlude: Ex Libris Ryūgamine
(Canon?) Interlude: Ex Libris Ryūgamine

A dreamer plans so that every success births a success in turn. A realist plans so that every failure contributes to his final victory.

—Mori Ryūgamine, the Angel Without Mercy


As we saw in the previous chapter, my efforts to steer Ami's growth were only partially successful. To interfere too forcefully would have risked stifling her potential, or worse, creating a near-copy of myself whose self-imposed mental barriers were replaced by unrestrained chaos. A secondary motivation, I reluctantly admit, was that her company served as a living reminder of a paths not taken, and it was by then far too late to question my choices, much less regret them.

Little did I know, at the time, that Mist had already given birth to a second outlier, mere years apart, much less that his actions would bring my decades-long plan to the edge of destruction before becoming a core contribution to its success.

The young Hazō was nothing less and nothing more than I would expect of a child of her blood: a respectable though not outstanding intellect, with a prominent defiant streak tragically paired with a deficiency of common sense. With Hana, the bolder daughter, as his primary guiding influence, there was little doubt in my mind that this combination would lead him to self-destruct in due course, likely without living to see the Chūnin Exams. I expected him to overreach out in the field, but casting himself into the jaws of Yagura's machine over a point of principle was also realistic.

Nevertheless, when I recognised that he was an ideal candidate for Gorō's project, I admit I felt some lingering sentiment from days gone by, tempting me to intervene. However, between Gorō's instinct for danger and Inoue's alertness to shifts in behaviour, the risk was excessive, and I could not in good conscience endanger their plans and thereby mine. Too many had already perished in what is now known as the Noodle Incident, and how many more would it take to arrange another peacetime conflict worthy of deploying a force of necessary scale? I reminded myself that Raito had surely already cut him from her heart after his decisive refusal, and if not, then at least his loss would help her heal.

I wonder if I would have reconsidered were I aware of the imbecilic nonsense that would immediately ensue. I had perused Gorō's mission records, of course, and prepared contingencies, but who could have guessed that three veteran jōnin would actually choose the Fire Country for their base of operations? Anywhere else, even in the shadow of Cloud's peaks, even in the lifeless wastelands of Earth, they could have established defences, exploited the terrain… with a genjutsu mistress, a five-element ninjutsu specialist, and a flexible-range arts user with an exploitable personal connection, to say nothing of their supporting forces, they could not have been better positioned to remove Momochi from play, paving the way for Utakata's return. Later, this power base independent of the Elemental Nations would prove a valuable asset to the new regime. A best-case scenario, to be sure, but realistic enough to be worth the losses.

The rest was mathematical. Momochi secured Leaf assistance, Jiraiya seized the opportunity to comprehensively crush my plans, and on the surface, nothing was achieved except to eliminate a handful of problem shinobi I had assigned to the Noodle team myself–a pitiful consolation prize, especially considering that the forced cooperation with Jiraiya and Leaf only aggravated Yagura and shortened the time horizon before the war.

Of course, while his gaze was locked on the west was the ideal time to pursue my objectives in the east. In particular, Utakata was progressing nicely, my agent steering him towards opportunities for growth among the remarkable unculled chakra beasts of the eastern continent. The tradeoffs necessary years ago to motivate and then arrange his escape were being validated, in particular the regrettable loss of the gifted Yuki boy–but there was no other way, at the time, to inhibit Momochi's pursuit.

On the mainland, Inoue's survival was an undesired complication, but within the bounds of error. The pragmatist had made the pragmatic choice, betraying her team under those suicidal circumstances and guaranteeing their failure in the process. What surprised me was when my network reported that the ruthless betrayer had salvaged some genin on her way out–rising to the point of shock when I learned which ones.

I could understand the Wakahisa, and unfortunately was now forced to plan for the possibility of Jiraiya obtaining the Vampiric Dew. Young Keiko was far more perplexing–the dossiers did not indicate a depth of attachment to Ami sufficient for Inoue to lower her odds of survival for her sister's sake. I considered commissioning an internal investigation–a rogue Frozen Skein user was potentially even more troublesome than a Wakahisa, and I needed information–but ultimately decided against a course of action that risked vibrating Ami's web and drawing her attention to the issue. Her progress since Keiko's loss had been most pleasing, and it was too soon to disrupt it, much less risk some fool move like going missing in search of her.

Yet the true mystery was Raito's grandson. The Iron Nerve was even more useless for Inoue's purposes, and the boy did not possess the kind of bonds with the other genin that might incite them to plead for his salvation. That Inoue had not discarded him as useless baggage, either immediately or after acquiring data on his performance, suggested that I had underestimated his potential.

Meanwhile, the pressure on my plans increased. Jiraiya lived up to my expectations and exposed Kurosaki's foolish project in Iron long before it was ready, and the Hokage was able to convene the first Elemental Nations punitive force since Whirlpool. In the resulting chaos, with surviving missing-nin scattering all across the north and muddling the waters, I regrettably lost track of Inoue.

It would be fair to say that the manner of her return was quite spectacular. The Cold Stone Killers incident was a catastrophe that brought the war closer in one mighty leap. I channeled as much of the resulting windfall into expanding the spy network and other initiatives as I could, as opposed to allowing it to be channelled directly into the military. Unfortunately, while it was an unforeseen benefit to recoup my losses from investing into Kurosaki's Iron project, the foothold on the continent also reemboldened the sharks whose humbling the project's failure had successfully achieved.

From a certain point of view, Team Inoue were the greatest thorn in my side during this period. The news of their adoption very nearly prompted Yagura to declare war that very day, and strategic considerations be damned. How many pawns was I forced to sacrifice to redirect his attention to a supposed conspiracy at home, which needed to be rooted out at once lest it sabotage the war effort and thereby lead to Mist's destruction?

Seven. Two willing, four expendables, and one genuine traitor. The rest of the witch hunt's victims were predominantly enemies or obstacles, and do not merit counting in either case.

From there, matters took a swerve into the bizarre. The leak regarding Uzumaki was, of course, a trap–I had known for months that Tanaka was compromised–and confirmed my suspicions that Team Inoue had bought their unprecedented adoption with some equally unprecedented military asset. The sheer weight of temptation made me question whether this was a double-layered trap for me, to lure me into giving advice that Yagura would recognise as transparent treason, but ultimately I decided to trust in my abilities.

Events proved the decision correct. I convinced Yagura that the opportunity was both genuine and precious, and ensuring that the jōnin assigned were his most trusted loyalists–in other words, those least needed by the future–was nothing short of trivial. Had all gone to plan…

But there is no point speculating. In the event, Akatsuki fooled us all. I confess that I possessed no contingency for the sheer global-scale madness of their plot. How long had it been since I was last forced to improvise with such manic speed? It was… yes, exhilarating.

Some elements of the plan could be salvaged. The Mori and our allies handed Kurosawa the hat during the interregnum between Yagura and an acceptable long-term leader. Her weak position forced her to preserve the repressive instruments she had been expected to dismantle, alienating the as-yet-undeclared AMI and later prompting them to serve as the political counterweight I had intended them to be since their inception. Kurosawa was forced to rely ever more on her backers and advisors, myself included in both capacities, and her diplomat background ensured openness to relatively peaceful solutions, as well as rendering her resilient to Ami's rapidly-growing influence. The interim Mizukage had only a single purpose: to allow Mist to quietly recover from Yagura's loss while a suitable candidate was prepared, then be removed with minimal fuss.

Abroad, the search for Utakata continued. It was imperative that he be recovered, and Yagura not. Matters were complicated by the Universal Purge that spelled the end of the golden age of infiltration, as dozens of agents all over the world, belonging to the spy networks of every power, were spontaneously unmasked for no fathomable reason. To this day, I have been unable to identify a force that stood to benefit from the disaster and even theoretically possessed the capability to trigger it, yet would not move to take advantage of our sudden vulnerability.

With my spy network crippled, ironically, it was Gorō's stupidity and Momochi's resulting survival that saved the day, as the intel he presented was a key element in identifying Nagi Island in time. As for the battle itself… I have nothing to add to the history books. Rock and Cloud's absence was lamentable but inevitable, given the timing. Kurosawa's survival was an inconvenience, but within the bounds of error, and saved me starting again with a new interim Mizukage. The combination of Utakata's retrieval and Yagura's demise was a rare blessing in a world that ever conspires to reward me for preparing for the worst.

In short, my master plan was back on track.

To conclude, I should mention that this was also the point where I became aware that Gōketsu Hazō was more than a wildcard whose every location was invariably struck with chaos and disaster shortly after his arrival. Rather, I was dealing with another true outlier. It is the complex interactions between my plans and his, from the immediate aftermath of Nagi Island to the union of the two outliers and its unexpected consequences, that will form the focus of the next chapter.

-o-​

What is Hazō's plan?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 623: Time and Energy

Hagoromo Daishin stiffened as the group of enemy ninja approached.

Daishin was fourteen years old, a genin of some experience, and the fact that he was serving at the estate's gate was a tremendous honor. Many clans could not afford to have a ninja at their gates; the fact that the Hagoromo could have not one but two ninja on their gates was a sign of how greatly the Will of Fire honored them. (Granted, his recently-graduated younger sister Runa barely counted as a ninja! Hmph.)

Normally, working the gate was easy. You stood at attention and watched the crowds passing. The clan's original compound had been largely destroyed in the cowardly attack of those cowardly Rock cowards, but it had been expanded slightly to the east and rebuilt. The fact that two dozen active-duty ninja, including six of Leaf's surviving jōnin, were striding up to the gate with serious expressions was worrisome.

Actually, no. The worrisome part was that the jōnin looked serious and the chūnin were grinning like madmen and -women. These ninja might be Leaf ninja, but they were nonetheless very clearly enemies of the Hagoromo.

"Go," he whispered to Runa, jerking his head inside. "Tell the steward, now."

She disappeared in a swirl of leaves, Substituting herself with a carved statue of the Hagoromo founder that had been placed for exactly that purpose. Daishin drew himself upright and waited until the approaching ninja came to a halt before him.

"May I help you, honored ninja?" Daishin asked politely.

"Yes," said Miyajima Ema, one of the longest-serving KEI jōnin. "I have come to challenge Lord Hagoromo to a spar, today at 11am." She stepped forward and, with her left hand, held out an elegant envelope made from thick, creamy-white paper that had been sealed with wax into which was pressed the stamp of the KEI.

Daichi's mouth went dry as dust. Not only was it wildly inappropriate for a clanless ninja to challenge a Clan Lord, the manner of the challenge was a direct insult. She had not said 'I request the honor of', or 'I wonder if your Lord might be willing to offer instruction through'. A literal actual challenge using that very word. While surrounded by multiple jōnin and over a dozen of Leaf's finest, most respected chūnin, including an Aburame and a Motoyoshi. All of whom would absolutely spread the word about whatever Daichi said, much less whatever Lord Hagoromo said. And, to put the syrup on top, Miyajima had even specified a time: one hour from now.

"On behalf of my Lord, I thank you," was all Daichi said as he accepted the envelope with both hands and a deep bow. Miyajima gave him a brief nod and stepped back, a small smile on her face.

"Coincidentally, I also am here to challenge Lord Hagoromo to a spar," said Umehisa, a ninja so clanless he didn't even have a family name. "I do not wish to exhaust your Lord, nor to interfere with his campaigning for the Hokage election." The pause made it clear that he was lying through his teeth. "Therefore, I wish to wait until 2pm today to challenge him." He stepped forward and, with his left hand, held out an elegant envelope made from thick, creamy-white paper that had been sealed with wax into which was pressed the stamp of the KEI.

"On behalf of my Lord, I thank you," was all Daichi said as he accepted the envelope with both hands and a deep bow. Umehisa gave him a brief nod and stepped back, his face in a wide smile that showed too many teeth.

"Coincidentally, I also am here to challenge Lord Hagoromo to a spar," said Sōma, another ninja too clanless for a family name. "Today, at 5pm." He stepped forward and, with his left hand, held out an elegant envelope made from thick, creamy-white paper that had been sealed with wax into which was pressed the stamp of the KEI.

"On behalf of my Lord, I thank you." Daichi needed to clear his throat partway through to get the words out. Sōma gave him an impolitely shallow nod before stepping back. His smile was small and predatory.

"Coincidentally..."

"Coincidentally..."

"Coincidentally..."

Across the street, hidden among the press of the crowd and with her attention seemingly focused on the wares of a food cart, Ami watched Ritsuo's time and energy go up in flames for the next two days. Her bared teeth were not a smile.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 624: Ambiguous Allegiances

"Hey Mari," Naruto CatWatcher (he was supposedly disappointed with his relegation to a political role) said to Mari as she slipped into the room. "Busy bee out there?"

"Don't you know it," Mari said with a grin as she slid smoothly into the last of the chairs surrounding one of the larger tables in the Gōketsu compound's main house. Ami flicked an instinctual glance to the entering jōnin, and Kei and Snowflake's gazes followed a moment later. "So many secret deals happening behind closed doors, it makes a woman want to learn them all! Such a shame that they're always so boring…"

Naruto snorted. "I know. Half the people demanding my time won't matter at all in the final vote tally. They're just trying to line their pockets with little backroom deals they know I don't have the time to talk them all out of. Speaking of which…"

"Right," Hazō said. "This is a backroom meeting, but we're not here to extort you, Naruto. You have the Gōketsu's full backing in securing your election."

Naruto raised his eyebrow. "No price?"

"No price."

Naruto shook his head and tsked at Hazō. "For shame, Hazō, for shame. What kind of ninja doesn't even try to get something out of an alliance?"

"Oh, we don't need your money," Hazō said. "On the contrary, we'd like to offer you our financial assistance in your campaign. Our significant financial assistance."

"Oh, sure," Naruto said, rolling his eyes. "Everyone can see your clan burning gold like firewood in midwinter with all your charity projects, and you recently had to buy a whole-ass new compound inside the walls of Leaf. Promise, I don't need whatever pocket change you've scrounged up."

Hazō simply placed a seal upon the table, and tapped it, revealing a small jewelry casket.

"Honestly, what do you expect? I've been doing S-rank missions for years, and if that wasn't enough, there's my dad's money and… Uncle…"

Hazō opened the jewelry casket and Naruto trailed off. Naruto's mouth stayed slightly agape as he stared into the chest's open mouth.

On a whim, Hazō tipped the casket forward, causing countless brilliant, shimmering diamonds, varying in size between a grain of rice and a grape, to spill out over the table.

Naruto quickly put his hands up at the edges of the table, stopping the diamonds from spilling onto the floor.

Hazō met Naruto's stare for a moment, then shrugged. "They'll shine better once they're cut," he said.

Naruto blinked once, twice. "Okay," he finally said. "Significant financial assistance, huh?"

"Quite significant," Hazō said. "Any plays you were leaving on the table because you didn't have small country money? You should make them happen."

Naruto shook his head. "I have small country money. If you can chuck this over a table without a care in the world, we should think about what we can do with big country money."

"Well, get thinking," Hazō said.

Naruto was still staring at the gemstones. "Sage's most holy balls, how did you get these diamonds anyway? Did you steal them out of Rock's treasuries? Did you pull them from the ground with Earthshaping? Did you force adorable puppies into cramped and dingy mineshafts to extract the sweet, juicy, untapped mineral wealth of another dimension for your own enrichment?"

The Iron Nerve kept Hazō from double-taking at Naruto near-instantly guessing Earthshaping.

"It's not a big deal how we got them," Hazō said. "Just what we can do with it."

"And you didn't tell me about this?" Ami asked. "Look, I recognize there are certain implications attached to helping a girl get together with her best friend, but you left so much value on the table!"

Hazō raised an eyebrow, and Naruto hastily started sweeping the diamonds up to pour them back into the chest.

"Not like that," Ami amended. "There are a lot of things I would have wanted to do with fuck-you money – including earning that nom de guerre – and now there's two days till the election! And I've got to spend the whole morning and afternoon setting various plots in motion with my sensuous yet sadly singular physical body, so really I'll only have a day and a half to play with the cash! It's good that money's the best lubricant, otherwise I wouldn't have half a chance of executing even a quarter of the ideas I've had in the eighth of a second I've thought about what I could do with all those shiny rocks."

"You're setting additional plans in motion?" Mari asked. "Given the purpose of the meeting, perhaps it would help if you were to enlighten us."

"Eh," Ami said. "Pass. It's orthogonal to whatever's likely to come from this meeting, so it'll multiply nicely with everyone else's plans without interfering."

"Ami," Kei said, "multiplying orthogonal vec-"

"Bah, don't mince my metaphors," Ami said. "Hazō, you didn't call us all here to flex cash at the future Hokage. What's the deal?"

"The deal," Hazō said, "is that we need to win the election. We could try to do that the normal way, winning over neutrals one-by-one and maybe breaking off the most weakly aligned members of opposing factions. There's an issue with that plan. It's a low reward strategy, and everyone will expect us to do basically that, so they'll be fighting us the whole way. Instead, we aim big.

"The Hyūga Clan is the backbone of Leaf's conservative faction, and Hyūga Hinata is not ideologically stagnant in the way her father was, or Hagoromo Ritsuo is. We could win her over, and without her backing, Hagoromo is irrelevant. We wouldn't just get Hyūga as an ally – the other conservatives would follow her, and they could all help us campaign – and we'd benefit immensely from the coalition between Leaf's progressive and conservative clans, minus the insane Hagoromo. At that point, victory would be basically guaranteed, plus or minus the fiddly details."

Naruto let out a low whistle. "Well, you aren't aiming low. How convenient that you picked the clan least likely to respond to bribery as your primary target."

Hazō shrugged. "Well, we made a deal selling gemstones to them, and they would feel absolutely betrayed if we ruined their business to fund our war chest… but the terms of the contract don't actually stipulate that we can't sell to anyone else. If they don't play ball with us, they can eat the consequences. If they won't respond to bribery, maybe blackmail will do the trick."

"Okay, sure," Naruto said. "Financially blackmail the wealthiest clan in existence. Next, you're going to say that I ought to challenge Tsunade to a fight, no Shadow Clones."

"Not quite," Hazō said. "The other idea was convincing Kurenai to step down from her campaign. She's got a mini voting-bloc that I don't know if others have noticed – Shino might follow where she votes, and if she has that sway over him, she'll likely also have sway over Hinata, which leads back into the first point."

"Right," Naruto said. "Sure. Convince Kurenai to vote against herself. Easy peasy. Get that done by tomorrow morning for you, boss. What comes after that?"

Hazō shrugged. "That's all the good ideas. We could try to do the same with Akimichi, get him to stop his campaign and vote for you? Really, Naruto, the point here is that the Gōketsu are really in your corner. We're going to make some big plays to get you your victory. You have your own political training and advisors and whatever else you need to play the normal game and do all the normal stuff, win over Minami, secure the Amori-Motoyoshi-Kurusu bloc, whatever. High-risk high-reward plays are our game."

Naruto stared at Hazō for a second, then chuckled. "Fine. Then, let's talk about the details…"

o-o-o​

"Hazō!" Ino said, giving him a careful hug as he stepped down from the palanquin. "Traveling in style, I see?"

"Doctor's orders," Hazō said, stepping into the Yamanaka compound. "I don't like it, but I'm not allowed to run around Leaf. Tsunade had a fit when she saw what happened to my back after running to the Hanguri Gulf for a mission. I think she would have killed me if a violent death wouldn't have lengthened my prognosis."

Ino blinked. "That's four hundred miles, Hazō. You did that in two days in your condition?"

Hazō shrugged. "Yeah… it was really terrible for my healing, but no one but me could have done the mission, and it was necessary. I don't regret it – especially with the Hokage election apparently starting while I was out. I can handle pain. Though I'm not eager for more, hence the palanquin."

"You must have pushed yourself pretty hard. Even in good health, that run would knock a ninja flat on their back for a couple days," Ino said, as they stepped into the main building. "Here, let me help you-"

"Ino, I-"

She looped one arm under his knees and the other around his neck and opposite arm, and lifted him up. She carried him gently to her room, then set him down in a lounge chair with a gentle kiss.

"That was unexpected," Hazō said. "Why?"

She shrugged. "Felt the urge to. Why not?"

"Okay. I can walk by myself though, I promise. This is easy compared to the run. How are you, Ino?"

"I'm fine," she said.

"No, really Ino, how are you doing?"

"I'm fine," she said with a cheery smile that Hazō had little doubt was fake. "Besides, I don't need to be Ino right now. I just need to be Lady Yamanaka for another couple of days, then I can worry about being Ino again."

"If you say so, Lady Yamanaka…"

Ino sighed. "I suppose we ought to get to business, then? Shame that we have to have these business talks, Lord Gōketsu. For all that I appreciate your company, I much prefer Hazō's."

"Well, Lady Yamanaka," Hazō said, "I wouldn't dare be so rude as to acknowledge such a preference. I've always found you adequately charming."

Ino smiled and lightly swatted him on the arm. "'Adequately charming' my ass. Anyway, I wanted to talk to you about Uncle Chōza. You said you wanted to talk about Hinata?"

Hazō nodded. "You first."

"Sure. So, full disclaimer, this is partly a result of some talks with Shikamaru and Uncle Chōza, and partly me thinking about the weird situation between us where we're dating but also political opponents for the Hokage vote. Basically, I'm worried that people might have convinced you that Uncle Chōza is gonna be the worst thing for you or for Leaf, and I want to try to convince you otherwise.

"Right, so first thing's first – he respects Uplift. Like, way more than you would expect, given where he's come from. Partly this has been me and Shika working on him little by little to expand his horizons, but it's also because he's able to actually look with his eyes and observe what's in front of him, unlike a certain metal-bearded maniac we don't need to talk about. Uncle Chōza is a big fan of the till-n-fills, and he's in favor of the Ministry – I think you'll find that he actually had Akimichi invest in one of Mari's fundraising rounds. I think he likes these things because the results are really clear – he can just go out and see that, yeah, the towns have been improved.

"Second, I assume a big issue for you is ensuring Hokage support for your projects, especially fighting against the Dragons. None of the candidates are summoners – though Kurenai probably will be in a couple months – so Uncle Chōza's in the same boat as Naruto there. Uncle Chōza respects Asuma-sen-," she cut herself off, "Lord Seventh, and would defer to his stances, even if it weren't for the fact that he's also a basically reasonable guy that'll listen to Shikamaru nag him about 'existential risks' and stuff.

"If you start new ambitious projects, like testing the next version of the Zoo Rush, or, I dunno, something like that rift project I assume you abandoned, I think people might have told you that Uncle Chōza would shut them down by default. I don't think that's the case. He's cautious, not stupid. If you brought him a crazy new idea, and it was the kind of idea that didn't need to be executed immediately for some reason, my best guess of him is that he'd ask you to pause for a couple days so that he could think about it really carefully, and if it was genuinely a good idea, he'd give you the go ahead.

"Third, Uncle Chōza doesn't dislike you. I know, that's not exactly a stunning reason to like him back, but like I said, he takes his time to make his mind up about stuff, and he's never personally met you in the two years you've been a Clan Head. He likes some of the stuff you've done, like Uplift, and dislikes other stuff, like the Akatsuki thing, which you know Naruto also hates. He respects some people that favor you, like me, Shika… well, maybe Shika, and A– Lord Seventh. And of course, he respects some people that disfavor you. So, remember what I said about him being able to look with his eyes and observe? Before you make up your mind, you should know that he hasn't made up his mind about you, and you could still meet him and change that. "

"I see," Hazō said, after a moment. "That's quite a lot of information. And it's just information? No secret strings attached?"

Ino sighed, running a hand through her hair. "Sadly, not. Shika prevailed upon me to offer you a deal – which he said would be mutually beneficial and thus worth offering despite whatever happened between you that he still won't tell me. As revenge, I'm telling you that this is his deal, not mine.

"Basically, you should really want Hagoromo to not get elected. And if Uncle Chōza is elected, you should want to be one of the people that voted for him, especially if he's not elected in a landslide, so that he feels grateful towards you for his position. So, we can trade – if Uncle Chōza drops out of the race, probably because he doesn't get enough votes in the council room, our three clans will pledge to vote for Naruto over any other candidate. In exchange, at the election, if Uncle Chōza has at least half the cast votes at 'the first reasonable pause in voting' – that is, whenever all the blocs and pledges have cast their basically predetermined votes – you'll cast your vote for Uncle Chōza.

"Between you and me, this offers a little less than it looks, since Shika and I probably wouldn't vote for Hagoromo anyway. Still, Uncle Chōza might, and he'd give it up to earn your vote. That's pretty meaningful, and in the event that Uncle Chōza's eliminated, would be a really strong signal to other moderate clans that a sensible guy like Uncle Chōza thought that Naruto was a better option. So in the end, I think it's pretty fair."

Hazō nodded. "Yep, keeping Hagoromo from getting elected definitely needs to be a priority…"


"No," Kei said. "It is not sufficient to maximize the odds of Naruto's victory. We are dealing with probabilistic outcomes, and in the event of Naruto's defeat, we absolutely cannot have Hagoromo's victory. Even moreso than his ideological predecessor, Hagoromo Ritsuo is a hateful zealot whose election spells our destruction. Unlike Hyūga Hiashi, Hagoromo lacks the charity, self-restraint, and respect for political consequences that would keep him from taking clan-war-inducing actions to wipe Gōketsu out of Leaf, much as it sullies my mouth to attribute such adjectives to Hyūga Hiashi even in reference to such reprehensible pond scum. Woefully, his election continues to be wholly imaginable. He has spent three decades building a good reputation as a ninja, and to the rest of Leaf, a year and a half of idiocy appears regrettably inadequate to destroy it."

"...so I'll keep it in mind. Could you arrange a meeting with Akimichi for me?"

Ino raised an eyebrow. "Really? After all these years? I absolutely can."

Hazō raised his hands. "Well, maybe. I'm pretty busy these next couple days. I'll get back to you."

Ino shrugged. "So be it. I've made my pitch and hopefully reduced some anxiety about how every candidate but Naruto sucks."

"Hey, Kurenai doesn't suck."

Ino raised an eyebrow. "I don't think she likes you very much right now, Hazō. Plus, she's… not really a serious candidate. You don't get to ignore politics for a decade then suddenly care as soon as you have an agenda."

Hazō grimaced. "Fair. Anyway, Lady Yamanaka, shall we advance to the next item on our lovely list?"

"So be it, Lord Gōketsu, so be it."

"So, Hinata. You know her better than any Gōketsu and maybe better than Naruto, who's my main other source. I have one key question – what's the balance of power between her and the Hyūga elders? We've gotten inklings that she's massively beholden to them, and that seems bad for both you and me, Ino, if we don't want a Hagoromo Hokage."

Ino sighed, leaning herself over the arm of her own chair. "Isn't that the million-ryō question? It's something I'm also very interested in, and I don't have an answer. For all intents and purposes, it looks like Hinata is steering the clan, but it would look like that either way since the alternative makes the clan look horrifically weak. Like you said, there's hints that the elders are pulling her strings, subtle hints that wouldn't ordinarily show unless there's pretty substantial yanking behind the scenes. But are those hints real? Or is Hinata giving people a shadowy council to blame for her decisions instead of blaming her?

"My best guess? Hinata's not making an incredible political play, and the hints are real. She often finds herself at odds with members of her clan and makes compromises to keep them all happy. The elders have sway with the clan members, and Hinata has to keep her ninja happy. Sure, the Hyūga respect blood and breeding, but Hinata is far from the strongest Hyūga. Push come to shove, there's ways that another faction gets a more respectable Hyūga on the throne."

"Right," Hazō said. "The first part matches up with what we brainstormed, though I feel like your guesswork is more accurate than you think. What's her ideology that puts her into conflict with her clan, do you think?"

"I don't know," Ino said. "It's not like we talked about grand political ambitions in the Academy. Back then, we weren't expecting to become clan heads for at least a decade, with plenty of time to grow into our own alliances. Instead, we've been forced onto opposite sides of a political spectrum that was never supposed to exist."

"Well, take a guess. Your guess at the real behind-the-scenes sounded pretty good."

Ino shrugged. "In school, she was very quiet. She waits to speak and speaks softly. Still, she's very educated and philosophically aware, and she clearly tries her best to be truthful. If I had to guess? I'd say that she's got conservative values roughly in line with the rest of her clan including her father, but different principles. Everything that I described about her? It's like the antithesis of the brand of conservatism that Hagoromo has become the unfortunate face of. I'd probably guess that she wants the clan to be modest, dutiful, and prudent, and she's at odds with the faction that endorses Hagoromo and the 'exile or execute all the traitorous foreign influences' rhetoric."

"I see…," Hazō said. "Well, if that's the case, we're not going to get her to vote against Ritsuo without breaking the clan elders' hold on her."

"Not just the clan elders," Ino said. "The elders probably play a role, but I'd bet there's a whole Hyūga faction that would just love it if Leaf went back to the time when the clanless knew their place and there weren't new Mist-ninja waltzing in every other week."

"Right. I'm wondering if there's a way to get her to change her vote by somehow increasing her political influence over the rest of her clan. Give her some way to win over the Hyūga-equivalent of moderates, perhaps? Give her some trade deals that she can present as personal wins, to get support for herself at whatever cost?"

Ino raised an eyebrow. "You want her to change her vote? You know that if she does, it'll almost certainly be to Uncle Chōza, rather than to Naruto, right? Assuming she's voting for political stances. Which she has to be, because why else would she vote for Hagoromo?"

Hazō shrugged. "Better anyone than Hagoromo." Plus, they'd identified a couple of ways to win Hinata to Naruto's side, especially via Kurenai – but he didn't need to share that with Ino.

"Sure, if you want to do the hard work for us, be my guest. I'm sure you already know this, but a share of your silk trade won't mean that much to them. You want to give Hinata a way to win her clanmates over? Jutsu and seals might do it, but you'd almost rather have them laundered through a neutral-ish clan so it doesn't become political poison for her to accept it from you.

"I'd probably say one of her big issues in managing the clan is the lack of a pet social spec. From what I heard, you had ninja in your clan that actively disliked you for well over a year, yet you basically didn't have to think about it until last week? That's the benefit of having a Mari around. For ordinary mortals like me and Hinata, stuff like that can become your entire life. If Hinata's basically trying to build her coalition solo, then what she needs are staunch, politically aware allies in the clan.

"I could give you recommendations on that – for example, offer to give a Hanabi political training, which would make sense if your clans weren't soft enemies and also if the Gōketsu were anything but a political trash fire whose 'training' you'd primarily want to give to foreign nationals as a form of information warfare, no offense."

"None taken."

"Sorry babe, you just commit too much treason for it to be a good look for you to offer to train the Hyūga heiress."

"Okay, maybe some taken," Hazō said. "But maybe we could offer something to the Aburame, in exchange for them making a similar offer to the Hyūga in our stead?"

Ino smiled and leaned over to tap the side of Hazō's head. "Good, now you're thinking like a politician. We're already making some moves on the conservative faction, but not that one, yet."

"I'll add it to the list."

"Let me know how it goes!" Ino said. "Now, time for me to pick your brain. Have you heard anything about what the Minami have been up to?"

o-o-o​

"Hello, Hazō," Hinata said as she hurried into the private tea room at Moritaki's. "Apologies for the delay – strategy meetings take far too much time, don't they?"

Hazō groaned. "Tell me about it. It's all meetings, all the time."

Hinata nodded sympathetically as she settled down and selected a teacup before inviting Hazō to pour for her. Politely, she didn't examine the already-brewed pot at all.

"So," Hinata said, after a couple of sips. "Given the season, I assume this isn't a social call. How might my clan assist you?"

"Well, I don't have anything in particular I'm demanding," Hazō said. "I just wanted to talk to you, ask some questions, and hopefully understand why you're making what seems to me like a terrible decision for your clan."

Hinata raised an eyebrow and quirked a small smile, which she quickly hid behind her teacup. "Well, isn't that forward? Did you optimize that opener with a group of trusted clanmates to get past my professional outer shell?"

"Yes," Hazō said before she could see him hesitate. This hadn't been in the plan. "Why do you ask? Does it offend you?"

"No," she said. "I'm inured to the impersonal way one must plan things out to get just the right outcome. I just wanted to let you know that I am also aware of bits and pieces of your working practices.

"Cutting to the chase, at least the chase that I think this is about – yes, my clan currently backs Hagoromo Ritsuo, though we've made no binding pledges or oaths yet. This is a decision we made after considerable deliberation between myself, my clanmates, our clan elders, and our closest allies. I recognize he would be quite a poor Hokage for you, but my duty is to my clan first and foremost. Do I think he is our best choice to support? Yes, probably. Am I certain? Not at all."

"Oh?" Hazō asked.

Hinata nodded. "Yes. In fact, for all that it's massively irritating to have his time suddenly split between a half-dozen spars and sermons, it is a remarkably good test for whether he's fit for Hokage. Life as a Hokage will be no less busy and demanding. Plus, we know that he's an elite jōnin of Hidden Leaf, but I personally don't have the measure of his full strength. If it turns out that he struggles against a ragtag collection of clanless jōnin… well, then perhaps I would need to reconsider my vote."

Hazō paused to think. Apparently, he could skip the first half of the conversation where he convinced her that Hagoromo was a terrible candidate. If Ami were at all competent, she'd have Hagoromo exiling himself out of embarrassment by noon tomorrow. Then all that remained was to convince her to switch her vote to Naruto, instead of Chōza. But without any conversational rapport established, how should he start?

"In the event that you decided not to vote for Hagoromo," Hazō said, "how would you decide who to vote for?"

"I would need to consider it carefully," Hinata said. "Selecting the next Hokage is not a decision one makes lightly."

"Right," Hazō said. "I'm offering a space in which you can consider it. What factors would you take into account?"

Hinata shook her head lightly. "I'm not sure whether it's valuable to discuss this at present. For the moment, we have established who my clan will support. If circumstances change, we will adjust our plans. Until then, we support our ally, not plan our betrayal."

Damn. He was supposed to have argued her out of supporting Hagoromo by breaking down why he was a bad candidate and seeing which reasons mattered most to her. Instead, she'd made the procedure by which she'd picked Hagoromo opaque, then only cited busy-ness and combat strength for reasons that might make her drop him. Was that supposed to be a signal that she would support Naruto, the only candidate that could be basically anywhere all the time and who was stronger than every other candidate (possibly combined) – she just needed an excuse to ditch Hagoromo? Or was she telling him that she'd never vote for Naruto because of clan pressures and that there was no point in trying to win her support, since she definitely already knew that Naruto was the strongest, most-cloned candidate out there?

She'd framed his investigation as planning betrayal against an ally, so he couldn't even push on it without giving offense. Even that was opaque though – did she not want him pushing because she was politically opposed, or because she didn't want to reveal her intention to betray the clan's cause to potential spies of Hyūga's more conservative faction?

"Right," Hazō said finally. "I wouldn't ask that of you. I merely wanted to understand how you'd picked Hagoromo in the first place."

Hinata laughed gently. "Of course, I have no doubt he seems completely odious to you after all that your clans have feuded. One wishes that your interclan hatred might have been prevented.

"We may not be political allies, Hazō, but I think we are allies in important other ways. Economic ones, most obviously, but allies in battle most importantly. If ever your clan ninja develop specializations that get them paired with Hyūga ninja, I have no doubt that they will be brothers in blood. I've noticed the things Gōketsu has done, has sacrificed for the good of Leaf, and I respect it.

"Still, you are beholden to your clan and I mine, and it does no good to bend one clan to the will of another. I won't burden you with any speech about why you should vote for Hagoromo. In turn, I hope that you will accept my own uncertainties, and, should the time come, trust that I will make any decisions I must make wisely."

"I see, Hinata," Hazō said. "Thank you, for the valuable insight into your decision-making process," not, "and thank you for taking the time to speak with me."

"Of course, Hazō," she said. "But forgive me for not staying long – even though I arrived late, I should try to be punctual for my next appointment. Hopefully, the next time we meet like this, we'll be on the same side of the battlefield."

o-o-o​

"Good evening," Hazō said as he carefully stepped down from the accursed palanquin in the dark. Regrettably, scheduling hadn't favored him, and he'd only found time to speak with Kurenai after his conversation with Hinata. Luckily, he'd scheduled time with Hinata again tomorrow in case he managed to flip Kurenai tonight. "I am here to speak with Lady Sarutobi."

"Apologies," said the genin guarding the gate of the Sarutobi compound. "There is no Lady Sarutobi."

"Pardon me!?" Hazō asked.

"The Sarutobi Clan is led by the heir of Lord Asuma. That heir is Lord Sarutobi Konohamaru, nephew of Lord Asuma and eldest son of Sarutobi Kaimyō, eldest son of Sarutobi Hiruzen. Lord Konohamaru is currently occupied with clan business, but will see visitors again tomorrow morning. I will ensure he sees your request first, as a fellow Clan Head of Leaf."

"I see," Hazō said, gears turning in his head. "And what of Lady Kurenai?"

"Lady Kurenai is mourning her recent widowhood, and cannot take visitors," the genin said.

"Right," Hazō said, quickly glancing past the genin into the night-shadowed corners of the Sarutobi compound as if any information could be gleaned from his casual inspection. "I suppose I'll come back tomorrow morning, then."

"We will look forward to your return."



Naruto, while impressed by your stones, doesn't really have anything that he could use a ton of extra cash on in terms of political plays short of outright buying votes (Minami, Amori, etc. all surely have a price). Ami is very excited to spend infinite money, even if she can't quite articulate all the specific things she's going to do with it. If you want her to do so, you'll need to liquidate a lot of diamonds, and thus certainly piss off the Hyūga. Please specify in your next plan whether you want to do that.

XP Award: 5 - 1 (brevity) XP
GM fun XP: 1


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 625: Morning Briefing on Election Runup
Chapter 625: Morning Briefing on Election Runup

"Morning, Hazō," Mari said, yawning hugely in the middle of slouching into the kitchen. She stretched her arms, then bent into a back walkover followed by a front walkover. Hazō could hear the crack of her back from six feet away. She grimaced as she straightened up. "Getting old," she muttered. She pulled a lock of hair around in front and went through it carefully. "No grey. That's good." She tossed the hair back over her shoulder, grabbed a random meal seal off the kitchen table and settled down opposite Hazō. She opened the seal and hmphed in satisfaction to find that it was sushi with fried egg.

Hazō watched all this with an amused smile and pushed the teapot towards her. She poured herself a cup and raised it in thanks.

"It's okay," she said. "You can ask."

"Ask what?" Hazō said innocently.

She gave him a Look. "You are so desperate to get your briefing that you're about to fly apart at the seams, but you're working at building up patience as part of your Clan Head practice, so you aren't asking."

Hazō grimaced. "I'm also trying to work on concealing my impatience. Guess I've got a ways to go there."

"I've got an edge on that one," she admitted. "You always Iron Nerve the same expression when you're trying to hide impatience. Change it up sometimes."

"Huh," Hazō said. "Did not think of that. I'll work on it." He smiled a little. "So 'Iron Nerve' is a verb now?"

She shrugged. "You knew what I meant, right?"

"Point." He sipped from his own tea. "What have you got?"

"It's looking interesting," she said. "First, I'm a little worried that Ami's machinations are going to backfire on us. She recruited a bunch of KEI jōnin to challenge Hagoromo to three spars a day, yesterday and today. Obviously, they arranged their spars to happen on opposite sides of Leaf, about three or four hours apart through the day. He has to go to a spar, waste time as the challenger draws out the pre-fight talking, burn chakra during the fight, then have a post-fight discussion and fight breakdown because it would be super rude not to. It keeps him running around instead of doing politics, and it leaves him sweaty and low on chakra so that he's irritable and slightly nauseous.

"At the same time, she recruited a bunch of other people to ask him to do various religious stuff for them, many of which he hasn't been able to do because he was too busy with the spars. The ones he has been able to do, he's showed up either sweat-stinky or obviously having come straight from the bath, which suggests he didn't take it seriously enough to allow enough time in advance."

"I'm liking this so far," Hazō said. "What's the problem?"

"The problem is that he crushed it yesterday. Tossed the first two jōnin around the field like rag dolls and got a solid win against the third one. He took some bruises, but that's about it. It was basically him showing off how strong a fighter he is. He's got three more fights today, the last one being against Ruri the Condor Summoner. If he does as well today then it's going to seriously boost his chances in the election."

"I don't suppose we can intervene?" Hazō asked. "Fix the fights somehow?"

Mari hesitated, chewing her lip. "Let's circle back to that one. I can chew on it while I do the rest of the briefing, and I've got plenty more juicy stuff to share."

"Sweet!" Hazō said. "Go on."

"My contacts over on the Sarutobi estate have been talking about a lot of angry clan members yelling at each other in the corridors. It's pretty clear that some of the Sarutobi aren't very happy being ruled by a woman who married into the family, even if she was Asuma's chosen successor and he was very clear about the fact that he expected everyone to support her." She shrugged. "Honestly, I think they'd probably go along if she were handling her grief better. She's angry. She snaps at people when she should pour the oil, she's got too low a threshold for bullshit and inefficiency, that kind of thing. She's not a rabid dog or anything—she's a smart woman who is doing a good job, but she's facing off against a bunch of challenges from within and without."

"Poetic phrasing," Hazō noted. "Presumably the challenges from outside the clan are things like other clans jockeying for position against her and the Sarutobi in general. What are the inside threats?"

"Kurenai's pregnancy is a big one. The current presumptive heir is Konohamaru, the Third's grandson, but he's still a minor. If Kurenai has her child while in office as Clan Head then that child would complicate the matter a great deal. There's hints that someone is trying to push Kurenai out now and replace her with Konohamaru. My guess is that whoever is doing that intends to act as puppet master, get themself appointed regent, and run things until Konohamaru's majority, at which point they'll have had plenty of time to make the kid dependent on them."

"What are the practical effects?" Hazō asked.

"I'd say it's likely that Kurenai will bow out of the race sometime today. The Sarutobi don't have another viable candidate, so their vote will be up for grabs at that point."

"Who do you think it will go to, and is it vulnerable?"

"Not sure. Akimichi would be the default option, but Naruto isn't out of the question. Not Hagoromo, I'm confident of that."

"As long as it's not Ritsuo, I'm fine with it," Hazō said. "Naruto would be better and we'll definitely want to tilt them in that direction if we can, but I'll take it if it's Akimichi."

Mari cocked her head. "Why do you do that?"

"Do what?"

"Refer to him as 'Ritsuo'? He's your elder, your superior in rank, and a Clan Head."

"Because fuck him, that's why. He is beneath me and doesn't deserve the respect." He sighed and raised a hand, palm out. "Yes, I know. Bad habit, bad attitude, bad idea. I'll work on it." He smiled. "Besides, you call her 'Kurenai'."

"Yes, but she said I could after the third time we went out drinking."

"You went drinking with her on multiple occasions?"

"And dancing. She's a hell of a dancer. Really tears up a floor. And a ceiling, actually. Anyway, if she does drop out then the Aburame vote is on the table. I'm guessing that Shino will lean slightly towards Naruto since they were in the same Academy class and seem to have been friendly. On the other hand, I suspect it would be a very slight lean and he could easily be swayed to Akimichi's side if his clan wanted him to go that way."

"It really sounds like Lord Akimichi has this one in the bag," Hazō said. "Am I wrong?"

"Let's say...you are not necessarily right," Mari said. She leaned back, looking at the ceiling and ticking points off on her fingers. "He's got three votes locked in—Akimichi, Nara, Yamanaka. Hagoromo gets himself, Hyūga, Kyoshō, and almost certainly Inuzuka. Naruto gets Uzumaki, Kei—the clan, not the person or the organization—Uchiha, Minami, and Gōketsu. That's three for Akimichi, four for Hagoromo, and five for Naruto. On the surface that looks like Akimichi is the also-ran, but that is very far from the case. He's a powerful fighter, an experienced clan head who has lead his clan to wealth and prosperity, and a popular man who is widely regarded as quiet, humble, and wise." She grimaced. "He is, in fact, an irritatingly good man. There's no levers on him. Well, none that are safe to pull. The clan is wealthy and liquid. He doesn't drink to excess or do any drug. He adores his wife and there isn't the slightest hint of infidelity. Heck, he never so much as glanced at my tits when the three of them showed up for game night. If I were just a little bit less secure in my femininity, I would have been deeply offended."

"What are the unsafe levers?" Hazō asked. "I absolutely do not want to pull them, but I'm curious."

"Threaten his family," Mari said. "It would definitely provoke him into action, but I'm pretty sure that the action would involve earthquakes and rains of fire."

"Do...not...anger...Akimichi," Hazō said, pretending to write on his hand with a nonexistent brush. "Important safety tip. Thanks, Mari."

"No problem." She chuckled and then shifted in her seat, getting more comfortable as she went back to ticking off points. "Undecided voters, assuming that Kurenai drops out: Aburame, Amori, Motoyoshi, Kurusu, Sarutobi, and Tsunade. Tsunade, I have no sagedamned clue how she'll vote, if she votes at all. If she votes first then whoever she votes for will probably win in a landslide. People are going to follow her vote unless they have extremely strong opinions on the matter.

"Aburame, I already talked about them. The Amori and Motoyoshi...it's possible that they could go for Naruto but I'd definitely put the odds on Akimichi. The Kurusu too, except—tada!—I have discovered a hidden weakness. I think we can buy their vote for an absolute fuckton of money."

"Really? That's great! How much?"

She named a number that made Hazō wince, but nod. "That's about forty percent of our liquid assets, but it's only money. Plus, we can use the gems."

"Be careful with those," Mari said. "That little show you put on with Naruto was a good way to make an impression, but if you actually drop a hundred pounds of diamonds and sapphires on the market, the value will crash. They'll be nothing but shiny rocks."

"They are nothing but shiny rocks," Hazō said.

Mari sighed. "Yes, but people have this collective delusion that says they are more than that, so don't disabuse them. Yah?"

"Yah," Hazō said, rolling his eyes.

"Better solution would be to do what you and Asuma talked about and crash the market over in Lightning or Mist—somewhere that's wealthy and only nominally not an enemy. Sell there, spreading the sales out across multiple locations, bring the money back here. That's going to need time, so it's hard to use it for short-term promises as part of backroom deals that can't be enforced because they can't be admitted to.

"Anyway, back on topic: the undecideds are enough to send this election in any direction. I think we can swing the Kurusu but I'm not sure about the rest. What do you want me to do?"





XP AWARD: 0 The winning vote was 'Lore Update', which I suppose you could argue this is. If not, oh well. QMs have no obligation to go along with Lore Update votes.

It is now about 7am the day before the election.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Interrogation Report 38912-Black-6-EF
Interlude: Interrogation Report 38912-Black-6-EF

(page 1)

ATTENTION: This report is for the Hokage ONLY. If you have gained access to this report, place it within a storage seal and return it to the Hokage IMMEDIATELY (Priority Black). If it is infeasible to return this report to the Hokage with NO DELAY, destroy the report immediately.






(page 2)

Destroy this report once you have finished reading it.






(page 3)

ANBU ██████████

Interrogation Summary

Exact transcription follows the body of the report

Subjects: 043, 044, 045
All: Field interrogation
All: Genin, presumed ages 16-18
All: Clan membership: ██████████
All: Captured on patrol approximately 1 mile away from borders of ██████████
All: No ██████████ training
All: No physical injuries
All: Language barrier: ██████████
All: Cultural barrier: ██████████
All: Terminate following interrogation






Subject 043

History: Initial
Loyalty: n/a
Trust: Hostile
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████

Question: Who in your group is the most knowledgeable regarding people and events in your village?
Response: [044 indicated as leader]

Question: What additional patrols does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What sorts of long-term missions does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: How many missing-nin is your village aware of?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████ [Note from Hokage: When we find a lead regarding ██████████'s location, loop in the Dog Summoner to track them. Infiltration will secure an item of their clothing]

Question: Have there been any ninja not from your village that visited your village recently?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████ [Note from Hokage: With ██████████ members unprotected by AMITY, I'm authorizing their assassinations. Frankly, this is a public service]

Question: What were the Sage of the Six Paths' most important accomplishments in his life?
Response: [Subject indicates confusion concerning the question]
Response: Defeating the Tenfold Abomination, dividing it, and sealing away its component pieces. Secondary accomplishments include granting the greatest of human lords the authority to use chakra, the creation of the Six Paths, and rebinding the Ancient Mother within the moon.

Question: What do you know about the Sage's companions?
Response: The Sage had many companions throughout his life, many of whom were human lords and emperors of particularly noble character. They were the ones granted the authority to use chakra by the Sage. The Sage's closest companions were the ancient progenitors of clans such as ██████████, ██████████, and ██████████, among others. Their incredible power and noble disposition even a thousand years removed from their ancient ancestors is proof of the strength of the Sage of the Six Paths's blessing.

Question: What do you know about the Six Paths?
Response: The Six Paths are vast lands occupied by different creatures. When you die, the King of Hell judges your character. If he judges you well, he sends your soul to be reincarnated into a denizen of the Deva Path to live a life of bliss. If he judges you poorly, he sends you to the Naraka Path to live a life of suffering. Most of the sinful outsiders are destined for the Naraka Path, but by following ██████████'s teachings, passage to the higher realms is guaranteed.

Question: What do you know about the other Paths?
Response: The Preta Path is the home of the Eaters, creatures that feel nothing but hunger and seek only to devour the living. The Animal Path is home to various animals, and this is where summons come from. The Human Path is our Path. The Asura Path is home to Titans, noble godlike warriors that fight one another endlessly for glory.

Question: What do you know about the Dragons?
Response: [Subject failed to produce a meaningful response. Interrogation concluded]






Subject 044

History: Initial
Loyalty: n/a
Trust: Hostile
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████

Question: What additional patrols does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What sorts of long-term missions does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: How many missing-nin is your village aware of?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: Have there been any ninja not from your village that visited your village recently?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: Where are the residences of ████████████████████?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: Where might ████████████████████ be hidden?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What are the Dragons?
Response: [Subject indicates confusion concerning the question]
Response: The Dragons are five ancient beasts that were born in the era of the Old Gods. They were like gods themselves in power, but they were wise instead of cruel. When the Sage of the Six Paths was born, they chose to nurture him and guide him, teaching him how to be a wise and noble ruler, and entrusting him with their secret arts. Their most precious secret art was a way of turning chakra into an elemental form. Each dragon had such an art: Earth, Fire, Lightning, Water, and Wind.

Question: What happened to the Dragons?
Response: They still live, in their palaces of jade and lapis, in lands beyond the reaches of man's kingdoms. They watch the decline of the current world in despair, but they know it is no longer their era. Legend has it that they will still give their teachings to one who comes before them who is pure of heart, as Hōryū did to ██████████, hundreds of years ago.

Question: What is the Tenfold Abomination?
Response: An unkillable monster from the dying days of the Old Gods, dedicated to the destruction of all that is good and pure. No longer a threat, unless the ancient seal is broken.

Question: Do you know any more information about the Tenfold Abomination?
Response: [Subject indicates their lack of knowledge, indicates that ██████████ would be more knowledgeable about such lore]

Question: What is the Ancient Mother?
Response: In the beginning, the world was a ball of golden light, floating free in the primordial darkness. Eventually, the darkness entered into the light, and from their mixing, the world was born. The remaining light became the god known as the Heavenly Father, who lives within the sun. The remaining darkness became the Ancient Mother, and took residence upon the moon.

Question: What do you know about sealing?
Response: [Subject failed to produce a meaningful response. Interrogation concluded]





Subject 045

History: Initial
Loyalty: n/a
Trust: Hostile
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████
██████████: ██████████

Question: What additional patrols does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What sorts of long-term missions does your village deploy?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What sorts of ████████████████████ procedures does your village employ?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: Do you know the location of ██████████?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What is the origin of ██████████?
Response: ████████████████████████████████████████

Question: What do you know about sealing?
Response: [Subject indicates no knowledge about sealing]

Question: What do you know about three-dimensional sealing?
Response: [Subject indicates no knowledge about three-dimensional sealing, affirms lack of knowledge about sealing]

Question: What do you know about Summoning Scrolls?
Response: [Subject indicates knowledge of ████████████████████, but no other knowledge of specific Summoning Scrolls] Summoning Scrolls are ancient seals made by the Sage of the Six Paths to summon powerful warriors to his side from other Paths in the fight against the Tenfold Abomination.

Question: What are the Old Gods?
Response: The gods that ruled the world before the Sage of the Six Paths. They were cruel and capricious. They played favorites with humans, raising and nurturing clans, only to throw their lives away in battle with the playthings of other gods. The Sage of the Six Paths killed most of them, leading humanity to a brief golden age before it was set upon by other, far worse ills.

Question: What do you know of Akatsuki's ritual?
Response: [Subject indicates no concrete knowledge beyond widely-known facts. Subject speculates that the ritual cannot have been that evil, given how it apparently seemed to try to destroy the Demon Beasts.]

Question: What do you know of the Demon Beasts?
Response: [Subject failed to produce a meaningful response. Interrogation concluded]
 
Chapter 626, Part 1: The Bribe Comes After

"Welcome to my home, Lady Gōketsu," said Lord Kurusu, nodding courteously.

Mari bowed deeply. "You honor me with your welcome, My Lord. Thank you for welcoming me to your most beautiful home. It's quite elegant, and I love the art work." She gestured towards one of the portraits on the wall. "Am I correct that is your honored father?"

"You are indeed," Kurusu said, smiling at the painting. "Twenty years and I still miss him."

"A handsome man," Mari said. "And an impressive painting. May I ask who the painter was? There's a certain something to it..."

"Oh?" Kurusu asked. "What sort of something?"

Mari turned to face the portrait full-on and considered it. "It's raw. Intense. Slightly undeveloped...I suspect the artist is young, likely at the beginning of his career."

"'His' career?" Kurusu asked. "Are you suggesting I wouldn't hire a woman?"

Mari glanced at him with a chuckle and gestured dismissively with her fan. "Lord Kurusu, please. Look at the strength of the lines, the color palette choices. I'm sure you've hired women artists, but this one was definitely a man." She turned back to the art, head cocked in contemplation. "The use of chiaroscuro is inexpert but shows real talent—like the artist had a vision that he wasn't yet experienced enough to render. An impressive vision." She studied the painting for a few moments, then nodded. "Skill aside, that young man has more vision and more base talent than any three artists I've seen. I would be incredibly grateful if you would give me a referral—the walls of the Gōketsu estate are appallingly barren right now and it's making us look like uncultured church mice. I would love to have this young man help us start fixing the problem."

Lord Kurusu's face twitched slightly. "Hm, yes. I'm sure. Sadly, I don't think that young man is available."

She glanced at him in surprise, then shook her head in self-disgust. "Of course. The cracking on the oil. This painting is, what, fifteen years old? Maybe eighteen? He's an adult now, isn't he?"

"He is, yes."

"All to the good, actually. More years, more practice. If he was this good a decade and a half ago then by now...oh."

Lord Kurusu smiled.

"You painted it, didn't you?"

"I did, yes."

Mari bowed her head, hiding her face with her fan. "Well, I feel foolish. I do apologize. I didn't mean to insult—"

"Please," he said, raising a hand to cut her off. "I haven't been so flattered in years. Unfortunately, I also haven't painted in years." He shrugged. "I would love to. I try to find time, but..." He spread his hands and she nodded in understanding.

"There's always something, isn't there?" she said ruefully. "I watch Hazō and I don't know how he does it. I'm happy being the advisor. Sage forbid I actually have to take any of the responsibility for myself." She laughed.

"Hah! Indeed. In any case, enough about my long-lost art skills. What may I do for you today?"

"The Gōketsu have been looking at some commercial opportunities, for which we need partners. I was hoping you might be interested?"

Lord Kurusu smiled faintly. "That sounds terribly interesting. I assume you would be wanting our venture to start immediately?"

"I would, yes. Today, in fact. Although I suspect it would take until tomorrow evening to actually transfer the relevant valuables from our stores to yours."

"And you would be putting up the initial capital?"

"We would indeed! I think you'll be interested." She named a number. A very specific number that worked out to precisely enough money to clear the Kurusu clan's outstanding debts. Outstanding in both senses of the word.

"That is an extremely generous offer, Lady Mari," Lord Kurusu said, offering a bow of precisely the correct depth to show gratitude to a social equal, which was quite a compliment from a Clan Lord to a senior advisor of a different clan. "I'm terribly embarrassed, but I'm afraid the Hyūga approached us about this very same opportunity not three hours ago. Their offer of initial investment was...rather higher."

"Oh?"

"Indeed." In a shocking breach of propriety, he produced a sheet of rich paper from his sleeve and offered it to her.

Mari's face stayed friendly and open as she took the paper and scanned across it with a spy's trained eyes. That training meant that the eyes in question did not widen as they saw the numbers nested among the flowery language that existed only to disguise the bribe as an offer to purchase a stretch of Kurusu farmland at vastly inflated rates. She gave a dismissive tch of her tongue and handed the paper back.

"I mean...I suppose it's an offer," she said dismissively.

Lord Kurusu's brow rose. "An offer? It seems like quite a good one. If you'll forgive me being a trifle crass, it's rather higher than the Gōketsu offer."

Fuck.

"I suppose," she said, waving her fan languidly. "Of course, theirs is a single purchase. The Gōketsu are offering ongoing partnership in a trade caravan route to Tea. The money would be quite a lot higher over the long term."

"This is true," he said, nodding thoughtfully. "Of course, it's also true that money in the purse has greater value than promises from the banker."

Fuuuuuuck.

Her smile stayed perfect and calm while her mind raced. Three hours ago, she could have bought the Kurusu for 40% of the Gōketsu's liquid assets. It would have restricted their ability to grow their holdings, perhaps left them slightly vulnerable to having loans and debts called, but it was manageable. Now? She couldn't simply match the Hyūga offer, she needed to beat it substantially enough that Kurusu would be willing to offend one of the most powerful clans in the village by voting against their preferred candidate for Hokage. Worse, she needed to do it now, because if she walked out the door to go check with Hazō she was not going to be able to come back later; the deal would already have been finalized with the Hyūga. Which could be a real problem, since right now one of Hazō was talking to Tsunade, one of him was talking to Shino, one of him was talking to Lord Akimichi, and all of him were undoubtedly promising his interlocutors large slices of the clan's cash.

Sage, please don't let this be another mistake on Mari's part like when she overindulged in the scrip. Still, if they could get Naruto in as Hokage—someone who was actually positively inclined towards the clan, someone who was coming back around towards maybe liking Hazō despite still having qualms... Given a secure and positive political environment, the Gōketsu could rise to wealth and power undreamed of. Which meant she needed to make the offer.

She couldn't afford to low-ball it either. Kurusu hadn't shuffled her out the door, which meant that he was letting her make a counteroffer, but he undoubtedly expected it to be a best-and-final. Either she landed his vote or she went home and told Hazō that his spymistress had failed.

Double the Hyūga offer would probably do it, especially if she put a litle more on top just to be sure. That was the entire Gōketsu cash reserves and then some and then some more. The clan would be dangerously overextended and vulnerable to economic warfare by their enemies.

Of course, Hazō had literally hundreds of pounds of gems and the ability to make more at will. And he could pull gold out of the ground. It wasn't precisely the same as liquidity, but any clan that wanted to engage the Gōketsu in economic warfare was going to have a bad day.

What could she use...? It couldn't be a literal pile of ryō. That would be too visibly a bribe. Taking over the world's gem markets was a pie whose slices she wasn't prepared to share so lightly. There was nothing else of sufficient magnitude that Hazō had already signed off on and she hadn't yet had time to pitch him on her grand design. If she handed it to him as a fait accompli, with a partner in the mix no less, he was going to be so pissed. At the same time, the Hokage vote was uncomfortably close and the stakes couldn't be higher. Getting Hagoromo would be an utter disaster. Getting Lord Akimichi wouldn't be an immediate disaster, but there was no way it would work out. He was a moderate, yes, but he wasn't going to put up with the hinky shenanigans and social upheaval that followed in Hazō's wake. More importantly, Hazō wasn't going to back down on the relevant shenanigans and upheaval. He would take the clan to war against the rest of Leaf first, or take the inner circle back into the woods. He might back down briefly, on small things, but Lord Akimichi wouldn't settle for that. He wouldn't tolerate the sorts of challenges to his authority and sensibilities that Hazō's plans would bring. Nothing less than complete submission to the Will of Fire as Lord Akimichi understood it and full assimilation into Leaf's traditions would do for the conservative member of the ISC bloc. Hazō would choke on that.

Fuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuck. She was going to be in so much trouble.

All this flashed through her mind in a moment and then she fluttered her fan in front of herself and gave a girlish giggle. (How many more years could she get away with that gambit?)

"Lord Kurusu," she said, flicking the fan closed so she could tap him scoldingly on the arm before flicking it open again and fluttering it before her face. "You're playing with me, surely? No one with the depth to paint that"—he glanced admiringly at the portrait of his father—"would choose a momentary flash of gold to the reliability of long-term income."

"Ah, Lady Gōketsu," he said, starting to stand up, "I do appreciate your compliments, but—"

"However," she said, "I wouldn't want you to feel like you were losing out by allying with the Gōketsu. We are the Clan of Guts, sir. Hazō had thought to engage you on the Tea caravan route as a way of testing the waters before moving on to bigger things, but he did give me latitude. Allow me to tell you about our plans for conquest of Honey."

He sank back onto his heels again, his attention suddenly focused.

"Over the next few months we will be running a series of trade caravans to Mist," Mari began. "Those will be profitable, yes, but they will also serve as a cover allowing us to establish forward bases in Honey. From there we intend to take land and develop it as part of Hazō's Uplift agenda." It would also give them control of the cave which was the only current source of runic substrate, but she wasn't about to mention that.

"The land will be brought under Gōketsu ownership, marked down as part of our ancestral properties. This is the right of any clan where undeveloped wilderness is concerned."

"Honey is hardly undeveloped wilderness, my lady," Kurusu noted.

She shrugged. "It has no Kage. It has no diplomatic relations or treaties with Leaf or any of our allies. It has no major population centers and a very low population density." She so very much hoped that all of that was true.

"It does have a population, though."

"There are a handful of people anywhere you set foot. Bondsmen who have fled their service, missing-nin, farmers who seek to flee the tax man. That doesn't make those places developed. It's rich land, my lord. Fertile. Any forward-looking Hokage"—she let the words hang in the air as she held his gaze—"will be delighted to have a military force positioned on the far side of Mist, as well as the tax revenues that will come from that land. No, Honey will become Gōketsu land within the decade. Unless, of course, it becomes Gōketsu and Kurusu land."

"With respect, Lady Mari, that's utterly impractical. No single clan could split their forces across two continents for months or even years at a time. You would need to hire missions from the KEI." 'Bolstering their wealth and importance, thereby further upending Leaf's politics' went unsaid. "The expenditure required for such a venture would be ludicrous. Utterly infeasible."

"My lord, I assure you it would be quite feasible. For the Gōketsu, that is. And our allies." She shrugged. "We will, as you say, be hiring missions to further the venture. We are prepared to pay double the going rate to the Kurusu for the first five years, and to give your ninja preference when we do personnel selection. If you wish to join us as a partner instead of merely as a preferred contractor, we are prepared to grant you thirty percent of whatever land we clear, plus a guaranteed minimum monetary return for the first six seasons." She named a number, telling him exactly what that guaranteed return would be.

Lord Kurusu was a trained and experienced warrior who had endured more than one emergency field surgery without crying out or dishonoring himself through a show of weakness. In social situations he had an equally admirable stone face...but even stone can crack when hit hard enough.

"I ask your pardon, Lady, I may have misheard you. Could you repeat that?"

On the outside her smile was gentle and friendly; on the inside it was that of a wolf as its prey stumbled to the earth.

"I believe you heard me accurately, My Lord. As I said, the Gōketsu are the Clan of Guts."

He swallowed. "It is extremely generous, but, again, the cost to carry out the job..." He paused, trying to figure out how to not offend her honor while demanding that she show proof of Gōketsu ability to pay such a ludicrous sum.

She took mercy on him. One by one and in complete silence, she lay three flawless sapphires, each the size of her thumbnail, on the tea table in front of him. And then three more. And three more. And then offered a casually dismissive wave suggesting that she could have kept going but couldn't be bothered.

He stared at the glittering stones for long seconds. She could almost see the calculations going through his mind; all of the Kurusu debts expunged. Land that had been sold off being bought back. Financial security. Wealth beyond measure once farmers had been established and could be taxed.

"Lady," he said, meeting her eyes. "I feel certain that a forward-looking Hokage will bless such an enterprise. Let's talk specifics."

o-o-o-o​

"Lady Tsunade," Hazō said, bowing at the door to the legendary medic's office at Leaf General.

The legendary medic in question looked up at him, eyes furious. "Here to buy my vote?" she demanded. Still, she waved him to the visitor's seat and went back to her food tray, wrapping a piece of fish in a fold of flat bread.

Hazō sank onto the chair, holding her eyes as he said, "Yes."

She snorted. "Late in the day, isn't it?"

His eyes flicked to the water clock on the credenza. "It's ten in the morning, ma'am."

"I know. I've been here since dawn. Someone else could have gotten in ahead of you."

"No one did."

"And you know this how?"

"Because I've been here since just after dawn too, ma'am. You were on rounds until now."

She glowered at him. "Ai tells me I need to let you make your pitch, so get on with it. You've got until I finish this food." She shoved a fish pocket into her mouth, eating with the efficiency of someone who had never lost a soldier's habits.

"Before I start, these are for you." He lay a packet of seals on her desk. "Dampener seals. They offer a slight resistance to motion, which helps to smooth out normal muscle jitter. Makes your hands steadier, which helps with calligraphy for sealing and should also help for surgery. Let me know if they do." He lay another seal, this one a dirt-common storage seal, on the desk. "This contains silk fragments from the spiders of the Arachnid clan. Try them out as bandages, if you would. If they're better than what you've got then it's easy to get more of them. Might even end up being cheaper than regular cloth, I'm not sure."

One fine-lined blonde eyebrow rose. "Interesting bribe."

"Oh, this isn't the bribe. This is stuff I've been meaning to drop off, and it's unconditional. The bribe comes after I make my pitch."

She looked very slightly amused as she took a bite from a small apple. "Get to it, then. I eat fast."

"It's about the rift."

She grunted a get-on-with-it affirmative and bit at the apple again.

"It's an existential threat to everyone, especially since Akatsuki took my research. If they manage to open the rift and pull Pain out, they'll do it all again. Everything Leaf lost on Nagi, everything that you fought for and Jiraiya died for, will have meant nothing."

"When you want to convince someone of something, aren't you supposed to make them feel good first?"

"Depends on the person, ma'am. I'm not trying to make you feel good, I'm trying to talk about facts. Maybe I can figure out how to close the rift. Maybe Akatsuki can't figure out how to open it. We can't rely on either of those things and, even if we could, Akatsuki would still be a problem. We need a Hokage who can deal with them. Someone with the power to make them back down and a political environment that will let them use that power. Ritsuo—Hagoromo couldn't do it and would be a disaster for Leaf in any case."

"No bias in that assessment," she said, setting the apple core down and taking a swig of her tea before fixing another fish pocket.

"With respect ma'am, don't jerk me around. You know it's true, I know it's true."

She shot him a narrow-eyed look and grunted. She swallowed the fish pocket and started rapidly plowing through a small pile of pickled vegetables.

"Lord Akimichi can't do it. He's an elite among elite jōnin, but what I know of him says he's not quite at that level. He doesn't have any of the ridiculous bullshit that you S-rank ninja throw around."

She snorted a laugh and then pounded herself on the chest as a pickled carrot went down the wrong pipe.

"Naruto is the best choice for what's coming, and I think you know that. He's been trained for the job since he could walk, and trained by the best. He's strong enough to give Akatsuki pause—or, if he isn't now then he will be in a few years, whereas both Hagoromo and Lord Akimichi have already peaked. He's smart, flexible, and a forward thinker. He's respected by everyone in the village, from the most progressive of the KEI to the hardest of the hard-line traditionalists. I suspect that even Hagoromo would admit to positive feelings, if the people over at T&I were able to pry his jaws open on the subject."

She snorted another laugh, still coughing around the carrot. Green medical chakra glowed through the skin over her sternum as the airway obstruction was pushed up and out.

"Stop trying to kill your Hokage, your treasonous little weasel," Tsunade said. Fortunately, there was amusement in the words.

Hazō smiled back. "I'll report to the killbox immediately after this conversation, ma'am. Final thought on the subject of Naruto: he's got an advantage that neither Lord Akimichi nor Hagoromo have. His Shadow Clones make the paperwork easy for him. Either of the others will need to prioritize, and some things will end up missed as a result. Naruto can simply do all of it."

"Huh." She chewed (carefully this time) a slice of pickled ginger, swallowed, and then added, "Fair point. Hadn't really considered that one."

"Thank you, ma'am. Anyway, that's my pitch for why he's a good choice. Now let's talk about the bribe: First off, I'm offering you thirty percent of the Gōketsu cash reserves. Here's the accounting." He slid a paper across to her.

She glanced at it and gave it a noncommittal grunt. "You know I'm the last scion of Clan Senju, right? And someone who's been getting paid for S-rank missions since before you were a speck of 'hey wanna get some' in your parents' eyes?"

Hazō winced. "Thank you very much for filling my head with images of my parents having sex."

She snorted amusement. "Part of that 'S-rank bullshit' you mentioned. Best hurry up. My plate's almost empty."

"Right. Thirty percent of our reserves is the footplant. Here's the windup." He opened another storage seal and produced a bag the size of a large waterskin which he proceeded to casually upend on her desk.

Sapphires and diamonds clattered on the scarred wood like rain, bouncing everywhere. Some of them spilled onto the floor.

Tsunade froze in shock, a bit of sushi dropping from her fingers as she forgot she was holding it.

"Oops," Hazō said, deadpan, as he glanced at the priceless stones that had fallen off the desk. "Sorry about that. Anyway, there's more where this came from.

"You've seen the footplant and the windup," he said, meeting her eyes. "Here's the kick: we're going to spread our gems—of which this is merely a fraction—around all markets on the continent. The Gōketsu will be pulling a huge amount of actual wealth, and if we're careful, nobody will figure out that these things are just shiny rocks. I'm prepared to offer you half of the first year's profit. Here's the estimates."

He lay another piece of paper on her desk, this one covered in line after line of Gaku's neat script. It was estimates of profit margins for various goods from Lightning, plus annotations about where in the Elemental Nations such goods could best be cashed out. At the bottom of the page was a number representing a very small but nontrivial percentage of a powerful nation's GDP.

"We have a source for these," Hazō said, gesturing to the stones. "She can supply them in amounts large enough that it might as well be infinite." The pronoun was a careful 'slip of the tongue', hopefully diverting Tsunade away from thoughts of Earthshaping and towards more prosaic potential sources.

"Yeah, Asuma's private journals talked about that whole Earthshaping thing," Tsunade said, not looking up from the financial document even as she scotched Hazō's carefully prepared misdirection. "The idea of pulling iron to the surface for easy mining looked pretty damn useful. Kurenai still has that gemstone statue of him that you made. It was on the shelf in her office last I saw."

"Ah. Right." Damnit.

She studied the page for a solid minute while he sat, waiting and stewing. Finally, she looked up.

"You're prepared to pledge me half of this if I vote for Naruto?" she demanded.

"Half of the first year's profits, yes. Plus these things"—he gestured at the stones that were scattered around—"and thirty percent of our cash reserves, which I can have in your hands before the vote."

She looked back at the paper, then looked up at him. Her face twisted sourly.

"I'll think about it," she grunted. She popped the last piece of sushi in her mouth, chewed and swallowed. "Also, you're out of time. Get out."





XP AWARD: 1 The update was only 3 hours long.

Brevity XP: 0

"GM had fun" XP: 1
The Mari scene was a blast.

It is now about 10:30am.

Voting remains closed for now. @Velorien (or @Paperclipped, if he convinces Velorien to hand over the next update slot) can choose to write the Shino and Chōza scenes from this plan or open voting for a new plan.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 626, Part 2: Crystallizing Goals

As Hazō stepped down from the palanquin, the young man jogging his way from across the field slowed momentarily, blinking in surprise.

After a moment, a smile split his face and he threw up a hand in greeting. "Hey, fancy seeing you here, Lord Gōketsu!"

Hazō frowned slightly as he waved off the palanquin bearers. Did he know this chūnin?

"Hello," Hazō said. "I'm sorry, I don't think we've been introduced. You're the technique hacker the Tower's connecting me with?"

The young man bowed quickly. "Yes, of course. I'm Haruhisa Yūchi. It's strange to meet you after all this time. You've been a shadow in the background of my life for the last year, with the project and the apprenticeship, but I can't believe we never actually met."

"Ah. In which case, good to meet you," Hazō said, bowing in return. "By extension, I suppose you're the best Earth Element technique hacker in Leaf?"

Haruhisa shrugged modestly. "I suppose so. There ain't a lot of Earth Element users in the country, y'know, then fewer still who've any experience making new jutsu in the element. I was lucky enough to be born with Earth, so I've got my share of experience. Plus, ever since your wonderful clan gave me its patronage, I've been getting real popular. Figured I'd give back with Reo's apprenticeship, but after that's sorted, there's plenty o' people asking for new jutsu and stuff. Though, if the Tower's asking me to do a job for ya, I'd be glad to see what I can do."

"I see." Hazō kept his frown fully internal. Haruhisa was a skilled hacker, but he was also a field ninja, splitting his attention between his jutsu hacking and his combat specialization. Would he be good enough to pull this project off?

"Well, I just came from meeting the Hokage, and I've got lunch with Lord Aburame shortly, so my apologies for keeping this brief. Take a look at this," Hazō said, reaching into a pocket and tossing a small lump of granite at Haruhisa. The chūnin caught the stone and looked it over.

"Granite?" Haruhisa asked. "Looks like pretty standard jutsu-created stone. Why, what's the deal, Lord Gōketsu?"

"Try pushing your chakra into it," Hazō said.

Haruhisa stood motionless for a second with the stone clutched in his hand. "Nothing unusual," he said eventually. "Adhesion, repulsion, all that feels normal. Why, something funny with it? It'd take a minute, but I could feel it out with Earthshaping?"

"Oh, you already know the Earthshaping technique?" Hazō asked.

Haruhisa shrugged. "S'free in the Library, after all. Free's the best price for anything. How come a Clan Lord like you's got time to learn a dinky little technique like that?"

"Don't worry about it. Knowing the technique will probably make the project easier. You're right though, that's just a normal lump of granite. Now try this," Hazō said, tossing another lump of stone at the chūnin.

Haruhisa caught the shiny teal-colored stone. "Whoa! That's weird, isn't it? It's like the stone doesn't have any natural resistance to chakra, however that works. I push a bit in, and instead of kinda sticking there, it just spreads out through the stone. If I pull as hard as I can," he said, turning his hand downwards, showing the stone sticking to his palm, "I can keep it for a second." His words were punctuated by the stone dropping. He deftly caught it before it fell. "But not for long. I think you'd hardly get any repulsion off it either. It'd be a pain to wall-walk on the stuff."

"Good. Last one," Hazō said, tossing a chunk of crystal at Haruhisa.

Haruhisa caught the crystal and frowned. He rotated it around in his hand and his eyes lit up. "This is some crazy stuff, Lord Gōketsu! Same thing here, yeah? There's no resistance to pushing chakra. Except when I push chakra into it, the chakra just flows right through. Feels like it's following the grain of the crystal? Hey, can I..." Haruhisa palmed the granite lump, then held it at the end of the crystal opposite the side he was holding. "No, can't actually chakra-adhere with the crystal in the middle. Weird... It feels like there's something funky happening at the opposite end here."

Hazō blinked. Haruhisa had sensed Hazō's experimentation with the crystal pretty quickly. "That's right, I tried to connect it with another piece of crystal at the end there and had to break it off in a way that damaged the pathways at the end."

"Ah, so that's why the chakra flow feels funky on that end," Haruhisa said, turning the crystal around in his hands. "You got some weird rocks, Lord Gōketsu. Where did you even get this stuff, anyway?"

"The crystal's from a natural cave with a very high ambient chakra density," Hazō said.

"What does that mean?" Haruhisa asked.

"I'm not entirely sure," Hazō admitted. "But Tsunade sent a mission back there to retrieve some more, so if that's something that would help your project, let me know."

"What's the project anyway, Lord Gōketsu?"

"You've noticed that the crystal has internal pathways that conduct chakra along the length of the crystal, right? I want you to make a jutsu that creates pathways like that in another piece of stone."

Haruhisa frowned. "Ah, Lord Gōketsu... Look, I'll be honest. I dunno if I can do that. I came here thinking you'd want something way simpler, like taking one o' your ninjutsu and adding more spikes, or heck, even another technique for the Ministry, like maybe some kinda jutsu that makes a lil' stone hut for civvies to live in. This is some weird stuff."

"Don't just say you can't do it without trying," Hazō said insistently. "Some very expert ninjutsu designers have scoped out this project already and they think it should be within reach for a hacker of moderate skill. You're Leaf's best. If you can't do it, no one can."

"Experts ain't always the best at judging easy from hard..." Haruhisa said, skeptically eyeing the rocks in his hands. "And the Tower thinks this is important enough that they're willing to assign me a mission over it?"

"Yes," Hazō said. "This is extremely important for the good of the village, Haruhisa. Besides, you already have the Earthshaping technique, which should be a good starting place for this project."

Haruhisa chuckled. "Alright, alright Lord Gōketsu, I'll give it a go. Reo's just about done with his apprenticeship, so I'll take a look once that's wrapped up. Plus, he's basically able to handle things on his own at this point, so I'll probably get started before then."

"Good," Hazō said. "I'll check in with you in a couple weeks. Good luck."

o-o-o​

"…and of course, my congratulations to your cousin," Hazō said.

Shino smiled slightly. "Thank you. It is challenging to arrange an exogamous marriage between a clan and KEI ninja in the current age, but seeing the clan swell in strength is well worth it. As the father has no swarm to contribute, we have elected to incubate the soon-to-be child's swarm with donors from other members of the clan – notably including males saved from my elder brother, Torune's swarm. It is heartening to me to know that even though he has joined with the Will of Fire, he continues to protect the clan."

Hazō took a bite of one of the mochi cakes to keep himself from shuddering at the reminder of the Aburame Clan's secret arts. Much like the Wakahisa Clan, their abilities were half born in blood, half created under the scalpel. Except, unlike the Wakahisa Clan's so-called 'sideways' chakra systems, the Aburame voluntarily carved cavities and tunnels through their flesh to host a symbiotic colony of insects, then spent their whole lives with the creatures crawling through them, growing and reproducing under their skin…

Hazō shook his head to push the thought away, then quickly adjusted the motion into a thoughtful decline of his gaze. "We can only hope to be so much use to our clans once we've passed. Speaking of which…"

"Yes?" Shino asked, himself sampling the same delicacy his clan had prepared to finish off the private lunch between the two young clan lords.

"How is Kurenai doing? I'm interested in how she's doing for political reasons, of course, but also out of compassion. I've experienced grief myself too, though of course no two losses are comparable."

Shino nodded gravely. "Yes, she is currently grieving intensely. I believe this hit her harder than expected, partly due to the natural emotional heightening of pregnancy, partly because throughout all the loss she suffered, Lord Seventh was one of her firmest anchors. Yet, I believe she will recover. Why? Because she has experienced great loss before and has rebuilt herself each time."

"Well, that's good to hear," Hazō said. "And regarding her role in the election…"

"I am afraid I know no more than you regarding her clan's affairs. That Kurenai-sensei will be unable to make a bid for Hokage is certain, though it is now clear that she would have no chance at victory even had she been free to campaign. That she will be the one to cast Clan Sarutobi's vote, rather than the young Konohamaru who is unlikely to be tempered by the wisdom of years, is merely a hope rather than a certainty."

Hazō didn't bother asking whether Shino was doing anything to try to affect the Sarutobi leadership contest. Even if he were, the young man certainly wouldn't share it with Hazō.

"Well, we will have to hope the Sarutobi cast their vote wisely," Hazō said. "And, of course, I hope the Aburame intend to do the same."

"Of course, I plan to make the best decision I can," Shino said, nodding. "However, an important part of making such decisions is listening to counsel when it is given. It appears a trusted ally of mine seeks to give counsel now, and I would be remiss not to listen."

"I'll give it to you directly. You should vote for Naruto."

Shino didn't react, though Hazō hoped his peer at least blinked in surprise behind his smoked glasses. "That is a very direct delivery."

"Yes. There's no better fit for Hokage. Hagoromo is fundamentally unfit to the task – I don't think that needs much justification, but let me know if you want me to back that up – and Akimichi, for all his strengths, just isn't going to be enough. Naruto's been trained for the job basically since he could walk by the best that ever did it, and he's a flexible forward thinker that'll be ready to handle whatever comes at him next. Unlike some candidates, Naruto's actually respected by everyone, even traditionalists on the other side of the current lines in the sand, and he can make the best use of a united Leaf with his shadow clones that will help him run the village better than any other potential Hokage. Plus, he's strong. Unlike anyone else, Akatsuki would struggle to kill him, and he can stand up to people like Orochimaru. Given the circumstances of the election, I think that's worth taking into account."

Shino didn't respond for a while, turning his head to the side to take the pressure off Hazō as the young Aburame clan head thought. Hazō let him.

"I do not believe you need to convince me that Lord Hagoromo is unfit to be Hokage. He lacks… well, he lacks many critical qualities. Let us not bother with enumerating them. However, I am unconvinced that your arguments are sufficient to disqualify Lord Akimichi. His 'training' may not be personal tutoring at the knees of the Third and Fifth, but instead he has three decades of experience running one of Leaf's largest, most prosperous clans. While I cannot comment on his flexibility, I can say that my impression is that he is generally respected, though I doubt he garners the same level of worship from KEI ninja that Naruto receives. If Lord Akimichi does not already have shadow clones, he will certainly learn the technique in order to be an effective Hokage – and if he is deterred by the technique's chakra cost despite his famous reserves, your brother is well-positioned to fix this problem."

Hazō did his best not to shift uncomfortably. Shino didn't seem to notice.

"Indeed, after recent events and with Noburi's bloodline available, it may be wise for the Hokage to regularly randomize the location of his true body. And with regard to strength… It is true that Lord Akimichi is far less lethal than Naruto. However, I would not be quick to discount his strength altogether. He is the senior of Lord Seventh by a decade, and his strength is well-evidenced in his heroics at the Battle of Nagi Island, and his various victories throughout the Fourth War."

"I see," Hazō said. "Let's be specific. Do you have any concrete concerns with Naruto? Any ways in particular that you think Akimichi will be a better Hokage? If you're worried about Clan Aburame's prosperity under a relatively young Hokage, I want to reassure you that your clan's not in danger. My clan has recently come into some wealth, and we would certainly want to ensure our allies are well cared-for."

Shino tilted his head to the side for a second. "I am not in need of money, Hazō. Why? Your alliance plays a part, certainly, but so does a history of making diverse bets with relatively low risk. In truth, typically only greed motivates clans to take such risks that they end up impoverished, for the ordinary privileges of being clan ninja in the world's wealthiest nation are enough to ensure one's prosperity. Once security is achieved, what more will money buy? No, I would rather make my decision solely on the grounds of who would be the better Hokage, rather than sully my palms and my thoughts.

"As to the crux of my decision…

"I will elide my concerns about Lord Akimichi's candidacy. While I do have such concerns, I expect you will spend little time trying to ameliorate them. Instead, my primary concern with Naruto is his relative inexperience. Lord Akimichi has spent his entire life building, in various ways. He inherited his clan scarcely older than we are, and transformed it from a war-torn scattering of ninja into what is perhaps Leaf's largest clan by number of ninja alone. I will not linger long on the way in which he has built a family, but instead comment on his experience leading a genin team, which produced such illustrious names as the late Ebisu and Maito Gai, as well as the recently-promoted Kei Genma, who I am told has had a wholly satisfactory career.

"Lord Akimichi's time as a ninja has been characterized by taking the objects of his care and improving them through his own labor. That he will improve Leaf should he become Hokage is evident. In contrast, what has Naruto built? Certainly, he is largely unproven. Forgive me if I drastically simplify a situation that I have minimal exposure to, but it is my understanding that even in the KEI, it is your sister that has done most of the work building it into the political powerhouse it is today, rather than Naruto."

Hazō winced slightly. "I… may have quibbles with that characterization, but it's mostly right." After all, Kei often regaled him with tales of Ami's latest and greatest ideas for KEI, but Naruto primarily came up in the context of the young man's reluctance to file expense reports in a timely manner – a cardinal sin to his brilliant and stupendously uptight sister.

"Then, of course," Shino said, "there are secondary concerns associated with Naruto's youth. He will be much more easily influenced than Lord Akimichi, who has an unshakable identity. This may be seen as an asset to you, because you are among those well-poised to influence him, but there are other forces whose influence would not favor Leaf. Additionally, he is… rash, let's say. For evidence, simply see his aborted plan to attack Akatsuki just after Tsunade's election. While I have no love for Akatsuki, I have no desire to see Leaf embroiled in war again, at least until we can win such a war. I have relatively greater faith in Lord Akimichi's patience."

"I think you're overvaluing Akimichi's experience," Hazō said. "Yes, he has done a lot of stuff because he's older, that's practically a given. But age alone doesn't bring wisdom – after all, Ritsuo's even older, but, well, look at him. Instead, age brings ossification. Akimichi's not going to change his views any more than Ritsuo is, and with the world changing around him as fast as it has been the last couple of years, that could be a fatal flaw. His experience is a weakness if it sets him unshakable in stances that will break as soon as reality hits them."

"Are you referencing his stances on the KEI, perhaps?" Shino asked. "I believe I ought to note, again, that with his former genin team composed wholly of clanless ninja, Lord Akimichi is well aware of the plight of the clanless. It can nonetheless be true that the KEI's varied powers threaten to weaken Leaf – see, for instance, the incredible difficulty of adopting clanless ninja now. Or perhaps you are referencing AMITY?"

Hazō shook his head. "I'm referring to those changes, yes, but that's just what happened in the last couple years, Shino. What will happen in the next decade? Will Akimichi be able to handle whatever the next shakeup is? Or will he continue blindly chasing his ironclad vision of what Leaf ought to be, even as that grows farther and farther from possibility?"

"I see," Shino said. "I would expect Lord Akimichi to be capable of handling the unexpected. Why? Because he has plenty of experience doing exactly that, supported by the guidance of his fellow Clan Heads in the Ino-Shika-Chō. But Naruto is equally humble and willing to take feedback, but less set in his ways than Lord Akimichi. Is that correct?"

"That's right," Hazō said. "And given Naruto's status as an S-ranker, that humility is much more impressive in my opinion. It's hard to imagine Orochimaru or even Jiraiya being willing to defer to advisors as much as Naruto has – for instance, in leading the KEI."

"An interesting argument, and one I shall consider. Nonetheless, I believe the core of my argument stands. Could Naruto be a wonderful leader? Perhaps. But it may be wiser for him to be tested in smaller ways first. He should more fully take leadership of KEI, rebuild his clan, even take a team of genin. To trial his abilities under the hat is to risk disaster.

"Ah, perhaps I have an analogy that fits your sensibilities that explains my primary concern with Naruto as a candidate. If your ship limps its way into harbor, sails torn and water leaking in through the hull, who would you rather lead the repairs? The young man, fresh from his apprenticeship and learned in every joint and lacquer that could be used to construct a ship, yet who has never set his hands upon lumber? Or the old man who has made many ships that have sailed through many storms, who has seen many sink and many more go on to long, glorious voyages?"

"The analogy is set up to make the choice obvious," Hazō protested. "Leading a village is not literally like building a ship."

"It is not," Shino said with a nod. "But it captures my objection. I have concerns with Lord Akimichi as well, but exposing those would require a different analogy. Regardless, I will speak with Naruto himself shortly. I expect he will have more to say – after all, the Minami were in my clan's current position a scant two days ago, and now I hear they have decided to solidly back Naruto's bid for Hokage. I will leave my mind open to the arguments."

"Now, unless you had any further points of discussion…?"

o-o-o​

Hazō's palanquin shook as something heavy impacted it. He reflexively reached for his seals as Ami swung in through the curtain that separated him from the world.

"Hey, Hazō," she said, crouching down in the cramped space that was very unfit for two. "Sorry for ambushing you, just needed to grab you before you made a big mistake since I couldn't make it this morning. You're about to talk to Akimichi, right? Also, tea?"

Hazō blinked. Ami had indeed swung into the palanquin with a full tea set in hand. The cups weren't even glued to the board.

"That's right," Hazō said. "Just got done talking with Shino, trying to convince him that Naruto was the right vote, so Akimichi's up next. Why, what's up?"

"Mm, Aburame's gonna be tough, I think. Akimichi's moderate 'just be sane' thing is going to draw them in like moths to the flame, and it doesn't help that everyone else in Shino's team is going to lean towards Akimichi and push him that way."

"Oh, you think Kurenai is going to lean Akimichi for sure?" Hazō asked. "We weren't sure, but we figured we could get her on our side since Naruto would be more likely to go after Akatsuki than Akimichi. I was planning on hunting her down tonight if I wrap up with Akimichi on time."

Ami shook her head. "Setting aside whether 'going after Akatsuki' is even a good thing, nah, Kurenai's a dead end. The chaos in the Sarutobi Clan is good for us. Little Konohamaru may be happy enough to vote for his hero, but his regents will disagree. Luckily, I have leverage. I'm about to secure their vote for Naruto right now, actually."

Hazō blinked. "That's it? You're going to waltz in and get Naruto another vote?"

Ami grinned as she poured herself a cup of tea in the slowly swaying palanquin. She gestured the teapot vaguely at Hazō, and he raised his hands. "No thanks, I've been drowning in it with all the meetings."

"Yep, that's what you get with an Ami on your side," Ami said after taking a sip. "An extra vote from the Sarutobi Clan. Well, like seventy-percent of a vote. We'll see how it goes. Anyway, that's not why I'm here. Hazō, don't take Shikamaru's deal."

Hazō frowned. "Why not?"

"Because of Tsujie Heigo," Ami said.

"The KEI special jōnin?" Hazō asked. "Who challenged Hagoromo? And because this is somehow a change, I assume he beat Hagoromo. So Hagoromo is no longer enough of a threat that we need to take the deal and steer Akimichi away from voting Hagoromo in the second round?"

Ami nodded. "Yep. And if all goes according to plan – which it will, because the outcome's basically overdetermined at this point – in about half an hour Kei Ruri's gonna spend ten minutes dancing around Hagoromo with nothing more than Clone and Substitution until he collapses of exhaustion or tries to peg her with a lethal ninjutsu, and he'll never recover from that embarrassment. I got Inuzuka Manaka to bet that he'd win which means she'll definitely notice when he loses, then a Naruto and a Mari made some magic happen with the Kyōsho that means they're probably pulling support, and the Hyūga are savvy enough to recognize a ship sinking under their feet. Within the hour, we'll all be laughing at the fact that we ever thought Hagoromo Ritsuo was a serious candidate."

"Huh. Well, that's a relief," Hazō said. "I thought you'd messed up somehow by feeding him a stream of enemies to beat to prove how strong he was."

Ami shook her head. "Nah, taking down a strong jōnin like him was never gonna be that easy. It's not just chakra that we had to take from him. We needed to rob him of the will to fight, and that took a lot of careful coordination and manipulation. Anyway, don't take the deal."

"Got it," Hazō said, mentally adjusting his plan for the upcoming meeting with Akimichi. "Speaking of which, do you have any insight into Hinata? We talked yesterday, and to say she was cryptic would be an understatement. What do you think she's up to?"

Ami shook her head. "Couldn't tell you, she's not one of the snakes eating up my limited waking hours. Anyway, gotta bounce now and win the Sarutobi vote. See you tomorrow!"

Ami swung back out of the palanquin, and Hazō heard the sound of her feet slamming on the roof. A moment later, the palanquin dipped low as she leaped away.

Hazō sighed and made a mental note to tip the bearers extra at the end of the day.

o-o-o​

Hazō thumbed at the floral lapel pin Ino had given him. Violet, daffodil, and clover; the flowers were purples and yellows that clashed with his red and green wardrobe. Still, Ino clearly wanted to bring her two allied clans closer together, so Hazō was glad to carry whatever secret messages she wanted to use him for.

The door slid open.

"Chōji!?" Hazō said as the young man entered the visitor's room at the Akimichi compound.

"Hey Hazō," Chōji said as he settled down opposite Hazō and a hand quickly lashed out to savage the snack spread on the short table. "Been a while, huh?"

Hazō grinned. "Only what, two months since the last game night?"

Chōji winced. "Feels like a lot longer than that."

"Tell me about it. What's up?"

"Not too much. I figured you're here to hedge your bets in case Dad wins. There's probably no chance you end up voting for him, right?"

Hazō considered saying something noncommittal, but eventually decided to just shake his head. "Probably not. But just because we're on opposite sides now doesn't mean we're enemies. In a day's time, whoever wins, we'll be working together to build a stronger Leaf. Better that we don't let a little opposition today become the start of a rift tomorrow."

"Sensible," Chōji said, nodding. "Anyway, if Shika's guesses were right and Hagoromo's campaign is collapsing right around now, it seems pretty likely that Dad ends up winning. Just wanted to let you know that if that does happen, you got a guy on the inside," he said, thumbing towards himself with a wink.

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "What exactly are you offering?"

"Not much, actually," Chōji said, bashfully rubbing the back of his head. "Just saying that we probably ought to be better friends, and that I'd be happy to be a go-between for you and Dad if he ends up Hokage. I mean, I know you've got Ino to do basically the same for you, but I figured I may as well say that the door's still open. Anyway, you're right that I'm not really here for anything in particular. I'm just supposed to tell you that Dad's in the garden once you've eaten your fill. Take your time of course. If anyone understands the importance of fully appreciating your meal, it's him."

Hazō shook his head and straightened up. "No, I should really meet him before it gets dark," he said. As an afterthought, he grabbed one of the fried katsu slices to stuff in his mouth. They had been really good.

Chōji waved him off, and a servant led Hazō to the Akimichi Clan's private gardens.

He found Lord Akimichi Chōza, potential Eighth Hokage of the Village Hidden in the Leaves, kneeling on a thin prayer mat before a small shrine, illuminated by a trio of candles and surrounded by a thicket of greenery.

Lord Akimichi straightened, snuffed the candles, and shuttered the shrine as Hazō approached.

"My apologies for the garden," he said, back to Hazō as he fiddled with the lock on the shrine. "We only plant autumn-blooming flowers here out of tradition, but that does make it look plain in other seasons."

He turned to face Hazō fully. The man was a mountain, standing almost two heads above Hazō, with the broadest shoulders Hazō had seen on a ninja and a waistline that was broader still. Crowning his stern-featured face was a mane of red hair almost wild enough to give challenge to Jiraiya's mane of white. "Was the food to your tastes?"

"It was," Hazō said. "Though it did sadden me, a little, by reminding me of how much I've neglected our relations with the Akimichi. I would like to visit your kitchens at some point. We have many mouths to feed on our estate, but we only make food, not cuisine."

Akimichi smiled, slightly, but the expression disappeared in a flash. He glanced down at Hazō's lapel. "Walk with me, Lord Gōketsu."

Lord Akimichi started to stroll through the garden at a pace gentle enough that Hazō could easily keep up despite his injured back. Hazō mentally reviewed his openers but waited, assuming that Akimichi would take the lead.

Apparently, Lord Akimichi had no such intentions. He paused occasionally to look at a plant here or there, inspecting the leaves or testing the strength of a stalk, but otherwise seemed to be content in silence.

Eventually, Hazō had to ask. "What are you doing?"

"Just minding the garden," Akimichi said. "While I have groundskeepers for the rest of the estate, this central garden is maintained by myself, Aoi, Chōji, and Chōhei."

"It's quite a large space for just four people," Hazō said. "Especially given that you all certainly have other, higher priorities."

Lord Akimichi nodded. "Correct. There's always more that can be done to improve the garden. In that sense, it becomes a useful training exercise. How much time is one willing to spend to beautify a private place that few ever see? And how should one spend that time, given that the garden would gladly take everything you can give it and still beg for more?"

He gestured broadly around him. "It's a bit wild. Not as manicured as the Hyūga's gardens. Yet, it's something I'm proud of, and it's an honest reflection of who we are. Besides, caring for flowers can be relaxing. I'd say it's among the better habits the Yamanaka gave us."

"I see," Hazō said. "An interesting philosophy."

"I could say the same of the things I've heard from you, Lord Gōketsu," Lord Akimichi said, glancing fully at Hazō for a second. "I've had my doubts about you. No, let me be clear. For example, I doubted your character after the war. Immediately after Lord Seventh revealed that Rock was attacking us, you offered to go on the front lines if only you could be healed. Yet, in the later days of the war after you'd recovered from your injury, you made no effort to fight, even with your summons, while your fellow ninja were dying around you.

"Yet, given how you recently risked life and limb to save your clanmate, I don't think you're a coward, Lord Gōketsu. Instead, I think Lord Seventh must have feared the Dragons very much if he was willing to keep you from the front lines so that you could train your uncle in summoning to support your quest there. Similarly, I was worried about your religious inclinations, something which that visit to Bakuchioka cured me of."

"That's good," Hazō said. "Let me also be clear, then. We have our differences, politically. We value different things, and that's going to affect what we want to happen inside of Leaf. But if we take a step back and ask what we really want to happen? I think what we both want is to see Leaf safe, prosperous, and happy. I would rather our relationship be defined by that overlap in values, Lord Akimichi, rather than the few places where we differ."

"I agree," Akimichi said, pulling a creeper away from the side of a tree. "Especially now, while Leaf is still recovering, we need to work together to help Leaf rebuild. Our real enemies would like to see us tear each other apart, and we should not give them the satisfaction."

"Good," Hazō said. "Well, Ino's told me that we have plenty in common. Why are you running for Hokage, Lord Akimichi? What drives you to do this?"

Akimichi didn't speak for a while as they wandered the garden. The sun was slowly setting, but the light had yet to adopt the golden tint of true sunset, giving Akimichi plenty of time to inspect the plants while he considered the question.

"Because Leaf needs to be stronger, and I believe I'm the best person to make that happen. Lord Seventh spent his time as Hokage rebuilding after the Triple Disaster. I intend to continue carrying his torch, building a coalition across factions within Leaf that would be hard for any of the other candidates to manage. Uzumaki and Hagoromo both have extreme views that are naturally alienating, but as you say, now is the time to focus on what brings us together.

"I may not be a very creative man, Lord Gōketsu, but I know good ideas when I see them. I intend to follow the Fifth and Seventh in supporting till'n'fills and the Gōketsu's Ministry to improve the lot of the civilian population. I support your initiatives in educating the clanless, and I admire KEI's jutsu exchange for making Leaf's ninja stronger. And I greatly appreciated your idea with the adoption tickets, for making the clans stronger as well.

"Others in Leaf are doing great things. The Motoyoshi, spreading their fertility ninjutsu far and wide. The Kyōsho, and their clever plans that have been steadily expanding our spy networks through Tea, Wind, and the Southern Isles. The Minami, continuing the spirit of Lord Seventh's contest by carefully finding ways to trade techniques to strengthen themselves and other clans besides. Wherever people are trying to make Leaf a better place I would support it. And of course, when people are trying to divide Leaf, I would stop it.

"In short, I cannot promise some grand, extraordinary vision, Lord Gōketsu. I want peace, growth, and prosperity, and Lord Seventh has already illuminated the path there. I would simply carry his torch on into the future."

"I see," Hazō said. "That's a vision I can agree with, though I'm sure we'll have our quibbles about the details. Still, there are certain questions that are particularly important to me. Tell me, what do you plan to do about the Dragons?"

Akimichi looked at Hazō in bewilderment. "What would I do about the Dragons? Aren't you the one who should be telling me what needs to be done?"

Hazō blinked. "Would you do it?"

"Why wouldn't I?" Akimichi asked. "To my understanding, you're the world's leading expert in the matter. You're as deeply embroiled as it gets. Unless there was someone else that had context that disagreed with you, the only sane thing would be to defer to your suggestions there. Even if there were someone disagreeing with you, I'd expect you to discuss with them, come to a consensus, and then present it to me. I'm no summoner, Lord Gōketsu. I'll have to take your word for the affairs of the Seventh Path."

"Right," Hazō said. "And what are your stances on AMITY?"

Chōza frowned slightly as he found a patch of weeds and started to uproot them one by one. "It's useful, since it's stopped the savages from carving up the Land of Fire any more than they already have. Still, the other AMITY signatories are sharpening their blades, and I think the last two weeks have dispelled any illusions anyone had about Akatsuki being a neutral, trustworthy arbiter. I don't know whether Akatsuki or another country will be next to take their shot at Leaf, but I intend that Leaf will be strong enough to punish whoever dares try."

"Of course," Hazō said. Just like Kei had predicted, Akimichi thought AMITY was just another post-war treaty, waiting to collapse in a generation's time. At least that had revealed Akimichi's stances on Akatsuki – hostility and intense distrust.

"Well, it is getting late, Lord Akimichi," Hazō said, glancing again at the setting sun. Indeed, the garden was slowly starting to darken. "Setting aside the politics, I had one question for you that's purely for my own benefit."

"Oh?" Akimichi said, turning to face Hazō fully. Hazō suppressed a voice in his hindbrain telling him to flinch away from Akimichi's size and obvious strength.

"If you were suddenly Lord Gōketsu, what would you do? Not in terms of the Hokage vote, of course, but in general. I may have been a clan lord for two years, but you have three decades of experience. I've made my mistakes, and I've tried to learn from them, but you've got much more wisdom than me. I'd like to hear your perspective."

Akimichi nodded, turning away from Hazō again as he continued to walk. Hazō also suppressed the urge to relax slightly as the mountain's attention shifted off of him.

"First, I want to tell you that you've done better than anyone would have expected by your background, Lord Gōketsu. You had basically no training and got shoved near-instantly into a voting clan central to Leaf politics – and you continually engaged with politics instead of nearly forswearing it like the Uchiha. That you had failures is forgivable, and that you had successes is remarkable. After all, it is not strange for young men of sixteen to make plenty of mistakes."

Akimichi accompanied the line with a pointed glance to make the implication clear to Hazō that Naruto too was a young man of sixteen.

"I'll give you two pieces of advice. One general, one specific. If they're useful, use them. If they're not, discard them freely. The prime rule is that your clan is yours; let no one have authority above your own.

"My first suggestion: think less about making sure your clan is prosperous in months or years, and more about what will make your clan prosperous a century from now. It's maddeningly difficult to think this way, but it's worth it, in my opinion. Many clans have forgotten their long past in the village era, but the Ino-Shika-Chō, thanks to our long history together, have tried to remember that we intend to stand for millenia. You aren't just building a strong team of ninja or a healthy population. You're building values and institutions that will outlast the deaths of your grandchildren. In that context, many decisions that seem hard instead become clear.

"My second suggestion: do missions with your clanmates. Most of them are probably on the mission rotation, doing guard duties or patrols, beast clearing or escorts or message runs. By joining them, you connect with them and earn their respect. Your clan is big, but it is not so big, Lord Gōketsu. I have done a mission with every ninja currently in my clan, and I intend to continue this tradition until I am no longer able to do so. If my memory's correct, you had some trouble recently due to not connecting enough with the ninja in your clan. Managing people with different values is tough, but showing them that you're relatable and trustworthy is something well worth doing – and easily achievable, given the dangers of the field that you'll need to overcome together."

Akimichi barked a short laugh. "Though, that advice is easier given than executed. I'm no sealmaster that needs to spend weeks in research, so it's easy for me to suggest frequent field missions. Like I said, discard it if it doesn't sound useful to you. Or find a way to make it work. It's your clan, not mine."

"I see," Hazō said. "Thank you for your wisdom, Lord Akimichi." Hazō punctuated his words with a bow just a shade deeper than was needed between equals, as befitted one speaking to an honored elder.

"And thank you for your time, Lord Gōketsu," Akimichi said, bowing in return. "I shall look forward to additional discussions with you, however the dice fall come sunup."



A couple days ago, Tsunade dispatched a combat team to the Land of Honey to retrieve additional crystal for Hazō's three-dimensional sealing experiments. That team consists of Hyūga Neji, Rock Lee, and Tenten. With the Turtle Summoner as part of the team, acquired crystal can be transported back to Leaf immediately after acquisition.

Your sanity checkers have no particular insight into Hinata. Naruto notes that she was shy around him in the Academy, but never unfriendly. He assumes she's being controlled by the clan elders for the most part.

While candidates can and do spar with others to show off their strength, dueling between candidates has been informally forbidden since the Hokage Election of 1053, where Naruto's father attempted the same stunt of dueling every other candidate simultaneously and the Third shut him down.

With the conservative faction collapsing and in need of another banner to back, Mari counts 7 votes for Chōza (Akimichi, Nara, Yamanaka, Hyūga, Kyōsho, Inuzuka, Hagoromo) and 7 votes for Naruto (Uzumaki, Uchiha, Kei, Gōketsu, Minami, Kurusu, Sarutobi). Unless anyone switches, the remaining undecideds are Aburame, Amori, Motoyoshi, and Senju. Naruto and his team have been working over the Amori and Motoyoshi, but unfortunately, Mari reports that the two remaining members of the A-M-K bloc are considerably more resistant to bribery than the Kurusu.

It's just before sundown now, and people will soon be going to sleep. There's not much time for more politicking before the election tomorrow morning. If you have any final plans you want to execute that won't take much time (or screen-space), now would be the time to do so. Otherwise, the next chapter will cover the election.

XP Award: 5 + 0 (brevity) XP

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 627: The Election, Redux

March 25, evening, on the Gōketsu estate

"...and then she said she'd think about it and I should get out."

The Gōketsu advisory group, and all three Narutos, considered that.

"Sounds like Shino is still solidly in Akimichi's camp," said Naruto ThoughtfulDude. "I don't think we're going to move him."

"After everything we did for him in the Academy, too," Naruto BringerOfPoliticalPain added. "Honestly, where's the love? Where's the bonds of brotherhood, forged in the fires of the perdition that is boring homework?"

"Focus," sighed Naruto FocusEnforcer.

"Noburi, what's your read on Tsunade?" Hazō asked.

Noburi shrugged helplessly. "Not the foggiest. 'I'll think about it' is better than I would have expected."

"Yeah, no one can predict Aunt Sunny," said Naruto BringerOfPoliticalPain with a grimace. "I'm marking her as unknown." He slid the tile bearing the Senju crest to the middle of the table, then stared at the current status with a glum look.

"Even with Kurenai out, this doesn't look great," Mari said to the Naruto contingent at large. "My read says that the locked-in votes are five for Akimichi, two for Hagoromo, and six for you now that we've bought the Kurusu. There's five undecideds and I don't see all of them breaking for any single candidate. The problem is that no one is going to have a majority."

Naruto nodded. "The conservatives are splitting between Akimichi and Hagoromo. With no majority, one of them—presumably Hagoromo—will get eliminated in the first round and their voters will move to the other, not to me. That will be enough to give it to Akimichi. Not quite a landslide, but a solid win."

Hazō glanced to Mari. Are you sure? his eyes said. When he got back a faint nod he took a slow breath.

"There is an option," he said carefully. "I'm not sure it's a good one and I'm not entirely comfortable floating it, but it could work. If we can switch two or three votes we can probably land you the win, and this might do it."

Six Naruto eyes locked on his face.

"I want to emphasize that this is only an idea," Hazō said. "I'm not pressing you do it, and I acknowledge that it might be a little bit offensive."

"Get on with it!" snapped Naruto BringerOfPoliticalPain. "I promise I won't Rasengan you in the face as long as you get to the point."

"Fine," Hazō said. "Jiraiya and the Fourth both left you a legacy of jutsu. I imagine that there's some drop-dead amazing stuff in there. If you wanted, you might be able to buy a vote from any of the undecideds, or maybe even pry loose one of the decideds, in exchange for a top-shelf jutsu from a legendary ninja." He paused for just a moment, then hurried to add, "I recognize that these are your family legacy and that giving them away could be seen as—"

Naruto FocusEnforcer raised a hand to cut him off. Hazō fell silent and waited as Naruto stood, studying the election board with a grim expression. A full minute passed as he wrestled with himself.

"It's a good idea," he said at last. "I hate it, hate the idea of giving out Dad's best inventions just to get people to do the smart thing—they're going to elect me Hokage sooner or later. If they would do it in thirty years, might as well do it now and gain the benefit of my good grace, right?" He chewed his lip, studying the table layout where all the relevant clan symbols had been shuffled from column to column as the team debated strategy and likely outcomes.

"Worst part is that it might need more than one jutsu per clan," he said. "Sucks, but I can swing it." He placed his fingers in a cross. "Shadow Clone Technique!" A clone popped into existence beside him, then promptly dispelled. "Okay, I'm on it. I'll go for the Motoyoshi, the Amori, and the Inuzuka. I have stuff that would be perfect for each of them."

Hazō blinked. That had been easier than expected. For a moment he started to open his mouth and let words along the lines of 'hey, what about us' tumble forth. Then he closed his mouth. That would be for another time, after he had discussed it with his advisory council.

"Have to say," he said instead, "it's a pleasure working with you, Naruto. Narutos. I was really worried that idea would be a huge problem that would blow everything up. Win or lose, I'm glad we've done this. We're with you as much as you'll have us, now and in the future."

Naruto ThoughtfulDude snorted. "Now you're straying over the line into brown-nosing." He stuck out his tongue at Hazō, then laughed slightly and went back to studying the board. He slid the Motoyoshi, Amori, and Aburame tiles over to his own column. "Let's look at the optimistic scenario first. I'm thinking..."

o-o-o-o​

Meanwhile, across town...

"Naruto! Such a pleasure," Lord Motoyoshi said as he bustled into the room, tying the belt on a semi-formal robe that he had clearly just now changed into. Droplets of water sparkled in his hair, which had clearly not been toweled sufficiently dry in his haste to leave the tub. "I apologize for keeping you waiting."

"No trouble at all, sir," said the freshly-renamed Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer with an easy smile, standing up and bowing. "It's late for business meetings. I apologize for inconveniencing you, and thank you for being willing to see me."

"It is my turn to say 'no trouble at all'," Motoyoshi said with a smile. "What may I do for you?" He started to kneel on the cushion in front of the low tea table, opposite where Naruto had been a moment before, but stopped when the blond waved him off.

"Would you be willing to go to the training field with me, sir?" Naruto asked. "I need to show you something. Your family field is fine. We don't need to go to one of the public ones."

"But of course," Motoyoshi said, a brief look of confusion flitting across his face. "Right this way."

Motoyoshi led him through the house, sending a trio of torch-bearing civilian servants ahead at a run while the two ninja moved at a more sedate pace. By the time they exited from the back of the house and wended their way to the Motoyoshi family training field, tall torches had been lit to light up the entire place.

The field was significantly smaller than the public fields, but still well equipped. There were a dozen training dummies, three climbing walls, a ropes course, a variety of targets, and various other accouterments. More importantly, the surrounding eight-foot hedges meant that it was private. Lord Motoyoshi nodded for the servants to leave and they scampered quickly away.

"Grampa used to tell me that I could be too direct," said Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer, looking out over the field with his hands clasped behind himself. "Personally, I think there's a time and a place for directness and a time and a place for courtly manners. When I have to deal with the other Kage"—he paused very briefly to let the implication land, but did not turn to look at Motoyoshi—"I'll be indirect and spend time on all the fripperies so that I don't hurt their feelings or bruise their fragile egos. I believe that Leaf ninja, especially the Motoyoshi, are tough enough that I can dispense with that. Do you mind?"

"Of course not," Motoyoshi said, gesturing for him to continue. "Please, be direct."

Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer studied his target for a moment, then nodded and flipped out a pair of handseals. "Earth Element: Swamp of the Underworld!"

Across the entire training field, the ground liquified into black tar and lashed out, engulfing all but one of the training dummies and immediately converting to stone. Two of the dummies were covered up to their putative necks while the rest were completely entombed.

"That one there represents a Motoyoshi using the technique," Naruto said, pointing at the lone dummy that had been unaffected. "The rest are rat-bastard enemy ninja."

Lord Motoyoshi's eyes were wide. "That is a very effective technique. So quick! So many enemies at a stroke."

"It can cover a much wider area than this," Naruto said. "Wider than any of the public training fields, in fact, and it can hit everyone in its area. Pick whichever of the training dummies you hate the most." He gestured in broad invitation.

The older man frowned in momentary puzzlement, then pointed. "That one."

Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer raised one hand and made a fist. The rock skin around the training dummy instantly crushed itself into a ball amidst the sound of thick, sturdy oak being reduced to splinters and pulp.

"Oh look," Naturo MotoyoshiBuyer said, pointing to one of the two dummies with its 'head' still visible. "Looks like we're finished interrogating that one. No need for him to be listening to us anymore." He flicked a finger and the stone converted briefly back to tar, lunged upwards, and converted back to solidity with the dummy fully encased.

Lord Motoyoshi's eyes were wide. Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer watched him process, then nodded gravely. "No reason to ruin your training field." He gestured and the stone converted back to tar, flowed downwards, and converted once more into regular earth. No trace remained that anything had happened, except for the devastated splinters that had once been a training dummy.

Lord Motoyoshi turned to him, eyes narrowing. "Lord Uzumaki, is this intended as a threat?"

"No. It's intended as an offer. I think this technique would be extremely useful for the Motoyoshi, don't you? As I recall, you have a fair number of Earth users."

"We...do indeed. You are offering to give us this technique?"

"This technique, and two others. After all, as your Hokage it will be my duty to ensure that the Motoyoshi are a strong clan. I think something like this would go a long way towards ensuring that, don't you?" He gave him just a moment to parse that, then continued just as Motoyoshi was opening his mouth to speak. "You agreed that I could be direct with you, My Lord, so I will. I'm not asking you to violate your principles. If you think Lord Akimichi would be a better Hokage than I would, I completely understand and won't hold it against you. That said, my election tomorrow is almost guaranteed at this point, but I would like it to be as close to unanimous as possible. There are others of me speaking to other clans right now, offering powerful jutsu from my father and from Lord Jiraiya. I'm going to get the votes I need, so the only question is if the Motoyoshi will profit or not. If you have a few minutes, perhaps we could discuss what needs the Motoyoshi have that the Uzumaki jutsu library could help with?"

No stranger to the changing winds of politics, Lord Motoyoshi smiled and nodded his head in a polite bow. "I do indeed have time, Lord Uzumaki. Perhaps we could return to the sitting room and discuss it over a nice tea...?"

"I would like that very much, My Lord," said Naruto MotoyoshiBuyer. He gave the older man a polite bow, then gestured to the house. "Please, won't you lead the way?"

The moment Motoyoshi turned away to lead him back inside, he conjured and dispelled a clone.

o-o-o-o​

Back on the Gōketsu estate

The meeting had wound down and everyone was now lounging around the fireplace in the main living room, feet up and mugs of tea or hot chocolate in hand.

"So, yeah, eating can be a little funny," said Naruto FocusEnforcer. "Sometimes one of me will eat something and then dispel, just to mess with the rest of me. Imagine that you're eating oranges and suddenly you taste fish from the guy who just now popped himself."

"You prank yourself?" Noburi said, laughing. "Dude, that's amazing."

Naruto ThoughtfulDude shrugged with a grin. "Hey, what can I say? It's my thing—oh, cool. We got the Motoyoshi."

Mari's eyebrows rose. "That was quick. What was it, an hour ago that Hazō made the suggestion?"

Naruto BringerOfPoliticalPain chuckled. "S'funny. When you're the son of the Fourth Hokage, the jinchūriki of the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox, and a candidate for the Hokage's hat, people are surprisingly willing to take the meeting. Even if they're in the bath."

"What did you sell him?" Hazō asked. "If you don't mind me asking, that is."

"Eh, not important," Naruto BringerOfPoliticalPain said with an overly understated wave of one hand. "Something I thought he would like. Anyway, it worked."

Translation: yes, I mind you asking.

"That's what counts," Hazō said. "Do you want a topper on your hot chocolate?"

o-o-o-o​

March 26, nine in the morning, the Hokage's conference room

Shikamaru rapped his fist on the table. "In service to the Leaf, and to our glorious nation, and to the Will of Fire, I, Nara Shikamaru, call this meeting to order. Let us all speak truthfully and serve loyally."

"Let us all speak truthfully and serve loyally," chorused the Clan Heads, enacting once more the full formal protocol that had not been used since the last time there was need to elect a Hokage. Which, if you thought about it, was way too recent. On the plus side, this time Hazō got to sit at the table and no one was going to try to crowd Naruto out over procedural issues.

"The sole order of business today shall be to elect a new Hokage," Shikamaru said. "Candidates for the Hokage's office, please stand and declare yourself, starting from my left and proceeding around the table."

Ino sat to Shikamaru's left. To her left sat a living mountain of muscle. The mountain now stood. "Akimichi Chōza, of the Founding Clan Akimichi, Clan Head through three decades. I stand for Hokage by my right as a ninja of the Leaf who has fought and bled in her service."

Shikamaru nodded and continued looking around the table. Each Clan Head in turn shook their head slightly until everyone's gaze stopped on Hagoromo.

Lord Hagoromo's jaw tightened.

Hazō waited for the reactionary jerk to stand up. And waited. Two breaths later, he and everyone else in the room watched Hagoromo shake his head and look to his left.

Hazō's spine tried to crawl out of his back as every scrap of political analysis they had done went straight out the window.

"Uzumaki Naruto, Lord of Clan Uzumaki, jinchūriki of the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox, son of the Fourth Hokage, student of the Third and the Fifth. I stand for Hokage by my right as a ninja of the Leaf who has fought and bled in her service."

Shikamaru checked that no one else was going to stand and nodded. "Show your banners, please."

Both men walked to opposite sides of the room, Naruto to the north and Akimichi to the south. A rack on each wall held a wooden staff with a cloth-wrapped bundle on one end. Hazō watched with bated breath as the two men pulled off the wrappings and turned, setting their backs against the wall, feet spread shoulder-width apart, with the base of the staff against their foot and their arm held out at an angle so that the gold-thread banners could hang free and the clan symbol on each could be recognized. To the north: The red spiral of the Uzumaki. To the south: the stylized butterfly wings in a circle of the Akimichi.

"If anyone else desires to stand for office, speak now or forever be silent."

Shikamaru tapped his knuckle four times on the table, four discrete sounds that marked the time for challenge and found it empty.

"Clan Heads and regents," Shikamaru said, "it falls to you: You must choose the candidate you believe will lead the Land of Fire into its best possible future. The Hokage must prevent war when possible and win it when not. The Hokage must care for the people of Fire, maintain order, tradition, and well-being to the greatest extent possible. The Hokage must serve as impartial judge and justice. The Hokage must embody the Will of Fire in all its forms, and serve as a role model to all citizens.

"Please, consider your choice carefully. When you have chosen your preferred candidate, stand at their side." His eyes flicked to the side, meeting briefly with the person three to his left.

Inuzuka Manaka, the person in question, stood up immediately. "The Inuzuka, Founding Clan of Leaf, are honored to stand beside our heroic Lord Akimichi." She moved to stand with her hoped-for Hokage.

Immediately to Shikamaru's left, Ino rose to her feet. Her face was serious as she said, "The Yamanaka have been allies of the Akimichi for generations. They are men and women of honor. They are warriors who can stand on any field and are respected by every foe. I have known Akimichi Chōza my entire life; there are few people I respect as much and no one that I respect more. He protected my father in battle and he will protect Leaf in peace and in war. The Yamanaka are proud to stand at his side." She moved to the wall at the left hand of her father's teammate.

"The Nara too have been allies of the Akimichi almost as long as the Nara and Akimichi clans have existed," Shikamaru said. "Akimichi Chōza is everything one could ask for in a Hokage. He is a powerful and battle-tested warrior, a man of deep integrity, and a decisive leader who has brought his clan growth and success for decades. His convictions are strongly held, yet he can be convinced by good evidence and good argument. The Nara wholeheartedly stand beside Lord Akimichi." He took his place to Akimichi's right.

Lord Kurusu stood.

"While it is true that Lord Akimichi is a man among men," Kurusu began, "it is also true that he is but a man. Lord Uzumaki is more: he is the jinchūriki of the Nine-Tailed Fox. Everyone at this table knows that Lord Uzumaki has taken S-rank missions that no one at this table is cleared to know about, and everyone knows that he has succeeded." He paused, looking around the table and letting the words hang.

"Lord Akimichi was thoroughly trained to be leader of a clan." He smiled. "Lord Uzumaki was thoroughly trained to be the Hokage.

"Lord Akimichi was trained by the Akimichi Clan Lords who came before, all of them wise and capable men and women who deserve honor. Lord Uzumaki was trained by the Third Hokage, and by the Fifth. Living legends who will be remembered in our history books after everyone in this room is dust.

"The Kurusu are privileged to stand beside the next Hokage, Lord Uzumaki." He turned with Academy precision and marched to stand at Naruto's right.

There was a pause as everyone digested that, and then Hinata rose.

"The Hyūga are a Founding Clan of Leaf, and I think it fair to say that we are a conservative one. By 'conservative', I mean that we stand firm in the knowledge that our nation is the greatest in the world and that it is the Will of Fire that have made us so. Akimichi Chōza embodies the Will of Fire in every fiber of his being. He honors our traditions yet is flexible enough to extend them and adapt them to changing times." She smiled very slightly, and a little ironically. "I think it reasonable to state that we are living in changing times right now. Lord Akimichi's personal strength will allow him to stand tall in the face of Akatsuki or anyone else. His honor and intelligence will allow him to navigate through the storming winds we stand within. The Hyūga are delighted to stand beside Lord Akimichi." She suited action to words, taking her place beside the man that Hazō desperately hoped would lose.

Lord Kyoshō rose. "Lord Akimichi is one of the finest men who could possibly stand for Hokage. The Kyoshō are honored to stand beside him." He took his place as Sasuke rose.

"I fear that Lord Kurusu rather stole my thunder a few moments ago," Sasuke said, a bemused expression on his face. "Suffice to say, I have known Lord Uzumaki since we were both in diapers. I have grown up beside him and I am comfortable saying that I know him better than anyone else. He has comforted and supported me in my darkest moments, as he will comfort and support Leaf in the harsh days to come. I have fought beside him and he has protected my back, as he will protect Leaf's when our enemies come for us. I respect Lord Akimichi for the great man and warrior that he is, but there is no doubt in my mind that Naruto is the best choice for Hokage." He nodded to the assembled councilmembers and took his place beside Naruto. The jinchūriki gave him a subtle fist bump as the Lord of the Uchiha moved past him.

Clan Lady Kei Haruka rose.

"The Kei are the newest clan in Leaf," she said calmly. "We are the response to changing times, the explorers through the wilderness of potential. We represent the future of Fire, and we stand beside Lord Uzumaki with all our hearts and souls." She took her place.

Hazō wiped his palms on his thighs under cover of the table. The Motoyoshi would go to Naruto thanks to his epic bribe. The Amori were still up in the air as far as Hazō knew; Naruto AmoriGet had still been negotiating with them when (probably) Prime left the Gōketsu estate last night. Right now it was six to four in Akimichi's favor, and Hazō had not the slightest clue what any of the undecideds would do.

All eyes turned to the seat beside where Kei Haruka had been sitting. The seat in which sat Hagoromo Ritsuo, the man who had not stood for office.

Hazō could see the muscle in his cheek standing out as Hagoromo gritted his teeth. He rose and nodded slightly to the table at large. "The Hagoromo Clan, lorekeepers of Leaf, guardians of the Will of Fire, stand beside Lord Akimichi." He took his place.

Lady Minami rose. "Clan Minami stands with Lord Uzumaki." That was all she said before taking her place against the north wall.

The tall, spare man, who sat where Kurenai should have been, rose to his feet. He couldn't be more than mid-twenties at the most, but his hair was already thinning and his features were tight, as though all unnecessary flesh had been scraped from his face.

"I, Sarutobi Kanbō, speak as Regent for Clan Lord Sarutobi Konohamaru. The Sarutobi are honored to stand beside Lord Uzumaki."

He had not even fully taken his place by the wall before Lord Motoyoshi rose.

"The Motoyoshi find Lord Uzumaki, descendant of the Fourth Hokage, strongest ninja of his generation, to be by far the best candidate for Hokage. There is no one we would rather follow." He took his place.

Hazō rose. "The Gōketsu are the clan of the Fifth Hokage. The Fifth was the teacher of the Fourth, despite the rather unexpected ordering of their reigns. Jiraiya spoke often of his student and his student's son. He told us tales of courage, and honor, and of incisive intellect." He smiled very slightly. "And yes, of a wicked sense of humor. Embodying all of those qualities, there is no man or woman in Leaf that the Gōketsu would rather serve than Lord Uzumaki Naruto." He moved to the wall. Eight to seven in Naruto's favor, with three votes left. Sage, this could actually be another tie.

The room was quiet as the remaining undecideds looked at one another.

"Oh, for fuck's sake," Tsunade muttered under her breath. She pushed herself erect. "Let's get this done, shall we? Chōza, you're a brilliant man, you're a terror on the field, and you're a good leader." She hesitated and Hazō's lungs stopped working.

Tsunade shook her head. "You're also not the man for this job. The biggest thing that our next Hokage needs is the raw power to stand up to those chuckleheaded fucks in the red and black cloaks. Everything else he can delegate or get given good advice on. I'm not sure you could beat Naruto in a straight fight today, and I'm confident you won't be able to in two years. He's the man we need." She looked around at the remaining voters. "Now could you lot get off your asses? I've got patients to get back to." She stomped over to the north wall and shoved into place at Naruto's left, forcing everyone to shuffle over to make room.

Shino stood and nodded very, very slightly to Tsunade. "The Aburame, Founding Clan of Leaf, do not appreciate your tone, Lady Senju. Why? Because this occasion is solemn and deserving of respect and consideration. It is not a time for bluster or hasty decisions. It is time for men and women of principle to use every scrap of their powers to make the decision that will shape Leaf for generations.

"We also do not appreciate the framing you have provided this session. If I or Lady Amori vote for Lord Uzumaki, we are seen to do so because you compelled us. If we vote for Lord Akimichi, we do so to spite you. You have made it very clear how little respect you have for the honor of the Hokage's seat, but today you dishonor it and you dishonor us by influencing the vote in this fashion."

Hazō cringed inwardly as he waited for the mountain to fall and crush Shino into an abject ball of pain and tears. Instead, the strangest thing happened: Tsunade looked abashed.

It took her a moment, but finally she said, "Clan Senju apologizes to you, Lord Aburame." Unbelievably, her voice was mostly contrite. "You're right. I should have waited."

"Thank you." Shino gave her a shallow bow, then looked back and forth between the two Hokage candidates for several seconds, clearly considering his words.

"Lord Uzumaki, everything that has been said about you today is true. You are a fearsome warrior. You control a legendary and inhuman power. You have been trained by masters to do this exact job. You will lead Leaf to heights we cannot currently dream of."

Hazō released a breath he hadn't realized he was holding.

"When you take the hat. I apologize, but I do not think that today is the day for you to take it. I respect you and consider you a friend. I value that friendship greatly, and I hope this vote will not damage it—"

"It won't," Naruto said, interrupting with a smile and a nod. "Don't worry, we're good. Vote your conscience."

Shino nodded respectfully back. "Thank you. Despite my issues with her delivery, I agree with Lady Senju: what Leaf needs right now is the power to stand up to Akatsuki. The truth is that no single person in this room can defeat them in a physical fight—not against all of them. The question then is who can prevent it from escalating into a physical fight. You are young, which will cause them to subconsciously consider you less of a threat, less important. You lack the metaphysical power to cow ninja of Akatsuki's strength. And"—he gave the Aburame version of a chuckle—"although it seems a ridiculous thing to make such important decisions on, you are physically smaller than most. Not physically imposing, and you lack the years to have built up the mission history that would let your reputation do the work. Lord Akimichi is physically and metaphysically imposing and has a long and impressive history on the battlefield. All members of Akatsuki will respect him and none of them will wish to escalate without need. As such, the Aburame stand beside him."

He marched across the room and took his place on the south wall.

All eyes turned to Lady Amori, who leaned back in her chair, fingers laced on the table before her as she considered the candidates. It was eight to nine in Naruto's favor and only the Amori remained. She could give him the win, or she could make it a tie. As had been shown in the last election, there was no mechanism to resolve a tie. Last time, Asuma had been willing to yield so as to prevent a schism. This time...well, neither Naruto nor Lord Akimichi were known for their yielding natures.

Lady Amori rose to her feet, clearly enjoying the rapt attention.

"As Lady of Clan Amori, I wish to make one thing clear," she began. "Lord Akimichi, Lord Uzumaki, you are two of the finest ninja ever to graduate the Leaf Academy. You are both brave, powerful, honorable men. Either of you would be a fine leader for our nation and each of you deserves to have your face on the Monument."

Holy fucking Sage, woman, get to the point before I have a heart attack! Hazō thought.

"I hope to maintain good relations with both of you going forward, and I will say that choosing between the two of you was the hardest choice I have made as Clan Lady. With that said, Clan Amori casts its vote with—"

Breaths were held around the room.

"—Lord Uzumaki Naruto. Your honor is our honor, Lord Hokage." She bowed deeply and took her place against the wall.

The moment her back touched the wall, Naruto became the Eighth Hokage and Hazō was able to breathe again.





XP AWARD: 5

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 2
  • The jutsu sale was super extra fun
  • The election was brilliant


It is now about 10am.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
(Canon?) Interlude: Savior
(Canon?) Interlude: Savior

In the middle of a clearing, surrounded by a forest forcibly thinned by an unusually harsh winter, a group of ninja made camp. Three of them, the juniors, busied themselves with caring for the camp. They cleared away the snow cover and dead leaves for sleeping arrangements, tended to the fire, and cleaned up the remains of a hearty evening meal. The last of them, an older woman, gazed into the distance.

The soft sound of music drifted into the clearing upon the wind. A flute melody, haunting and ethereal, danced in and out of the barren treeline around the camp.

Immediately, the woman sprang into motion. She called her chakra to her aid and accelerated, moving to the side of one of her companions. She stopped for a fraction of a second. The other ninja had frozen in place, hunched over the dinner pot he'd been scrubbing clean. He was breathing, eyes wide open, but unmoving.

In that bare sliver of a moment, a man emerged from the ground and completed the final handseal of a lengthy chain. If it weren't for the obvious ninjutsu, the patches of brightly-colored hair on his otherwise bald head would have marked him as a ninja. Before his feet had even fully emerged from the ground, he slammed his palms into the earth and a ring of stone started to rise around the camp.

Her fractional hesitation cost her. She immediately abandoned her ally and dashed for the ring, hoping to escape the trap.

The stone walls were rising and narrowing to form a complete bubble around her camp, but not fast enough. She leaped onto the stone to run and vault over its lip, only to slide down immediately and fall onto her rear. Many wall techniques resisted chakra-adhesion, but this one didn't just resist her chakra. It was like she'd completely forgotten to wallwalk at all.

She waited, confused, for another fraction of a moment, and another window of opportunity closed. She could no longer reach the top of the closing stone bubble on foot. A chakra-enhanced jump could still take her to the top. She leaped and caught herself along the edge of the ring – only to find the chakra in her arms suddenly gone. With her strength unexpectedly robbed, she crashed back to the ground.

To her credit, she bounced immediately to her feet. She was now fully enclosed within the stone dome. Somehow, there was still light. Minuscule holes in the dome, she realized, presumably left open to let the odd flute music continue to paralyze her allies.

Thoughts raced through her head. Could she break through the dome with ninjutsu? No, she'd never learned Lightning to break through Earth. Could she stuff wax in her allies' ears to regain the numbers advantage? Perhaps, if she had time to tap her storage seals. She stopped theorizing as she realized that there was another figure in the dome with her. Male, by the height and build, and walking towards her. He was not running, as any ninja opponent would. Walking.

She dashed to the farthest point of the dome from the man, pulling out seals as she did so. She placed an explosive tag against the dome and tried to activate it. Nothing. So, was the dome draining chakra? She flicked an explosive tag to the side, near the base of the stone wall without touching it. The tag exploded, throwing up dirt and revealing a weakness – the dome didn't extend below the ground!

She placed an Earth Eater seal on the ground and said a silent prayer to the ancestors. She activated the seal. It carved away a sphere of dirt around the seal and blessedly ignored the ninjutsu-created stone that would certainly have caused a sealing failure had it been stored. Dirt under the wall disappeared, opening a momentary hole to the outside. She dived for the gap, only to scramble back as the wall grew and expanded to fill the hole – quickly enough that her arms would have been crushed under the stone had she followed through.

She backed away along the side of the dome, ideas and plans popping into her head and being discarded with equal frequency. The dome wasn't impermeable, as it was studded with dozens of coin-sized holes. Could that provide an opportunity? Or could she quickly free an ally? She mentally flicked through her available ninjutsu, seeking anything, anything that could win her even a moment of freedom that would let her skywalk away from this disaster. As she did so, she turned back towards the center of the dome.

In the evening light passing through the holes along the dome, she recognized the man still slowly walking towards her. Tall, dark-haired and pale-skinned, clean-shaven, with features that could have been twenty-five or forty.

Orochimaru.

She would not escape. Or rather, there was only one escape that she could manage, and it was not an escape that she would survive. She drew an explosive tag from her seal pouch to prime it with timer zero. Her hand stopped functioning.

She looked down. A long, reflective length of metal had pierced the explosive tag, passing between the long bones of her palm. She felt a flash of pain, delivered to her a moment too late to be useful. The blade was poisoned, of course, and she could already feel numbness growing like roots through soil, paralyzing her fingers and sending shooting tingles up her arm.

With her other hand, she grabbed a kunai. She most likely wouldn't be able to do sufficient damage to her neck that she would die, not when Orochimaru was right there to provide treatment, but perhaps she could damage her vocal cords enough to make interrogation impossible.

As she swung the kunai to her larynx, she realized her mistake. Orochimaru belonged to Leaf, and the Mori demon had made her treaty for this purpose. She should have prioritized making sure that everyone would know this AMITY violation was Leaf's fault. Too late.

She completed her swing and punched herself in the throat. She coughed.

Where had her kunai gone?

Too late. He now stood in front of her, and she could feel the chill of poison numbness spreading across her chest.

One final weapon. She ripped the chains off of her soul, letting her inner wolves free to bound through the clearing and savage the man. For the first time, she felt confident. She wouldn't win, but she would never bend. She would stand against Orochimaru until he applied enough force to break her, and then she would break. He'd take her body, but never her mind, never her secrets, never her–

A length of steel pierced cleanly through her skull. A parallel length pierced her wolves, and they went limp mid-run, supported solely by the steel emanating from Orochimaru. The steel stayed in her mind as he twisted it, and suddenly she felt her soul laid bare upon the operating table. Orochimaru reached into her with his scalpel and separated her from herself.

Her courage? Severed and discarded.

Her pride? Disposed of.

Her loyalty? Worthless.

Her love? Ripped from her mind.

She came to as the steel left her mind and she sagged against the wall, panting, as the numbness continued to spread across her chest.

He reached out with one hand and gently cupped her under the chin.

"Kurosawa Ren."

Ren met his gaze. What else could she do?

He broke eye contact first, glancing to the side, where her pierced hand was no doubt still dripping blood onto the withered grass below.

"Careless. You will take better care of your hands. They are valuable."

He dropped a kunai and reached out to take her hand in his. There was a brief flash of green. She felt no different.

He released her now-unblemished hand, continuing to cup her chin with his other as he peered into her eyes once again.

"You resisted Tayuya's song. Impressive mental fortitude, then. That will be a valuable trait. Preserving your consciousness under psychic pressure will be important. Jirōbō, drop the wall."

The stone wall around them crumbled to dirt and fell to the ground around them. Clumps of it pelted Ren and Orochimaru.

The man with the strange, patchy-bald head stood on the ground now, on the opposite side of the dome. He immediately jogged towards them.

"Jirōbō," Orochimaru said. "You have grown sloppy. You ninjutsu must form and regenerate much faster. She had opportunities for escape."

The man, Jirōbō, bowed. "I will train it, master. It is not as if we have had many opportunities for field work recently. What shall we do with the chūnin?"

Her guards. They still stood transfixed as that distant flute song continued to play. She could see them blinking occasionally and sweating lightly. Which genjutsu could trap them all simultaneously and suborn their bodies, all through sound alone? That was akin to the Heartbreaker's work, but it didn't have her style.

Orochimaru glanced around the field. "Ordinarily, it would be wasteful to discard live captures in unharmed condition, but we have other priorities. Though, perhaps if they had bloodlines…"

He turned on Ren. "Who among them have bloodlines? Answer me honestly and swiftly, and I shall mix painkillers for your first two weeks of study."

Should she not deny him the answer? Let them die in peace rather than face the physical and mental unmaking that Orochimaru no doubt would perform upon their components? But she knew she could not keep answers from him forever. He had taken her defiance and left only her obedience.

"Girl, Yuki. Bun, Kozu," she said, her mouth feeling wooden and foreign as she moved it.

Immediately, guilt and shame ran through her. Mere seconds of Orochimaru's attention had turned her against her allies? Wasn't she a jōnin, the former Kage of her village? Wasn't she supposed to stand for everything that Mist was?

Ren flared her soul. Or rather, she tried to. It did not come.

Orochimaru glanced at her again and the steel ran her through. Fingers reached into her soul and found the thread of her love for Hidden Mist. The fingers pulled and the thread came free, ripping its strands loose from their deeply buried places in every single other part of her being. She screamed alone on that operating table before a monster that did not care.

Orochimaru turned away and scoffed. "I had meant to acquire a Yuki, though that investigation is no longer pressing. I have little need for a Kozu any more – though perhaps Kabuto will find it entertaining. Jirōbō– Ah, very good."

As if on cue, the eerie flute song ended, and her three allies dropped to the ground, instantly unconscious. The larger man, Jirōbō, swiftly walked over to one of the chūnin to lay his hands upon them.

The mysterious genjutsu user revealed herself. A cousin to the Heartbreaker? Her long, red hair was rougher somehow, her appearance notably less meticulous.

"Tayuya," Orochimaru said, gesturing loosely to the chūnin that Ren had not named. "Prepare him for Manda. A few extra gifts will ease that old oaf's complaints about traveling to Pangolin."

Tayuya walked to the chūnin's slumped over body and stretched him out. She carefully searched him for seals. Once they had all been removed, she summoned a thick burlap bag and eased him in stomach-down, tying the bag shut along its long, lengthwise slit. She stabbed him through the base of the skull, chanted a short count under her breath, then sealed the bag and body away.

Jirōbō had tied and gagged both bloodline chūnin and hoisted them one on each shoulder.

"Follow now," Orochimaru said, looking back into Ren's eyes. "On your feet. Tayuya dislikes the burden, and you would not survive Hebira's stomach."

As he spoke his command, somehow she knew she would obey. Not like a puppet, moving against her will. He would speak, and she would follow orders. It was what he had made her. It was what she was.

He turned south, towards Leaf. Ren followed, along with his two minions. The campsite was nearly untouched. The crumbling ninjutsu had nearly filled in the patch of ground near the Earth Eater seal, which would otherwise look like a half-dug latrine, and the rest of the camp simply looked like it had been abandoned during set-up. Of course, if anyone from Mist came in time to notice such details, they would notice Ren walking away on her own two feet.

"Why?" Ren asked.

Orochimaru shot her a glance, and she immediately knew that she would pay her curiosity as the price for this question. Orochimaru turned away from her. They continued to walk away from the campsite.

Orochimaru started to chuckle. It sounded like he was repeatedly hiccuping, choking on nothing but air.

"For most in your position, the answer would have been curiosity," he said, the barest hint of playful levity entering his voice. "However, the extradimensional monstrosity your ally will be fed to is no longer the most dangerous monstrosity on its Path. After decades, you will be the first to join a group with more members than you may realize. You will serve a noble cause, rather than only my interest. Kurosawa Ren, you ask why? Why, to save the world of course."
 
Last edited:
Chapter 628: A Journey of a Thousand Miles Completed but for Two Inches

"Hey, question," Hazō said, as he looked up from skimming the various incredibly grim documents Mari had prepared for him. "Just checking: Naruto is going to get briefed on the various top-secret events and problems that have come up recently, right? I don't need to get involved?"

Mari raised an eyebrow. "No, I can't imagine any reason why you would need to. Tsunade is there to brief him on everything she's got, and apart from various things I'm not cleared to speculate on, he's almost certainly going to learn about runes and the O'uzu rift. The only project I can imagine you'd need to brief him on is the Dragons, for which there was no one else really in charge. Even for that, Asuma definitely is going to have left tons of notes for his successor, so while Naruto might call you in to ask some questions to get a better sense of the situation, I doubt he's going to need you to do anything proactive."

"Okay. I just don't want to screw up our relationship with Naruto in any way," Hazō said, "so just double checking—I really don't need to do anything with respect to the various classified pies I've got my fingers in?"

"No, Hazō," Kei said. "While Leaf did not learn from the Fifth's inconveniently-timed death, the Collapse appears to have been enough for them to institute proper transition-of-power rules. In all affairs, OPSEC as previously maintained by Lord Seventh continues, until Lord Uzumaki specifically orders otherwise."

"Right, so that probably covers the rift, and runes, and the Dragons, and Earthshaping... But I can imagine one thing that Asuma plausibly wouldn't have committed to paper. Perhaps Naruto should be informed about that?"

"Assuming your incredibly vague implication is in reference to the affair of which only us three, Shikamaru, and the ANBU trio are aware," Kei said, glancing at the walls to confirm the placement of the privacy seals, "I counsel you in the strongest terms to never speak of it again. Not to any of us within the OPSEC compartment, and especially not to Naruto. I can foresee no positive outcome from spreading this information even to the Hokage, and varying levels of pessimism lead to a range of negative outcomes ranging from merely catastrophic to apocalyptic."

"I'm not sure, Kei," Hazō said, shooting a look at Mari. "Hiding important information from the Hokage sounds like the type of treason that's gotten us in a lot of trouble before."

"That's gotten you in a lot of trouble before," Mari said. "But I think Kei's right. There's basically nothing actionable that Naruto can do and a lot of potential downside. We spent a ton of effort getting him elected, so let's not make him the new shortest lived Hokage if Akatsuki come knocking, yeah? If Shikamaru and the ANBU decide to brief Naruto—which seems incredibly unlikely to me—then he'll also know you're in the know. If they decide not to brief Naruto, it'll be because that's what's best for Leaf. I'm sure Shikamaru would be glad to confirm and explain why expanding the OPSEC compartment here is unnecessary. It's not that what Naruto doesn't know can't hurt him; not knowing is keeping him and Leaf safe."

"Got it," Hazō said, as he stood to answer a knock at the door.

"Hey bro, sis, sensei," Noburi said, sauntering into the room and unslinging his barrel in a motion with carefully-practiced carelessness that sent water sloshing right up to the barrel's lip. "Sage, you all look so grim. Talking big secrets?"

"Nothing so interesting," Kei said with a sigh. "Clan finances. Ami appears to have been delayed, but you may begin by reviewing this summary report."

Noburi sighed as he reached for the papers in the center of the small table.

o-o-o-o​

"Hey Hazō!" Ami said as she bounced into the room. "Sorry, didn't end up catching you this morning! Congrats! You got Naruto elected!"

"We did," Hazō said, quickly standing to return her hug. "I mean, yes, the last second swing with the Amori and Motoyoshi was my idea, but that doesn't mean that it was me alone that got him elected. Mari identified the opportunity with the Kurusu, you did your thing with the Sarutobi, Naruto did something to the Minami..."

"Nah," Ami said. "The jutsu trade to Amori and Motoyoshi was probably the only way to win those two over. I mean, it's definitely an idea—Naruto probably thought of it and decided against it early then never revisited until you brought it up again, Sasuke would never come up with it, and Sakura evidently wasn't bold enough to suggest it when Naruto was staring at a nigh-certain electoral loss. I was gonna bring it up with him if no one else did, but it's better that you did first."

"Then what do you mean I got Naruto elected?" Hazō asked.

"Tsunade," Ami said. "I know she needs basically infinite money and you have basically infinite money, but I wasn't expecting her to sell out her sacred duty to select the best Hokage for the Land of Fire for cold cash. I guess I thought she was more principled than that, which in retrospect was completely stupid. Luckily we never had any illusions about the other clans.

"Imagine it, Hazō. Naruto leading the race, nine-to-eight, then Tsunade stands and votes Akimichi. What happens in a tie? Naruto probably wins a duel, even nonlethal, maybe even if he doesn't start with his clones out. But the situation's not the same as Hyūga against Asuma—instead, there's a reigning Hokage, and what better way to break the tie than to ask the current and rightfully elected Hokage who their preferred successor is?

"All the others were morally flexible enough that we could have moved them with enough force. We did move them all in the end except the Aburame—and I still don't know why Shino was so oddly hostile towards me. Still, you surprised me with Tsunade, and we got the win as a result. Good work, Hazō."

"Well," Hazō said with a grin, "I'm not going to refuse the praise. You don't think Tsunade picked Naruto because she actually thinks he's going to be the better Hokage?"

Ami laughed. "After her last two weeks, I think she'd have the practical experience to realize that strength isn't the main thing that makes a Hokage good or bad. Nah, we wanted Naruto because he's got vision and we know him better, not because he'd be the better leader."

Hazō sighed. "He'll grow into it."

"He will," Ami agreed. "Anyway, we were going to figure out a way to cover the debt you've found yourself in with Tsunade?"

"Yeah," Hazō said. "Mari, do you want to give the high-level summary?"

"Right. Short-term, we're fine. We have barely enough cash to cover our operating expenses on a razor-thin margin, plus all debt payments."

"Debts?" Hazō asked. "I thought we weren't in debt."

"Not in big debt," Mari said. "We did take out loans to get ourselves that razor's edge above the line where our people go hungry some nights, but there just aren't that many people that can quickly offer loans of the amounts we were throwing around. It doesn't help that most of those people were also spending their money like water."

"Like the Hyūga trying to buy the Kurusu?" Hazō asked.

"Strictly speaking, after doing some recon, the Hyūga weren't trying to buy the Kurusu, per-se," Mari said. "They offered a similar payment as I did not to get the Kurusu to vote for Ritsuo, but to 'free the Kurusu to vote their conscience'. The Kurusu are one of the more conservative clans, so I guess they figured that even if the Kurusu voted Akimichi, once Akimichi was eliminated, those votes would pass on to Hagoromo? But yeah, their deal wasn't prescribing any particular vote.

"Anyway, we can get into the medium-term. Our income is enough to cover the minimum loan payments, but ideally we scale that up fast with gemstones. Those loans were made fast on terrible terms, so we should clear them ASAP even if they're small. Plus, I emptied out Gaku's estate-construction fund since you clearly weren't going to use it, and I also appropriated the Ministry's coffers. I figure what the investors don't know can't hurt them, but I'd like to get that refilled to the appropriate level before someone comes looking for their missing cash. I've asked Gaku to pause any non-core expenses until we get some breathing room in our budget—that means no till-n-fills, no Ministry missions or road-building, though he convinced me that the GED was cheap enough that we could keep that. If we were any other clan, we'd be impoverished for a decades after this, but instead, I think we'll probably be back to normal in a month or six, depending on how fast we sell off the gemstones."

"Got it," Hazō said, mentally adjusting his expectations of the clan finances. "So we're broke and shouldn't spend too much money, and we should try to increase our income? Because I have some ideas for that."

Noburi shuddered and Ami handed Kei a fifty-ryō piece.

"What's that, Ami?" Hazō asked. "Betting against me?"

Ami sighed, shaking her head. "I thought you'd stick with the gemstones to cover your various debts, not come up with another economy-breaking idea. Hats off to you, of course."

"Before you make your pitch," Mari said, "we only have two substantial long-term debts. We fronted a big cash payment to the Kurusu, but it was only a tiny fraction of our overall debt."

"What happened with the Kurusu anyway?" Noburi asked. "I thought we were only paying them a small amount of our overall cash?"

"The Hyūga found out about the deal I set up with the Kurusu," Mari said, "and like I said, matched our offer and then some to free up the Kurusu's vote, knowing that the Kurusu would lean towards non-Naruto candidates. The Hyūga's amount was pretty high—all-in-all, it was more cash than we could possibly have scraped together. The Hyūga were probably betting that we wouldn't be able to outbid them. Unfortunately, the Hyūga are rich in assets as well as cash, so I couldn't just outbid the Hyūga with gemstones or other assets, or else the Kurusu would just go running to the Hyūga to outbid us back, and then we'd have a whole back-and-forth. We'd win in the limit of time, but who knows who would have the more convincing offer on the table come sun-up. I needed to make a single offer that they couldn't refuse. For better or worse, it was that."

"I see," Noburi said. "So we're richer than the Hyūga now?"

Mari laughed. "If the Hyūga spent the amount we did, they'd need to sell massively or live in the poorhouse for a decade. We'll probably bounce back from these absurd debts within a few months thanks to Hazō. Speaking of which, the payment for the Kurusu will be nominally given as absurdly oversized mission payments during our conquest of Honey that I expect you to have some more bright ideas for."

"Relatedly," Kei said, "in case there was any doubt, I regret to affirm that my preparatory studies for our mission to the Eastern Continent last year contained information on Honey, including that it is currently home to a number of reasonably strong and fiercely territorial ninja clans."

"We'll burn that bridge when we get to it," Mari said. "We promised a minimum payout of mission payments to the Kurusu so they won't get screwed if the Honey plan goes sideways—meaning that their only incentive is to make sure it goes well so they earn even more money—but they weren't willing to take our word for granted."

"Reasonable," Noburi said. "Our finances have been kinda crazy at times—the bank run springs to mind. I wouldn't trust us either if we said we'd make some crazy high payment at some far-off point in the future."

"Anyway," Mari said, "I had to give the Kurusu a giant chest of gemstones to hold as a bond until we made our guaranteed minimum payment. I don't know exactly why they're so cash squeezed, especially after they bailed us out after the bank run, but if I had to guess, they're not going to sit on the gemstones. They'll sell them off for cash that they can use in the meantime, then buy them back if or when we make the minimum payment."

"Definitely when," Hazō said. "Like I said, I have ideas. The other debt is to Tsunade?"

Mari nodded. "Yep. You promised half our income from the gemstone trade in the next year. I note that this is not actually a number, and if our gemstone income is zero, then we don't need to pay Tsunade anything."

Noburi winced. "She really wouldn't like it if we weaseled out of the debt that way."

"Tell me about it," Mari said. "If you want a pissed-off Tsunade that doesn't want to make any more deals with us, that's a way to go about it. She probably wouldn't do anything to retaliate though, as long as we stuck to the letter of the deal."

"Okay," Hazō said. "We can sell off the gemstones, which will help. If that's not enough, I can use Earthshaping to drain old or abandoned mines. I could pretty easily get tons of iron ore to sell to the Tower or Leaf's blacksmiths. Plus, if I can do it with iron, I can probably do it with gold or silver. If I dug a bunch of gold and silver ore out of the ground, could we get it smelted into metal and have the Tower mint it into coins?"

Kei blinked once. "Ah, your newest idea. With iron ore a relatively common good, I am uncertain if the quantities you produce will be sufficient to offset our various expenses. We can certainly arrange the smelting of gold and silver, most likely even in-house, and the Tower will indeed mint coins for a minor seigniorage. Depending on quantities, this could restore our financial stability very quickly and efficiently."

"I suppose I'll go look at buying up some exhausted gold and silver mines, then?" Mari asked. "Or, at least tell Gaku to do it."

"Yes," Hazō said. "Start by finding the locations of a bunch of them, ideally close to Leaf. I'll go there quietly and run a quick Earthshaping jutsu to see how much metal we're likely to get, then we buy the ones that are most worth it."

Mari nodded. "Unfortunately, even 'unproductive' gold mines won't come cheap—I bet no one buys an exhausted gold mine unless they have some clever idea for how to get more gold out of it. Still, I'll see what Gaku can do."

"I note the OPSEC risks here," Kei said. "Let us set aside the fact that Leaf will very quickly realize how consistently we bandied about gemstones to turn the election in our favor. An observer that sees the Gouketsu first buy up a lot of abandoned mines, then commission many smiths to smelt an implausible amount of ores, then pay the Tower to mint a ridiculous amount of coinage may make certain inferences—or conduct minor-tier espionage that will quickly yield answers, given our loose OPSEC around Earthshaping thus far."

Hazō waved a hand. "Like Mari said, we don't need to burn those bridges now. Let's cover our debts and worry about all that later. I think we should be able to get all the money we need that way. If that's the case, can we skip crashing the gemstone market? I'd like to avoid screwing our relations with the Hyūga. Maybe the price of raw materials going down will improve their margins? Or maybe we can warn Hinata that the prices are going to crater? If she made the deal to shift the Hyūga closer to us, burning the deal is going to make it much harder for her to liberalize."

"Mmm," Ami said. "Hazō, the gemstone market is going to crash no matter what. The Kurusu have all the gemstones they need to do it alone, and so does Tsunade, and neither of them strike me as the type to make very modest financial decisions."

"You gave Tsunade an economically disruptive quantity of gemstones?" Kei asked.

Hazō shook his head. "No, I didn't give her that much. Only a gallon, probably. Maybe a little more."

"A gallon of gemstones!?" Kei asked. "You expect this not to be economically disruptive?"

"That's probably similar to what I gave the Kurusu," Mari said. "Yes, Hazō, that's going to be plenty to crash the Land of Fire's market with plenty leftover for other countries if either of them can authorize missions to sell on their behalf. These are top quality gemstones, and some of the stones are larger than I think is naturally possible. I don't know how Tsunade would do it with no go-between, but I'm confident the Kurusu have the connections and manpower to sell pretty much wherever we could sell."

"Could we warn Hinata?" Ami said. "Yeah, we probably should. We could probably try to get them to agree to cancel the deal—for example, by paying them back however much they paid you for the gemstones in the first place. I don't buy the story in which this helps them out, though. We knew they were getting screwed when we started spending money on the election. Really, it's not that big a deal to make your political enemies sweat, Hazō. Or would you try this hard to keep your trade partners happy if it were the equally conservative middle-aged Lord Kyousho, instead of the cute teenage Hinata?"

"I probably wouldn't be trying to help them if it weren't Hinata," Hazō admitted. "But that's mostly because we already have rapport that I don't want to damage. I don't know Lord Kyousho at all."

"Fair," Ami said. "Anyway, it'd be ideal if we could have everyone sell gemstones slowly enough that the market just doesn't crash. Mari, is there any way we could work with Tsunade and the Kurusu to do that? Then we also don't need to worry about getting in on the action ourselves."

"Is there a reason why that's something we need to worry about?" Noburi asked.

Mari sighed. "Well, we still have some big questions left unanswered about who we sell to and where. I can only be in one city at a time, and we don't really have anyone else that could reasonably make such deals in a discreet way—something which is necessary not just for OPSEC, but also to avoid making enemies of the continent's wealthy and powerful who will want to know why a fair few of their most valuable assets lost most of their value. Haru could probably hack it with the bits and pieces of training I've been giving him, but he'd probably leave a lot of value on the table or leak information. We're not going to be able to coordinate our selling effectively enough to make the profit we were originally planning to."

"Again, I note that it would be ideal for the market to not crash in the first place," Kei said. "The economic factors here are complex beyond my ability to model, and there is considerable opacity around one key question: namely, just how much of the continent's stored wealth is stored in the form of gemstones. Needless to say, if the continent's rich and powerful find their coffers massively diminished, they will react in only one way—by squeezing their civilians harder until the deficit is resolved. Perhaps it will not cause any problems. If it does, I expect the consequences will range between slightly greater-than-average misery for the average civilian for several years, to a potential broader economic crash."

"Plus," Ami said, "people could see it as economic warfare, and that would be destabilizing to AMITY. After the death of Lord Seventh, we need all the stability we can get, so that's another reason to avoid any extreme crashes."

"Unfortunately," Mari said, shooting a skeptical look at Ami, "I don't see any good way to keep them from selling—even an order from Naruto wouldn't stop Tsunade, who will do as she pleases and point to the thousands dying from sickness as her reason. Though... we could ask Naruto to request the Kurusu and Tsunade to sell slowly? He could use Tower resources to arrange the trades the same way Asuma offered to do for you, Hazō."

Kei nodded slowly. "That would address many of our problems. Tsunade would prefer to let the Tower handle the details rather than determine the course of action herself. The Kurusu would likely prefer to sell quickly, although they will not make themselves the first to disobey the new Hokage. If the markets do not crash as a result of everyone rapidly disgorging their gemstone stores, then we could sell our gemstones as well, thereby clearing our debts and making the profits we promised Tsunade, and the Hyūga would not suffer as a result of our actions. The ripple effects would be minimized."

"That sounds pretty ideal," Hazō said, nodding. "What are the risks?"

"Naruto doesn't okay it," Mari said, counting on her fingers. "Commander-operative problems where the people sent on the missions pocket some of the gemstones or cash. Tsunade decides to do her own thing. The prices still decline, and the Hyūga still feel screwed. Someone else, probably in Hidden Rock, discovered how to produce gemstones in secret, and they crash the market when they realize we got in on their operation. There are probably more if I spent more than five seconds thinking about it."

"Okay," Hazō said. "Then, what's the plan?"

Mari raised an eyebrow. "All me, huh? First, try to get an advance on the Arachnid silk to sell to the Meiori within the week. That should get us off the razor's edge in our budget to only be partially screwed if someone tries economic warfare against us—because if someone tried right now, we'd be totally screwed. Fucked, even. Second, try to get Naruto to request Kurusu and Tsunade to sell off our gemstones slowly, via Tower intermediaries. If he approves, do that until we've covered all our debts. If he doesn't, we have me or Ami run off to Lightning and destroy their gemstone market, slurp up all the cash, and come back here to clear our loans, restore our coffers, and pay off Tsunade. Third, wait till Gaku finds mines and you can do your thing. Fourth, figure out what to do about Honey at some point. Does that have your approval, my lord?"

"Why don't you talk to Kagome about getting that silk advance and arrange that deal yourself?" Hazō asked. "We should try to get that buffer as soon as we can. As for everything else, I'll need to think about it and check over all the details. I'll let you know."

Mari sighed. "I'm supposed to be an infiltrator, not an accountant. Why don't you bring Gaku into these clandestine meetings instead of me?"

Hazō clicked his tongue at Mari. "Enough complaining. Now, you," he said, turning to Ami. "Why don't we talk about some of these 'election expenses' you put on the budget? For example, let's start with this deluxe hot springs and spa treatment for the entire staff of a KEI division..."

o-o-o-o​

On the Seventh Path, underneath the umber skies of the Pangolin Clan, Hazō could feel tension in the air. He couldn't articulate what it was, but as he trailed behind the pangolin guard's lumbering stride, he got the distinct impression that the world was a string drawn taut, waiting to jump at its release, or perhaps to violently snap.

Maybe it was the people. The last time he'd been here at the Conclave, it had been a bustling mercantile hub (at least, when the Gouketsu weren't causing incidents). There hadn't been the quantity of trades or hordes of customers that Hazō associated with Human Path markets, but the various clan representatives were generally gregarious and good-natured, giving things a lively atmosphere. Now, the few clan representatives he saw lingered in groups with only their own species, having hushed conversations that stopped as he passed by. He wondered whether the pangolin leader had finally swung the Conclave's opinion of Hazō for the worse.

Well, at least he wasn't being attacked on sight. The pangolin guard led him to a rather grand pangolin dome, then stopped at the doorway. Hazō paused for a second, then entered the dome. Inside, the Monkey King Enma held hands with an oversized porcupine, their heads both bowed as if in prayer. Enma glared at Hazō and jerked his head to show Hazō the exit.

Hazō backed out of the dome. The pangolin guard shot him an incomprehensible look and snaked out its length tongue to taste the air once, then continued to stare ahead into the middle distance.

Ten minutes later, the Monkey King came out of the dome and gestured Hazō to follow as he set off at a barely-a-walk that crackled with angry energy.

"Hello, Lord Enma," Hazō said as he fell in, opening his stride to keep up with the much taller Monkey King. He glanced back towards the decorated dome. "Where'd the porcupine go?"

"Summoned," Enma snapped. "First summoning, as it happens. Nice to see you too, Hazō."

"Right, yes. Sorry. Good to see you, Enma. Please forgive my absence the past couple weeks. It's been crazy in Leaf." He sobered. "On that subject: you have my condolences, sir. Asuma was a good man, and deserved better than he got."

Enma shook his head and waved a hand to push Hazō's words away. "Don't worry about it, runt, everything worked out fine over here. Well, almost. As for Asuma, I've been through my fair share of summoners. They all die. You all die. Short-lived little humans, dying every other day it seems. I expect his girl or someone else from his clan will be coming through Monkey sometime soon. They'll be cooling their heels a while, since I won't be there to actually form the contract for a few months yet."

Right. Enma was friendly enough with Hazō, but probably had no interest in grieving with a young human child. He seemed to be dealing with Asuma's death well enough, if 'well enough' meant 'not actively murdering or destroying anyone or anything'.

Enma seemed to read the thoughts off Hazō's face and chuckled darkly. "Oh, I promise I wasn't in the best mood when the porcupine girl came through to tell me about Asuma's death ten minutes after it happened. But given everything that happened, I just needed to deal with it fast. So keep it moving, runt. Let's talk Conclave."

"Of course, sir. So, what's the deal with this whole... thing?" Hazō said, gesturing vaguely at the oddly tense air around them.

"Nothing to worry about. Just what happens when you stuff a bunch of people with a country's worth of metaphysical weight and a Path's worth of ego in a room for six to eight hours a day. It's been like this all week, and it was worse when the real Conclave actually convened. I think the Condor Summoner nearly passed out when all the bosses fixed their attention on her."

"So all the Bosses made it into Pangolin with no issues, then?"

"Basically," Enma said. "I pressured that turtle boy into delivering Pantsā's demanded skytowers, and he managed to get it done within a few days." He shrugged, and his steps slowed slightly. "Well, mostly. Katsuyu only arrived yesterday, and Lutrō the day before. Cannai isn't here yet, but the condor scouts say he's on his way and should arrive today. Any minute, actually. Back on topic, Pantsā's agreed to not use the skytowers to attack any member of the Conclave, and to not use them to attack anyone at all except with the agreement of half the Conclave's members. Hopefully it never comes to that—outside maybe needing to steamroll Hyena or Cat so we can actually get everyone to Arachnid."

"Wait," Hazō said. "We're getting everyone to Arachnid? The Bosses all signed on? Everyone agreed to work together and do battle against the Dragons? How did that happen?"

Enma grimaced. "Last question first: my plan caught fire and died after Asuma bit it and you flew the coop, but I still gave my testimony about the Dragons existence, and luckily the Condor Summoner was around to give hers in parallel. Little Oro even showed up to show off one of the Dragons' teeth and scales—and I think that creeped out the Bosses more than any of the shit I told them."

"How did he show off the scales and teeth?" Hazō asked. "He's been off on a mission, not in Leaf."

"I don't know, he didn't stick around long enough for me to ask. He seemed pretty rushed, and disappeared as soon as he had answered the bare minimum number of questions. As for your main point: I don't have everyone's agreement, I have everyone's conditional agreement."

Hazō groaned. "Let me guess, Pantsā holding everything up again?"

"Everyone has provisionally approved of the terms of a contract—that we will journey to Arachnid in order to do battle against the Dragons, and that there will no infighting or attempts at conquest until, first, the Conclave collectively agrees no further action on their part will substantially reduce the risk associated with the Dragon threat, and second that everyone returns to their territory and at least a month passes. Problem is, everyone has agreed to a contract that is only binding if all thirteen bosses sign on. The current joiners? Myself, Yamaraja, Gamabunta, Kamehameha, Katsuyu, Manda, Hyōhakken, Lutrō, Nezha, Markimarku, Hidrodobune. We expect Cannai to be onboard or he wouldn't be coming. Who's missing?"

"Pantsā," Hazō said. "And Conjura."

"Right. So Conjura obviously doesn't show up, because if she does Pantsā will try to kill her. Needless to say, Pantsā is never going to give his word that he wouldn't hurt her, and even if he did, she might not even trust him. So Conjura isn't a part of the pact. That means that Pantsā can't afford to leave his territory if there's a risk that Conjura shows up and wrecks the place in the several months that he's going to be gone, as she's been trying to do weekly for the past few years. And of course, given the fact that Pantsā is who he is, no one wants to leave for several months while he's left to twiddle his thumbs right next to their plump, juicy territory—and like they say, trust your neighbors but lock your doors. No one wants to risk everything they have on the belief that Pantsā would keep his word when faced with the possibility of ruling literally half the continent.

"So we're in a deadlock until we can get Conjura to sign on, since there's no other commitment she could make to not attack Pangolin that Pantsā would find credible—and even that may not be enough, given that her specialization could let her defect in an eyeblink while the rest of us are months away from being able to retaliate."

"Right," Hazō said, dipping his head and pinching himself between his eyes. "So, Pantsā is holding everyone up and we need to convince him that his land will be safe from Conjura without him here. One way is by getting Conjura to come with, but unless we get Pantsā to agree, then the Crusade is dead in the water."

"You got it," Enma said. "I figure we got like a week and a half more, tops, before the other Bosses get antsy or bored and start doing stuff. Katsuyu already started off towards Arachnid, bless their heart, but the others? Gamabunta might just head back home and call it a scratch, and Nezha might start some well-intentioned but very foolish plot to 'save the Condors', and... well, everyone here is accustomed to doing what they want and getting their way. That's only gonna be stable for so long.

"I already sent the Condor summoner off to find Conjura. We're making two promises there. First, that she can claim the former Archaeopteryx island and settle whichever of her people that she's freed there if she agrees to the Crusade. Second, that if she has outstanding contributions to the defeat of the Dragons, that she'll be able to pressure Pantsā into committing to freeing her people with the assent of a dozen bosses backing her. Will that be enough? I don't know.

"Last intel I heard was that Conjura was up in the mountains in Hyena, but I dunno if she's still there. Not hard for her to move around when she needs to, of course. If you have any clever ideas—and I wouldn't call meeting her in-person a clever idea unless you're feeling good about staring death in the face—now would be a good time for it. If we get Pantsā's agreement, we can come down on the Dragons with the force of over a dozen Clan Bosses. Given that we don't just need to win, but need to win with no casualties, this feels like basically our only chance to make the Crusade happen."

"I can do clever ideas," Hazō said. "Maybe. Instead of getting Pantsā to sign on, could we figure out some way to make the other bosses not feel threatened by him, so they can just do the Crusade without him?"

Enma shrugged. "If there were a way to do that, it would work. Pantsā is strong, but he's not critical. Whether he's with the Crusade or just can make a credible enough commitment against defection that the other Bosses are willing to go along with it doesn't matter. As long as we get an agreement—" He broke off, both he and Hazō turning as a Presence rolled over them.

Thirty yards away, Cannai was loping towards them, muscles rippling under brindled fur. A sense of solidity and immutable existence rolled off of him like heat from a fire.

"Did not expect that," Enma muttered. "When I said 'any minute now' I was thinking a few hours, not literally two minutes.

"Cannai!" he called, moving towards the other Clan Boss with a wave and a hearty tone. "Glad to see you again. It's been a minute."

"Enma," Cannai said, coming to a halt in front of them. "A pleasure to see you again as well. And I believe it has been a bit more than one minute." His jaw dropped open in a doggy laugh.

Enma rolled his eyes. "It's an expression."

"I'm aware. I was pulling your tail." His eyes shifted and he nodded. "Hazō."

"Alpha," Hazō said, maintaining an equally solemn tone even though a hint of a smile crept across his face.

"Seriously," Enma said, "thank you for coming. We need the solidarity."

"I had a feeling," the massive dog said, a faint lift of his ears and tilt of his head the equivalent of a human's amused smile. "'World-destroying monsters who have already consumed one Clan' seemed like the sort of thing we might want to work together on."

"You're not wrong there. Let's get you settled in, a bite of something tasty and a sip of something—" He broke off with an annoyed huff as a titanic thump shook the ground hard enough to make Hazō stumble. A sense of Power rolled over all of them like a subsonic growl.

"Hey there, 'bunta," Enma said, turning to the building-sized Toad Boss that had just now jumped in next to them. "Have you met Cannai?"

"Huh," the enormous toad grunted. He reached into his robe and pulled out a pipe. He put it to his lips and drew, then blew out a cloud of smoke even though he hadn't visibly done anything to light the pipe. "Dog Boss, eh? Felt you coming in. Younger'n I thought."

Cannai looked up at the enormous toad and tutted. "Still doing the giant-form thing? I had thought that a bit passé. Very well." He looked over to Hazō. "Several of my previous Summoners have mentioned an idiom from the Human Path. Something about being told to jump and asking how high?"

"Huh?" Hazō said, surprised. "Uh, yeah. Sure. What about it?"

"Stand in front of me. Face Gamabunta and jump straight up. High as you can."

Hazō blinked, shrugged and did as he was bid. Just as he reached the top of his arc, Cannai thrust his head forward under Hazō's feet and grew.

And grew.

And grew.

Hazō wobbled as the furry footing beneath him stretched and shifted. He managed to keep his balance with only a little bit of windmilled arms and moments later he was standing atop Cannai's broad skull as the Dog stood eye-to-eye with Gamabunta.

"A pleasure to meet you, Boss Gamabunta," Cannai said, his voice so deep it seemed to come from beneath the earth. "I have heard positive things about you from prior Summoners."

Gamabunta grunted sourly. "I heard about you secondhand from Jiraiya. Stories about that kid Kakashi." He sniffed. "Way I heard it, he had a bunch of little bitty dogs that followed him around."

"Pakkun, Bull, Urushi, Shiba, Bisuke, Akino, Ūhei, and Guruku," Cannai said. "Originally they were all from different packs, except for Pakkun and Urushi who were both Verdant Valley pack. After being Kakashi's summons for a few years they left their original packs and formed one of their own. Good dogs all, and worthy fighters. I'm sure you acknowledge that Kakashi would not have accepted unfit warriors?" He paused briefly. "You do recognize Kakashi as an exemplar among ninja, yes?"

"Hmph. Didn't hold a patch on my Jiraiya."

"Kakashi spoke of Jiraiya in glowing terms, and aspired to be like him," Cannai said gravely. "Kakashi was less than half Jiraiya's age so it's unsurprising that he hadn't reached that goal, yet I believe Kakashi has a few stories told about him. Is that correct, Hazō?"

"Yes sir," Hazō said, struggling to keep the nervousness out of his voice. The air felt charged, pervaded with a pre-thunderstorm scent that had every hair on his arms standing up. "He was a legend. One of the youngest elite jōnin on record. Perhaps even S-rank, although that's an informal term and not an official military rank. His name is in our history books and is going to stay there. Alongside Jiraiya's, of course."

Gamabunta paused, then grunted a reluctant, "Sounds fair." He paused again. "Felt you spraying your Presence everywhere as you came in, dog."

"Merely pressing back that which hangs in the air," Cannai rumbled. His jaw dropped open and he panted amusement. "It was making my tail itch."

Gamabunta barked a laugh. "I suppose there's enough of us here that it gets a bit thick. Welcome to the party."

Cannai nodded his head slightly, careful not to spill Hazō off. "I look forward to the two of us fighting side-by-side against that which threatens both our clans."

"Shinsei Dog," the massive toad said, nodding with grudging politeness. He glanced down at the small figure standing between them and off to one side. "I see that Enma's here to get you settled in. If you'll excuse me, I need to go break up Ma and Pa's latest spat before they start breaking stuff. And people."

"Shinsei Toad," Cannai said. "Hazō has told me of those two. I appreciate you volunteering to prevent the utter destruction of the Conclave."

Gamabunta laughed again, nodded to the other two Bosses, and leaped away.

"That was exciting," Hazō said once he was sure the huge toad was out of earshot.

"Indeed," Cannai said, shrinking back to his normal size. Hazō politely jumped off partway down.

"What was that 'Shinsei' thing?" Hazō asked. "At first I thought it was an insult but then you said it back."

"Just the reverse," Cannai said. "It is an old word. It means 'true, pure, the essence of'. Something like that." He shook his head. "Human culture and language changes so quickly. It is always a shame to find that certain words have fallen out of use."

"Yeah, well, my stomach has fallen out of use," Enma said. "C'mon, both of you. Let's get some food and a cup of sake. Cannai, I'll read you in on everything as we walk."





Author's Note: This chapter was 99% written by @Paperclipped. I added the scene with Cannai arriving and tweaked a few words here and there but it's basically his.

Mari vetoed having Kagome and Ami in the same room for at least another six months, more realistically two years, assuming socialization efforts proceed as normal. Kagome is also occupied with sealing research.

If Hazō approves of Mari's plan, you can include a line in the next action plan "Tell Mari to execute her plan for the clan's finances." Otherwise, you should write-in what you want to do. If you don't put in anything, Hazō will tell Mari not to do anything yet. Please remember that the NPCs can make mistakes, and their suggestions aren't necessarily infallible.

When Hazō tries making Shadow Clones tomorrow, they'll be able to do non-physically-demanding tasks without popping.

Work at the hospital is dying down, so Noburi will resume reading the various medical notes Orochimaru gave you.

The Conclave continues. The Bosses in attendance are:

  • Enma (Monkey)
  • Pantsā (Pangolin)
  • Yamaraja (Porcupine)
  • Gamabunta (Toad)
  • Kamehameha (Turtle)
  • Katsuyu (Slug)
  • Manda (Snake)
  • Cannai (Dog)
  • Markimarku (Mara)
  • Lutrō (Otter)
  • Hidrodobune (Capybara)
  • Nezha (Rat)
  • Hyōhakken (Leopard)


XP AWARD: 4

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 2

  • I've been wanting to write that 'Cannai gets huge' scene since he first appeared on screen


Hazō has spent most of the day at the Conclave helping Cannai get settled in and doing various minor bits of politicking under Enma's guidance. He is now back at the estate and it is about 6pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Interlude: ^_^
Interlude: ^_^
Hazō stood next to the hot chocolate vault, studying the letter in his hands warily. Ami wasn't a letter person. If she had something to say, she preferred to drop in on him unexpectedly, or maybe send a brief, mischievously-phrased note. There was only one reason for her to send–no, to leave–a letter now. It would not have boded well even if it hadn't been delivered by a Kei currently too traumatised to answer questions. Hazō didn't want to read it and thereby place a seal of finality on whatever was inside.

Was that irresponsible of him? Almost certainly. But the Gōketsu had just won on the most troublesome of all possible battlefields, that of Leaf politics. They'd challenged forces that would keep this world in stasis until it finally collapsed back into war, just because that was all the older generation had ever known, and the victory set those forces back by decades. Assuming the Eighth Hokage didn't die within a couple of years of his accession like the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh, by the time of the next Hokage election the world would simply look too different for the Hagoromo's flailing or the Hyūga's machinations to matter.

Couldn't Hazō be allowed to luxuriate in this victory for just a few days before the headaches began again?

If Kei wasn't currently collapsed at the kitchen table next to an untouched mug of hot chocolate, she would surely have laughed at his innocence.

Hazō braced himself and opened the letter with a flick of a blade.

Dear Hazō,

If you are reading this, then I am already dead.


The letter opener fell blade first and sank into the floorboards.

Hazō must have misread. That sentence didn't say what it seemed to say. Long hours wrestling with incalcitrant financial documents in poor lighting must have tired out his eyes.

A choked sob came from the kitchen table. About half an hour ago, in the middle of the night, Snowflake had brought Kei in and all but shoved her into Hazō's arms. Hazō had tried to ask her what happened before she dispelled herself, but the expression on her face, an unnameable mix of agony and fury, had been enough to silence him before any words emerged. Kei had been unresponsive since, stirring only once to pull out the letter and slide it across the table.

Forget reading; his sister was his priority, and once she calmed down, she'd be able to explain what happened anyway.

Hazō took a seat next to her.

"I'm here, Kei. I'm here. I've got you. Whatever's happened, we can deal with it together."

Eventually, Kei gave a weak nod.

"Do you want to talk about what happened?"

"I betrayed her," Kei whispered. "I betrayed her… and now she is gone forever."

At least half of that was impossible, and Hazō nearly opened his mouth to say so, but then he remembered the inexplicable burst of wisdom that had turned a potentially ugly confrontation with Minami Nikkō's mother into several cathartic cups of tea together. When someone you cared about was (possibly) grieving, you shut up and listened.

"Tonight was the promised night," Kei said. She spoke slowly, with pauses, as she tried to gather herself. "Ami's first use of the technique. She had learned from my fiasco, and had reasons of her own besides. She went alone. I failed to follow.

"Hazō, I should have demanded to attend! What kind of sister am I? What if I could have achieved a better outcome? If just this once I had defied her…"

Kei broke off. She looked at the mug, then away, as if she were unworthy of even this basic consolation.

"It's OK, Kei," Hazō said. "There is nothing wrong with trusting somebody who usually knows what they're doing."

"It is not 'OK'!" Kei exclaimed. "It was my selfishness that blinded me to her needs. It was my infantile overreliance on my deity! I knew that prioritising my safety was her one flaw!

"Instead," Kei said more softly, "I was useless. By the time she arrived at my door, it was already too late.

"Hazō, I spent every possible moment of my childhood with her. I witnessed her empyrean heights and her abyssal lows. Every gradient in between. I had never seen her in this state.

"Her words were halting, yet too fast. Singularity had perceived something. In the instant of her birth, she made some deduction. Some insight far beyond even Ami's reach. Some realisation of transcendent importance. Ami insisted that she needed to depart at once. She needed to act before the insight faded because Singularity might not be able to recover it."

Hazō had a dozen questions, but Kei had closed her eyes tight, and this was not the time.

"She asked me to leave with her. She did not explain. I am uncertain if she was capable of a satisfactory explanation. In any case, she refused to attempt one, for reasons unclear to me.

"Hazō, she asked me to leave with her. She placed her trust in me and me alone. She invited me to accompany her on a quest worth suspending–at best–the entirety of her life and mine. A quest where if I did not support her, she would face unknown but surely dire challenges utterly alone. A quest I cannot even be certain was real and not the product of psychic undefined behaviour, in which case she might require somebody to save her.

"Even then, she did not compel me. Is there any doubt that she could have convinced me? My trust in her is absolute. Instead, she permitted me to choose… and I betrayed her."

Kei opened her eyes and looked at him, her expression almost pleading, as if there was anything he could do to change the past.

"Hazō, what was I supposed to do? Was I to abandon Shikamaru to bend beneath a village's worth of burdens, now with an inexperienced Hokage to guide and protect? To leave the KEI without any of its leaders at a time of change? To remove the nascent queer community's only shield against abuse by those with power? To rob Tenten, whose Advocate I swore to be forevermore, and Miyuki, who had only just discovered her right to be loved as a woman, of the emotional home offered by my unworthy heart? To poison those still mourning Akane with another loss, this time without the promise of resurrection as an antidote? To deny Snowflake the future she deserved?

"Ami perceived it in my expression. She perceived it before I could offer a syllable of reply. She did not ask again. She simply transferred her contingencies to me and departed, promising me she would return one day if she could, an if neither she nor I possessed the data to evaluate. An if that surely will not come now that she is gone from the world we know. She did not even wait to speak to Snowflake–though I cannot say, matters being as they are, whether that was perhaps the wiser choice."

Hazō sat in silence, processing. Ami was gone. Just gone.

Loved ones disappeared. That was the shinobi world. It was foolish not to expect it. Immature, even.

Still, it was wrong, in a completely different way than the injustice that had been Akane's death. He'd invited Ami to become family, but provided no definition, for what definition could encompass all the possibilities of what they might be, might become to each other? Now he would never know her answer to that question. He would never offer her his own. He'd presented her with a new path to walk, and she'd finally taken the crucial first step, and now they would never find out where it led.

On top of that, he'd lost the only person who believed in him absolutely, without the need for fanaticism or even love. Absurd as that idea sounded to his own ears, when he inducted her into Project Necromancy, she took for granted that he would vanquish death as long as the necessary obstacles were cleared. When he told her he'd surpassed one of the world's greatest sealmasters at sixteen, her reaction was to tease him for still caring about the trivial title of special jōnin. When it came to grieving Akane's death, her response had been not to validate his feelings but to try to pull him back up where he belonged, out of the insidious trap of human weakness. Even as she waited impatiently for him to learn to play the game on her level, she already saw him as an equal, and expected as much greatness from him as she saw in herself.

"I suppose I should be grateful for the contingencies," Kei said, calming slowly, or at least ceasing to display emotion. "Implementing those she did not trust to automation, including decrypting the Mori ciphers used, will fill the time I cannot silence with my usual responsibilities. A metric ton of notes are earmarked for the Tower, both AMITY information and a variety of intel that slipped her mind when composing her reports to the Seventh. It should be justification enough to allow the Hokage not to declare her a missing-nin, together with the highly salient fact that stripping her of her AMITY protection would mean open season on her and the Leaf secrets in her possession.

"Hazō, you should… you should read your letter. It may contain urgent actionable information."

Kei collapsed again, head on her folded arms, and this time Hazō let her be.

Dear Hazō,

If you are reading this, then I am already dead.

Unless I'm not. Honestly, I just wanted to be dramatic one last time. Usually, I update my contingency letters at the end of the month, but last month's is very out of date with recent developments, and I'm about to do something very dangerous for the sake of power–must be Tuesday–so this one's special just for you.

Hopefully, you'll never read this letter. If you do read it, that means I'm no longer around to face the consequences, one way or another, so I can afford to break character a little.

I don't know, at the time of writing, what's about to happen. Kei's success means we're probably good for the really scary scenarios, but my relationship with the Frozen Skein isn't quite the same as hers. Much of it is just being really good at workarounds, like any Mori who makes it to jōnin but obviously better. The rest is… me. I don't know what's going to happen when the chains get taken off the part of me that was already the wrong shape to be chained. My liberated clone might be the transcendent being Kei sees in me, but for real. She might be dangerously broken inside. In the worst-case scenario, she'll be both.

Presumably, you have that answer. Either that, or there's an enormous crater and/or a smoking pair of sandals, in which case I'd appreciate it if you brought me back sooner rather than later. I'm planning to do what I assume Pain is doing and take over the afterlife settlement by settlement until I run into him and/or the Akatsuki rescue squad, or maybe get those settlements built myself if the afterlife denizens haven't been proactive enough. Look for the red flags of the Interdimensional Empire of Ami if you want to get to me first. (I figure the afterlife might not have dyes, but it'll have blood and cloth, and also I like the symbolism of you recognising me by all the red flags.)

If I'm not dead, I'm gone. Maybe that "transcendent but broken" thing happened and I decided I've become too much of a danger to my loved ones. If that's the case, trust my judgement and don't try to find me. More likely, the unchained brilliance of Ami was enough to come up with some sort of unprecedented uberplot, or maybe to recognise some Dragon-tier threat or opportunity from clues any sane person would miss. Whatever it is, I am literally unable to imagine it as I am now, much less predict why I would disappear without getting you involved.

If there's one thing I want you to believe, it's this. You're family. That's a choice I've made. Whatever the uberplot or the threat or the opportunity, your welfare is part of the calculations. Even if the price is leaving you to deal with the Dragons, Akatsuki et cetera without my support, I must believe it will be worth it to you in the long run. (Then again, who am I kidding? You're going to win anyway.)

I don't know what me being family means to you. I barely know what it means to me. Kei's been the centre of my life since forever. There was a time when she was my core, the thing that kept me me. There was never anyone else, since Ken and Yuri can go bleed in the Hundred Fins, and Grandpa Ryūgamine kept his distance emotionally for reasons I never understood, and no friend or lover I've tried has ever been worthy of worshipping at Kei's feet, much less managed to get me. So opening up that space to someone else, in a situation where I can't run away if things go wrong, has been terrifying. Not hurt-feelings terrifying. Existential-threat terrifying. I can make the world my Strategic Dominance board with no hesitation, but I had to be checkmated into taking your hand.

I'd never expected to want the nice things ordinary people get, much less have them within reach. Yes, I've always wanted to be like Kei, with her purity and her inner strength and the way she grows and all the other amazing virtues she doesn't see because she's too busy looking at me, but I never thought I could. It was a dream I didn't bother dreaming. Then you went and made one piece of that dream possible.

I should have taken your hand much earlier. We could have had time to be family, to find out what kind of weird and twisted structure these foundations could support. Now, I don't know when we'll have the chance.

There's one more thing on my mind for which this is the perfect, maybe the only time: the mystery of Gōketsu Hazō. Every other week, when I see you, you've switched your values and desires like drawing a new hand of cards. You want Orochimaru dead for what he is and does, and you wish you could be his apprentice. You try to invite Akatsuki to your home to be guarantors of peace the day after they murder your stepfather, then when they actually guarantee it, prepare to kill them because they're in the way. You look sick when you hear about innocents being slaughtered, then Jashin's high priest recognises you as its chosen. You reach for your biggest explosive when some bozo insults your sister (and well you should), and then when one of the most powerful forces in Leaf credibly threatens to destroy your clan, you just… forgive her. I'm Mori freaking Ami, the once-in-a-generation social genius with literally magical powers of data analysis, and even after all these years, every time I think I've got you figured out, you blindside me. I have plots lying fallow because they were tailored flawlessly to a Hazō I've never seen again.

But I know what it is to be insane, and you're not insane. I know what it is to be a plural being, and you're not one of those either. I know a whole bunch of weird stuff about identity from back when I was looking for more people like me, and none of it is a match for your behaviour.

There's just one thing that is.

A clan council you can't attend, in any village, is social spec hard mode. To outsiders, a clan council pretends to be of one mind, but it isn't a person. It isn't even a plurality. Its decisions swing between transformative genius, self-destructive nonsense, and mediocrity so concentrated it would poison a chakra honey badger. Any given one makes sense in context, but across time, they contradict like crazy depending who wants what and whom they can get on board and how much they can shape the detail of whatever's happening. If you want to understand the creature known as the clan council, genius isn't enough. All the data in the world aren't enough. You need to understand not just the individuals involved, but the dynamics between them and the balance of power on any given day, and until you do, the madness looks exactly like… this.

I have no idea how you got to be this way. Maybe you've had more Out exposure than you told me about. Maybe you were born different like I was, just a different kind of different. There was no safe way to ask you because I didn't know if you knew, and that's a can of worms big enough to be its own summon clan. Not everyone handles this kind of discovery with grace, or it could even be one of those things where you're about to forget you read these paragraphs, especially if we're dealing with the Out. The Mori know some pretty bloodcurdling stuff about that. But the good thing about a single letter is that it's a lot easier to forget than an entire Ami.

So whoever's reading this right now, the Ami says hi to you all.




...

...

Kei shot to her feet, knocking over her mug of cold chocolate.

"Hazō?! Hazō, what is it?"

Hazō blinked, and looked back down at the letter, where a dark brown liquid had just obliterated several paragraphs.

"Not sure. Some weird Ami joke, maybe? I actually can't remember, so I guess it can't have been important. Why do you ask?"

"Your expression was… unearthly," Kei said. "You were more at ease when I saw you the day of the hellstorm. I find it hard to credit that such a response could have been provoked by a trivial message."

"It was probably a trick of the light," Hazō said as he began to carefully mop up the spill with a cloth. "I mean... I'm not OK, given everything, but it's not like I'm reading a summoning scroll."

"Apologies." Kei stared mournfully at the affected area as if contemplating the proper penance for the sacrilege of erasing something Ami had written.

Hazō skipped over the gap in the text that had probably never mattered anyway, and read on.

One day, we will meet again. I choose to believe that. Maybe when we finally do, we can have a proper conversation.

Until that day, take care of my family. My siblings by the transitive property. My sister-in-law by the transitive property. My Maris. My whatever Kagome is willing to be to me. The extended family. And, of course, take care of Kei. You're the reason she took flight, and I trust you to take responsibility for the consequences.

Finally, let me seal this letter with true love's kiss: back when the Mori were sweeping up caches of forbidden lore, they never managed to get past the guardians of Yawata's maze on Crimson State Island. Instead, they added some obstacles of their own, buried the truth beneath the myth of the Forbidden Dungeon, and called it a day. If you can solve the puzzles and beat the bosses, its heart is yours for the taking.

^_^


-o-
Voting is closed.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 629: Final Names, Final Weeks

"Thank you for taking the meeting, Ruri," Hazō said as he settled carefully onto the cushions. His back was healing under Tsunade's tender (hah!) care, but it had a long way to go and it still pulled uncomfortably if he moved wrong. Then again, the process itself was far more than uncomfortable, so perhaps a bit of stretchy pain wasn't so bad. Tsunade's healing methods consisted of using chakra scalpels to slice away thin strips of damaged skin so that she could then induce it to regrow cleanly. There was a sharp limit on how much regeneration she could cause in a short period ("at least, without screwing you up worse"), so it required repeated daily treatments over the course of weeks.

He shook himself away from the medical maunderings to focus on his hostess.

Kei Ruri, the Condor Summoner and possessor of a marvelous swollen lip and black eye, smiled back as she settled opposite him and poured the tea. The cups were equidistant between them, a positive sign. Hazō took one and toasted his hostess's health before sipping.

"This is lovely," Hazō said. He paused, then gained a sly expression as he added, "You're looking radiant this morning."

She laughed. "Hagoromo is looking a lot worse."

"I think that the Hokage's orders forbid me from reveling in delight at that fact," Hazō said regretfully.

"That's okay," Lady Kei said, toasting him again, "I'll revel for both of us. What can I do for you this fine day?"

"It's the Conclave, over on the Seventh Path. Specifically, is there any way that we can kick the bosses' massive asses into gear? We needed them in Arachnid months ago. Conjura seems to be the remaining lynchpin and I thought you would have some insight. How can I support you on this?"

She shook her head regretfully. "No idea. I've spoken with her, urged her to go. She refuses, and I can't blame her. Her people are enslaved and a huge part of them are rotting in the ground after being murdered by those scaly bastards. She's not going to lay a claw on Pangolin soil."

"What about not on their soil? Do it on the border. She stays on the far side."

"It was proposed," she said, nodding. "Nobody wants to play host because it means harboring and endorsing what Pangolin insists is a terrorist."

Hazō considered that. "Maybe not nobody," he said slowly.

o-o-o-o​

The skies of Hyena were empty, until they weren't.

Conjura appeared without sound or light, merely snapping into existence above the gathered Clan Leaders. She circled once, surveying the area with all the caution of an experienced warrior, and settled neatly to the ground. She landed with one foot first, flipping her wings closed behind herself and standing tall. Her feathers, black with white accents, smoothed themselves even as the white ruff around her neck plumped out. Ruri emerged from the ruff to stand atop Conjura's massive head.

The enormous bird's body remained still as a seventy-foot granite statue, only her head pivoting as she made eye contact with each of the baker's dozen of not-so-minor gods who faced her. Then she turned, keeping the other bosses in her peripheral vision as she bowed to the ruler of the ground upon which Conjura stood.

"Lady Haiwarai," Conjura said, her voice neat and precise. "Thank you for hosting me."

"Lady Conjura," said the Hyena Boss, nodding politely. "You are most welcome on my lands this day."

Haiwarai was as tall as Conjura but far more massive, a triangular head atop a neck so thick there was no clear delineation between neck and shoulders. Her upper body was cords and slabs of heavy muscle leading back to rear legs that seemed almost spindly in comparison. Her fur was tawny on her belly, ranging to honey on her back, with sooty black spots scattered here and there. She looked like what she was: a lethal predator, one that none of the other Bosses would prefer to tangle with.

Especially not here, on her own lands.

Conjura turned to the other bosses, who remained on the Pangolin side of the invisible yet clearly-felt boundary that sliced down between Pangolin, Hyena, and Leopard.

"Lord Hyōhakken," she said to the Leopard Boss, who stood a dozen yards away in Leopard Territory. She turned back to the ones who waited in Pangolin. "Lord Enma. Lord Manda. Lord Gamabunta. Lord Markimarku. King Kamehameha. Lord Lutrō. Lady Yamaraja. Lord Nezha. Lady Hidrodobune. Lord Cannai." She studied all of them carefully, then looked to the towering hill of scales that waited silently.

"Pantsā."

The Lord of the Pangolins rumbled deep in his massive chest, the sound swelling into outright laughter before he finally said, "Conjura."

"I am here. I will listen to your petition."

Pantsā's scales rippled in anger. "I am no petitioner! You arrogant little—"

"AH, SUCH YOUTHFUL ENERGY! HOHOHO! PERHAPS, HOWEVER, EVEN YOUTH HAS ITS LIMITS! THIS MIGHT BE A TIME WHEN WE DO WELL TO SPEAK WITH THE MEASURED WISDOM OF AGE!"

Everyone winced at the painful volume of the Turtle King's words.

"If I may," Enma said, stepping forward. He was in his standard form, merely eight feet tall, allowing most of the other Bosses to tower over him like mountains. "It's simple enough: we all know that the Dragons exist. We all know that they've already exterminated one clan and decimated another. We know that they gain strength and powers with every Clan Ruler they defeat. We need to destroy them. We need to destroy them now, while they are at their weakest, and we need to work together to do that."

"My people are slaves," Conjura said. "Their wings are bound. They would be better off dead, and nothing that lives can catch me if I do not allow it. Unlike the rest of you, I have nothing to fear from these monsters. Why should I risk myself?"

"Where there's life, there's hope, My Lady," Ruri said from her perch high above the ground. "The condor prisoners can be freed if they're still alive. They could fly once more."

"And?" Conjura said. "Our homeland is overrun by these scaled beasts. Their word is worthless, and we would have our freedom for mere hours before they were back at our foothills."

"There could be a new homeland," said Enma. "The island of the Archaeopteryx lies fallow, eager to receive a new ruling Lady. It is wide, and green, with tall mountains that would make for excellent perches and caves for nests. There is abundant prey. And it is far away and across days of ocean that is the territory of the Shark Clan. Too far for any pangolin to reach."

Conjura snorted in disgust. "You wish me and my people to flee? To leave our lands to these invaders, these pillagers, these honorless scum who—"

"You betrayed us first!" Pantsā bellowed. "You cowardly, traitorous bastards! You—"

"HOHOHO! PERHAPS A BIT LESS YOUTHFUL ENERGY AND A BIT MORE YOUTHFUL COOPERATION?"

Pantsā's long conical jaw clenched tight.

"It's not ideal," Enma said calmly. "But it's better than what you have. You and all your people could be free. You could have a lush, beautiful homeland that is impregnable against anything without wings. A homeland that, I ask your pardon, is even more beautiful than your original. I, Enma Farwalker, have seen both lands and most of what lies between. The place of Archaeopteryx is among the most beautiful ground on which I have ever been fortunate enough to set foot. I claimed a tiny pinprick atop the mountain in order to signal to any Ruler that might still remain; the spirit of the place was furious at being Called by one without wings. It fought against me, hard, even though I claimed only a tiny space and my intent was to relinquish the ground to a better Ruler as soon as I could. It wants you desperately, Lady. It doesn't know you, but it wants you. The land itself is broken and sad, and only you can heal it."

Conjura said nothing.

"My Lady," Cannai said, his voice deep despite being in his normal buffalo-sized form, "my lands are closer to the Dragons than those of anyone else present, and thus I am strongly motivated to make this deal happen. I will offer oath to you: Dog will host all of your people on their migration. You will want for nothing, and we will do all that we can to heal your spirits however long you choose to guest with us before continuing on. Further, we will stand as bulwark between you and any aggressor that might come for you. No enemy will pass through my lands to reach you unless every warrior of my Clan lies dead on the grass. Furthermore, should anyone try us, I will personally attack their territory and rend it from their grasping claws. I will bite out chunks from their soul and eat them like rich raw meat, and I will continue to do so until they or I are dead."

Silence pressed down on the gathered Rulers as they stared in shock at the comparatively tiny Dog Boss.

Cannai turned slightly to face them and swelled until he matched them in size.

"On this coast you apparently still place value on size," Cannai said calmly. "Thus I will speak to you in this form that you may know to take me seriously. The lands of Dog are vast, vaster I believe than those of anyone else present. Our numbers are large and we are far more flexible as a Clan than most of you. We have dogs who can fight jaw to jaw against any who come. We have dogs who can tunnel beneath an enemy and come up in their midst. We have dogs who can track across running water if need be."

He studied them, allowing his calm but ironclad spirit to stretch out around him; not looming, not threatening, merely standing unmoved and immovable. "For days now, I have spoken to each of you and learned the history of the eastern coast. I am not impressed. Dog is not impressed, and we will not be drawn into your squabbles. Come in peace to trade stories and share life; we will welcome you. If you cannot do that then stay on your side of the mountains." His enormous head swung. "Lady of the Hyena, Lord of the Leopard, as the other powers bordering the western side of the mountains, Dog offers you alliance. All Rulers must stand together now against the Dragons. Afterwards, Dog will stand beside you and help to guard your borders." He looked over to Pantsā. "All your borders, including those to the east."

Pantsā hissed faintly and his scales rippled furiously, but he said nothing.

"Getting back on topic," Enma said after a moment, "can we make this Conclave thing happen? Conjura, Haiwarai, if you agree to join the Conclave then we can go. All of us will travel together to the west, destroy the Dragons, and return. While we are gone, there is peace. Everyone's soldiers remain where they are. No fighting, no attacking. No prisoners are taken. Prisoners who have already been taken will be well cared for; no killing, no torture, good food and clean water to be provided in whatever amounts the prisoner requests."

Haiwarai considered that for a moment and then opened her jaws to speak, only to be run over by Conjura snapping, "Unacceptable! All your enslaved condors"—she paused and glanced at Haiwarai, clearly remembering that the war was ongoing here as well and the pangolins had shown a love of enslaving and breaking their enemies. "All prisoners of whatever species are to be freed and delivered to Hyena territory along with their possessions. All pangolins will be withdrawn from Condor or Hyena territory. The parts of Condor that have been stolen will be released."

"Insanity!" roared Pantsā of the Adamant Scales. "I have spent pangolin blood in righteous warfare against betrayers and thieves. I will not dishonor those fallen soldiers by reversing everything they died to accomplish!"

Conjura's wings mantled. "Fool! The blood of your people will be spilled just as surely when the Dragons arrive to eat your soul and drink your essence like a mountain stream. I ask nothing unreasonable—no reparations, no surrender of your own territory, no blood sacrifice, merely that which is mine! I knew this meeting was pointless. Ruri, take your seat. We are leaving."

"Wait!" called Ruri as Conjura's wings cupped to catch the air. The massive condor paused, cocking her head as though wishing she could look at the summoner who stood atop her head.

Ruri pulled something up out of Conjura's ruff, slung it across her back, and jumped. She slid down Conjura's wing and pivoted a neat spiral around the Boss's leg to reach the ground. She walked forward until she was certain she was on the Pangolin side of the border, and then she unslung the heavy iron box from her back. She flipped back the catch and turned it upside down so that the contents fell out on the ground.

The ground began to shriek the instant the Dragon scale touched it.

It was a small scale, perhaps the size of a large human hand spread wide. Its edges were ragged, clearly torn from a larger whole. It was black, oily, and the very air felt rancid around it. The grass died instantly beneath it and the area around it began to wilt, then blacken, then rot away in a slowly but visibly spreading circle.

"This is one scale of a Dragon, Lord Pantsā," Ruri said, looking up at the vast bulk of the Pangolin Boss, who was visibly struggling not to retch. "This is what it feels like to have the enemy's hangnail on your territory." She looked around at the other bosses. "You can all feel this, yes? These things will come for you, too. You can fight together or you can be consumed one at a time. I suggest you make whatever deals are necessary."

"Get that thing off my territory," Pantsā hissed. "You have made your point, human."

Ruri looked back at Conjura.

Conjura stood motionless, watching Pantsā.

"Get. It. Off," Pantsā commanded, standing tall.

Ruri looked to him, then back to Conjura. After a moment, the massive condor dipped her head slightly. Ruri pulled a pair of long iron tongs out of a storage seal and used them to wrestle the heavy scale back into its box. She slammed the lid and latched it, then set a foot on it and folded her arms.

The various bosses looked back and forth between each other.

"Agree to the terms, Pantsā," Gamabunta said. "Release all condor and hyena prisoners, relinquish your claim to whatever parts of Condor you have taken. Recall your troops. Swear no military adventures while we are gone and come fight beside us. For all our sakes."

"I will not."

Most of the bosses, all of the ones that Ruri could read, looked shocked.

"Pantsā," Lutrō of the Otters said, "you felt that thing as much as did I—more, for we stand on your lands. We will end up fighting them no matter what. It might be next season or it might be a hundred seasons from now, but we will. Would you rather it was on your soil or on soil far away and owned by an unallied clan?"

"I have taken no prisoners from Hyena," Pantsā rumbled. "I have claimed only a few scraps of land in Condor, from places where obstinate holdouts remained. I will fight beside you and I will swear that my people will advance not a step while we are gone, or for a month after we return in order that everyone may have time to return home. I will not release the betrayers that we have taken. They must pay for the betrayal of their ancestors. They must be cured of their horrific beliefs, taught proper honor and courage."

"YOU ARE YOUNG, PANTSĀ OF THE ADAMANT SCALES, YET YOU BEGIN TO CONCERN US." Much of the humor had gone from King Kamehameha's voice. "WE NEED TO FIGHT THE DRAGONS EVENTUALLY, AS OUR OTTERINE FRIEND SAYS. WE CANNOT DO THAT UNTIL WE ARE ALL UNITED IN A SPIRIT OF YOUTH."

Lord Cannai might feel no impact from facing off against something the size of a small mountain, but Ruri did. Pantsā was the size of the Hokage Monument, by far the largest living being she had ever seen...

...except for King Kamehameha. The ruler of the Turtle Clan was simply inconceivably large. He was like a land feature had stood up and walked off.

"Does Turtle offer threat?" Pantsā asked, his enormous voice too quiet for comfort.

"HOHOHO! OF COURSE NOT, MY SCALY FRIEND! WE SIMPLY NOTE THAT IT IS NECESSARY FOR ALL HERE GATHERED TO FEEL THEIR LANDS SAFE SO THAT EVERYONE CAN GO OFF TO BATTLE. AND THAT FRIENDS SHOULD HELP ONE ANOTHER TO FEEL SAFE."

"C'mon, Pantsā," Gamabunta said, spreading his hands wide. "Admit it: those condors have been a pain in the ass, right? They're slow to absorb your righteous teachings"—he quickly raised a hand to stop Conjura's protest—"they're constantly whining about wanting to fly, they eat and eat and eat. Plus, those ones that you haven't managed to bring in yet keep picking off pangolins here and there. Wouldn't life be easier if you could just get all of them out of your way? Surely it would be easier to simply exile them from this side of the mountains on pain of death. Losing their ancestral lands would be a fitting punishment for what their ancestors did to yours."

"Hmm," Pantsā rumbled.

Everyone waited, breath held in hope.

"There are many condors who have adapted well to the Pangolin way and would doubtless wish to stay," said Pantsā at last. "We will all need time to settle our affairs before we can depart to face these monsters. Everyone shall return home and meet back here in thirty days. Before that time has elapsed, Conjura will yield control of the Condor lands on this side of the mountains and the Holy Pangolin Empire will claim them. When she yields control, and only then, I will allow twenty-four hours for any condor who wishes to leave the Empire to do so. Anyone who chooses to remain after that period will remain with us from then on. Aside from those who choose to remain, no condor will ever again be seen within the borders of Pangolin."

"Within the current borders of Pangolin," Lutrō hurried to say.

Pantsā grunted. "Very well. Within the current borders of Pangolin."

"Ridiculous!" Conjura snapped. "Twenty-four hours is not—"

"What a wonderful idea!" Gamabunta said, overtalking her. "As your allies, the Toads will be delighted to help. We know how inconvenient it is for you to host all those condors, so I will send my people to expedite the departure of anyone who wants to leave. Why, we could even ask the condors now if they wish to leave! Anyone who says yes, we stage them to the border of Toad until Conjura releases her territory to you. That way we can have all those pesky condors out of your lands in an hour or three so that you aren't bothered by them for too long. Toad will even be responsible for their logistics while we wait. We'll send food, medicine, all that stuff. You won't have to lift a claw, Pantsā. I'm sure you have plenty of uses for the resources these people would otherwise consume."

Ruri smothered a laugh. The Pangolin Lord's eyes narrowed even further as he visibly tried to set Gamabunta on fire with sheer power of will. (Which was a thing that Ruri couldn't be sure was beyond the power of a Clan Lord, actually. Fortunately, Gamabunta remained unimmolated.)

"Very well," he said at last. "Provided the terrorist agrees, we have a deal."

"I am no—"

"WONDERFUL! HOHOHO! ISN'T THAT WONDERFUL, CONJURA?"

Conjura shook her head back and forth angrily to make her ruff puff out. She breathed deeply for ten long breaths, then grunted, "Fine."

"And what of the soldiers in my territory?" Haiwarai growled. "I shall expect them to be pulled back as well."

"Absolutely not!" Pantsā said. "Pangolins do not retreat."

"Pangolins better fucking—"

Cannai sat down and raised a paw to interrupt. "It will be fine, sister. Pantsā may be unwilling to retreat, but he will surely agree that fighting between members of the Conclave is to be avoided while all of us are away. Therefore, after you have sworn to fight beside us, neither pangolin nor hyena will take any military action during the time that we are away and for thirty days thereafter. That means fighting, advancing, scouting, any movement of warriors, and any movement of materials aside from minimal resupply of currently-positioned troops. Obviously, there will be much bad blood on both sides and therefore Dog will stand between you, our people ensuring that neither party acts rashly."

The Hyena Lady studied Cannai, weighing the carefully-chosen use of the word 'sister' against the bland even-handedness of the rest of the statement.

"Very well," she said. "Provided that Pantsā agrees to this deal as spoken, I will join the Conclave and fight beside you."

"Pangolin shall be honored to have you," Pantsā said, his voice once more under control. "And yes, of course I agree. My oath upon it."

"Excellent!" said Gamabunta, clapping webbed hands together. "Then we have a deal. All right, everyone: head home, get your affairs in order, be back on this spot in thirty days so that we can all head off to trash these pesky flying lizards."

"How exactly do you intend we get there?" Lord Manda asked. The enormous snake had been silent this entire time, watching the byplay. "What route ssshall we take, and how ssshall we bring the ssslower memberss along?"

Gamabunta glared daggers at the giant snake; the massive toad had clearly been hoping that things could be wrapped at that moment before more issues could crop up.

"We'll be meeting here," Pantsā said. "Obviously, we can simply go due west until we get there. A straight line is fastest."

"Hang on," Haiwarai said. "I don't want you on my land."

"Why, Lady Hyena, I'm hurt," Pantsā said. "We have made alliance against a common foe. Surely you don't suspect me of ill intent?"

"You attacked us! Of course I suspect you of ill intent, you giant bag of dicks!"

Ruri's heart sank as the Bosses descended into bickering. They had been so close to an actual agreement. Granted, the month-long delay wasn't great but at least the agreement had been made and there was an actual date of departure.

She listened as more and more bosses were drawn into the argument, voices rising along the way. Mentally, she thrashed around in search of any answer, but there was no good option. Pangolin was landlocked and none of the other rulers wanted Pantsā passing across their soil.

"HOHOHO! EVERYONE IS SO GROUCHY!"

The Turtle King put enough oomph into the words that Ruri nearly went to her knees with pain in her ears. More than one of the other Bosses winced or ducked their heads.

"THE ANSWER IS SIMPLE! WE SHALL MEET IN PANGOLIN, ON THE BORDER OF TURTLE! WE WILL CARRY YOU ON OUR BACK DOWN THE KAMENOGAWA RIVER TO THE OCEAN, AND FROM THERE AROUND THE COASTLINE TO ARACHNID! THUS, NO ONE NEEDS TO HAVE THEIR YOUTH DISRUPTED BY THE PASSAGE OF ANOTHER CLAN RULER."

"You're going to carry us," Hyōhakken said. "All of us." He looked at the (admittedly vastly larger than himself) Turtle Boss with tremendous amounts of dubiousness.

"INDEED! IT SHALL BE A MOST YOUTHFUL ADVENTURE! NO NEED TO NEGOTIATE OUR WAY THROUGH OTHER TERRITORIES, NO NEED TO WORRY OURSELVES ABOUT TERRAIN OR WEATHER. YOU MAY ALL RELAX AND ENJOY THE OCEAN AS WE BEAR YOU SWIFTLY ALONG ON OUR ROYAL BACK!"

"You know we won't all fit, right?" asked Marimarku. "You're big, but not that big."

"HOHOHO! YOUR SENSE OF HUMOR IS MOST YOUTHFUL, LORD MARA! SOME OF YOU MAY SWIM ALONGSIDE, IF YOU CAN KEEP UP. THE REST OF YOU MAY NEED TO REDUCE YOUR SIZE A BIT, BUT IT SHOULD POSE NO DIFFICULTY! WE ARE QUITE CAPACIOUS."

"Riiiight."

"I hate this idea," muttered Nezha, the Rat Lord.

"WHAT WAS THAT, DEAR ALLY?"

"I said 'what a great plan'," Nezha said with an eye roll. "Can't wait. I'm totally onboard. Pun intended."

"EXCELLENT! THEN WE HAVE A PLAN!"

"Yaaay," 'cheered' various Bosses in unified despondence.





XP AWARD: 8 This update covered two days.

Brevity XP: 2

"GM had fun" XP: 1


Ruri has returned from the Seventh Path and read Hazō in on what happened, so Hazō is free to act on any of the events in the chapter.

Voting remains closed unless @Velorien or @Paperclipped opens it.

A very Merry Solstice Holiday to all!
 
Last edited:
Chapter 630: Bouncing Back

"Yūma?" Hazō asked carefully at the figure on the hospital bed.

Slowly, the sleeping figure roused, shifting slightly, then pulling himself upright with great effort. Black, greasy hair fell loosely around Yūma's slender, once attractive features, now worn by fatigue and illness.

"Lord Hazō?" he asked. He pinched himself, then rubbed at an eye to get a closer look, each motion agonizingly slow for a once lively ninja.

"Yes, it's me," Hazō said. "How are you feeling?"

Yūma blinked once, twice, thrice, then sent a grasping hand to his left to grab the cup of water left out for him. After a deep drink, he straightened up in his bed.

"Good," he said. "Better than yesterday, which was better than the day before. The headache is going away and they had me walk a couple steps yesterday. They said I can do missions again by year's end."

Hazō nodded, smiling. "That's good to hear."

"I nearly died," Yūma said. "I don't know how I can ever repay you and Lord Noburi and Lady Kei and Yuno for bailing me out."

"You don't need to repay me," Hazō said. "We're Gōketsu. This is what we do. If my life were on the line, would you have gone into the cave to save me?"

"Yes, but-"

"Then there's no debt," Hazō said. "And it's just 'Hazō'. And 'Noburi' and probably just 'Kei'. We're clan, Yūma, we can skip the formalities."

"Of course," Yūma said, looking forlornly into the empty cup.

"I heard you needed to tell me something," Hazō said.

"Yes," Yūma said. "Hazō, there was something in that cave for you. I don't know whether it was waiting for you or it was made for you or what exactly it was, but it was important. I remember thinking it was so important, I was willing to bleed out on the stone to get it for you. But Hazō, it was big. Unbelievably big, so big it felt like I couldn't hold it all in my mind."

"What was it?"

"I don't know," he said, and his grasp tightened on the wooden water cup. "The med-nin tell me that it's fake, that it's a result of the chakra beasts down there messing with my head, but I've had chakra beasts mess with my head before, and they always had a kinda similar feel to them, of something infiltrating your mind and taking control of your base desires. This was something else entirely. It was just so clear how important the thing was. Except now it's gone."

"Gone?" Hazō asked.

"I think," Yūma said. "Again, maybe I just had a head injury, but while I was asleep, I could feel the vastness of the thing shrinking and shrinking. It kept dwindling and now it's dead. I don't feel it any more. Not at all."

"Maybe," Hazō said carefully, "it was a mental compulsion drawing you into the cave so that the creatures could consume you somehow – maybe your mind or chakra. It took root in you for a while, but eventually you shook it off, and that's why you don't feel it anymore."

"I know how chakra beasts work, Hazō," Yūma said. "I've hunted predators that warp your mind to lure you into their lairs. This felt different. Real."

"Remember, it wasn't a chakra beast," Hazō said. "It was a sealing failure. Different rules. And the failure was caused by me and interacted with me somehow. It was clearly mind-affecting, the way it drew those ghosts from my memories of the past, so it's likely your mind just got affected too."

Yūma sighed. "I suppose," he said, looking again into his empty cup of water.

Hazō reached out to grasp Yūma's shoulder. "Just remember, you're okay, and we'll all be by your side as you recover. Plenty of things have messed with my head over the years. I've always found it's best to stay grounded in the real things. It'll get better, I promise."

o-o-o​

Hazō blinked as the thin blue smoke around him dissipated without revealing the silken waiting room that he normally arrived in on Arachnid territory. Instead, he found himself in an open field along a small river. Long, broad-leafed trees stretched over a small encampment nearby.

"Hazō, duck!" Cantelabra called, and Hazō ducked as a ball flew past his head and nailed a… kangaroo? Who promptly stumbled back and played dead, letting the multi-colored shells it was holding scatter across the ground. Cantelabra hurried to fetch the ball as other kangaroos bounced in to gather the dropped shells, and a group of arachnids seemed to cheer the scorpion who had managed the lucky throw.

Hazō hustled away from the odd sports game to find Canabisu moseying Hazō's way.

"Summoner," the older dog said. "I see Cantelabra didn't tell you that he was in the middle of a game when you summoned him. At least the kangaroos paused while he was out."

"Canabisu, it's good to see you," Hazō said. "What's the situation? Why are there kangaroos? Why aren't we in Sanctuary?"

Canabisu looked up at Hazō, then turned, nosing his way towards the campsite. "Because Sanctuary has been evacuated."

Hazō's blood ran cold. "The Dragons?"

"That's right," Canabisu said. "A few days ago, scouts reported that the Dragons were moving again. Somewhere between one and three were still at the Great Seal, and the rest were sighted flying in some direction or another over Arachnid. Last I heard, at least one was going for the oceans. Their rampage last time went on for quite a while, so even knowing they weren't coming straight for us didn't mean we were safe. Kumokōgō had Sanctuary and all the cities evacuated to try to reduce the death toll, I think. Either way, there was a delegation from Kangaroo arriving, and they wanted to talk to you. So here we are."

Behind them, the young kangaroo team cheered as they finished stacking the colored shells, only for Cantelabra to barrel through and knock the stack over with a threatening growl.

"Is there a plan to find out what happened?" Hazō asked. "The Conclave is finally getting momentum, and Kumokōgō ought to know."

Canabisu tucked his ears back and raised a paw in uncertainty. "I've been here for a year and a half and I still don't get the Arachnid's hierarchy. They have runners, and there's plans to send someone back to Sanctuary, but I don't think we'll hear from the Empress anytime soon. I'd ask your uncle if I were you. He's probably got a spider close to the Empress. I wasn't willing to risk Cantelabra's life that close to a potential Dragon target."

"Kagome-sensei probably hasn't checked in on the Seventh Path in a couple days. I'll ask him for the update from Kumokōgō."

"If she's alive," Canabisu said cautiously.

Hazō shook his head, gesturing at the bile-yellow sky overhead. "The Arachnid clan still exists. She's definitely still alive out there, somewhere."

Canabisu shuddered. "Thanks for the horrifying reminder of what's gonna happen if the Dragons win."

"Sorry. You said the Kangaroos wanted to meet me?"

Canabisu shook his head as if he could shake away the bad thoughts as easily as water from a swim. "Yeah, that's what they said. Apparently you're the second highest authority on the Dragon thing while Kumokōgō is occupied. Are you on a schedule? Because if you can hang around, the Kangaroo Summoner should check in soon and you can talk."

"I have some time," Hazō said. "Wait, the Kangaroo Summoner?"

"I dunno, that's what they said," Canabisu said. "They've been tight-lipped on the details. Here, let me introduce you…"

o-o-o​

The small tent was the sole human-produced artifact in the encampment, and it wasn't particularly impressive. In Leaf, a field tent would have been woven textile dyed red for ninja purposes, or a dull green for camouflage. Instead, stitched together animal skins had been draped over arcs of barely-shaped wood, leaving the whole tent uneven and lumpy.

Alongside Hazō and Canabisu in the tent, a single kangaroo mother waited with a young joey in her pouch. The kangaroo had politely refused to give Hazō her name, and similarly stonewalled his attempts at starting conversation. The joey had clearly been curious about the new human, but had quickly been shushed by its mother.

As if shying away from Hazō's staring, the joey disappeared in a puff of ochre smoke. A moment later, a short and stocky woman appeared. She spun on one foot and extended a spearpoint towards Hazō as soon as she saw him.

Hazō leaped as far back as he could manage in the tent, and Canabisu quickly jumped forward.

"Whoa, easy there. We're all allies here," the dog said, putting himself between Hazō and the Kangaroo Summoner, though well below the level of the spear.

The woman glanced down at Canabisu, looked searchingly at Hazō, then lowered the extended spear. She crouched down and released the joey that she'd clutched with her other arm. The joey quickly bounced back to its mother and jumped headfirst into her pouch. After some wriggling, the joey stuck its head back out of the pouch to supervise the proceedings.

The Kangaroo Summoner didn't take her eyes off Hazō as she gave him a shallow bow. "My apologies. You are the Dog Summoner, then?"

"Yes, Gōketsu Hazō," he said, returning the shallow bow. "Though I will say, while I've considered the possibilities of traps laid when I returned to the Human Path, I've never had to worry about combat while reverse summoning to a safe location."

She straightened, slinging her spear across her back and snorting slightly in what could have been a tiny laugh. "It only takes once."

Hazō took a second to scan the Kangaroo Summoner. She was shorter than him by a couple inches, though considerably stockier and clearly middle-aged by her iron-gray hair. Apart from the spear strapped around her back, there was nothing identifying about her person. No headband or insignia signaled her village or clan, and her clothing was in a rough drab green fabric that could have fit in as camouflage in any forest, or as civilian clothing anywhere at all. The only thing that stood out were a pair of red tassels tied near her speartip, though Hazō had no clue what they symbolized.

Hazō mentally noted that she declined to provide her name, and decided not to comment on it. "So, are you authorized to speak for the Kangaroos?"

She nodded. "Regarding the Dragons, I am."

"Good," Hazō said. "The Dragons are monstrosities from beyond this Path, made by the Sage to fight an ancient threat but which have themselves turned into a threat to all living creatures. While they–"

The Kangaroo Summoner held her hand up, a slight smile crossing her features. "Sorry, but we can skip the part where you try to convince me. We've already been in contact with the Arachnids, and I've personally spoken with spiders and a 'roo that saw some of the Dragons first-hand – as has Kangā. The Kangaroo Clan will stand by Arachnid in fighting against the Dragons. It's my understanding that clans from the east will show up at Arachnid at some point to fight against the Dragons, having exchanged oaths of cooperation amongst them. Assuming they would extend those same protections to Kangaroo, Kangā will personally stand beside Kumokōgō to kill the monstrosities that would threaten this Path."

Hazō blinked. "That's… great to hear. Earning a clan's cooperation has never been this easy before."

She smiled again, faint and sly. "I see. Well, Gōketsu, I already have some experience dealing with serious threats. In my time as summoner, I've earned a fair share of Kangā's trust, and even then I had trouble convincing her to risk her clan over a problem that others would potentially deal with. Still, in the end, she agreed that threats to her clan's existence are better overkilled than not killed at all. Unlike the Squirrels, I note."

"The Squirrels?" Hazō asked. "I also wanted to ask about their situation. They're just as threatened as any other Seventh Path clan, and we could use their aid."

The Kangaroo Summoner shook her head. "Unfortunately, they won't help us."

"That matches my understanding, Summoner," Canabisu said. "From what Kumokōgō said, the Squirrels were playing noncommittal or just plain dumb. It didn't sound like they wanted to learn more and help."

"I visited the Squirrels, of course," the Kangaroo Summoner said. "I don't know where they were getting information on the east from – perhaps the Crows? – but they knew enough about the Dragons to tell that humans such as yourself, the Monkey Summoner, and Orochimaru were deeply involved in the problem. All humans from Leaf, who they know to be uniformly honorless bastards. I tried to earn their cooperation, but the doors were sealed."

"In which case," Hazō sighed, "there's probably no point in me talking to them, right?"

"I suspect not," the Kangaroo Summoner said. "Unless you have a tongue silver enough to beggar the moon, and the willpower to stand under Risultana's certain anger after questioning her authority."

"Right," Hazō said, shaking his head. "Well, if their skies turn dark, hopefully they'll find it in them to feel a whit of regret."

Canabisu shuddered, the unnamed kangaroo cocked her head, and the woman laughed. "Harsh, don't you think?"

"After dealing with the Conclave in the east, I don't have much patience for people wasting my time and playing games when the stakes are their own lives," Hazō said. "Anyway, if Kangaroo was already convinced to sign on with the Dragons, why did you want to speak with me?"

Her face grew serious again. "To understand why this is happening," she said. "You are a sealmaster, and you've had well over a year to study the Great Seal and understand why it failed. The Sage, in his infinite wisdom, did indeed have a vision of a world that would last more than a millennium. He would not simply create a seal that would randomly break at some point without also giving people the tools to handle whatever's within."

Hazō shook his head. "I don't know why the Great Seal is failing. None of us know – not me, nor my uncle who is also studying the seal, nor even Orochimaru. It's not even clear that it's possible to determine the answer. For all we know, it could just have failed at random."

"Ancient seals do not generally fail 'at random'," she said with far too much confidence. "There is usually a very precise reason why they fail. What's your best guess?"

"I don't know," Hazō said. "I'd rather not guess wrong and risk you coming to some incorrect conclusion. My turn: how do you know so much about what the Sage wanted his ancient seals to do?"

She shrugged. "Like I said, experience with serious threats. I wouldn't ask you to part with whatever precious secrets you will derive from the Great Seal or the Dragon corpse. Do you really have no idea why the Great Seal could have failed? Because I can imagine one event of staggering scope in the last couple years which could maybe have weakened the Great Seal."

Hazō nodded. "I'm aware of Pain's ritual. Like I said, I don't know. It would be irresponsible of me to conjecture anything when our understanding of the Great Seal is so poor."

"I see," she said. "In that case, I have one final question. Do you have any particular reason to believe that killing the Dragons is safe?"

"What do you mean?"

"The Sage certainly could have killed the Dragons," she said. "Yet, he didn't. Maybe he wanted them around if that ancient threat you mentioned came back. If that were the case, I'd expect there to be some way to control the Dragons. Tools of war are ideally not themselves sentient, ravenous, unstoppable killing machines. If we can't control them, then he must have left them alive for some other reason."

"That's a lot of conjecture," Hazō said. "How do you know he was even capable of killing them?"

She rolled her eyes. "Based on what the Arachnids said, they killed a Dragon by cutting it. It was a very impressive cutting tool, yes, but cutting is not a new way of killing things. I have no doubt that the Sage could have done the same. That he didn't do that is information, even if I don't know what exactly it means."

"He created the Dragons. Kumokōgō said he may have been reluctant to destroy them because they were his first children. Even if he had the might, perhaps he just didn't have the willpower."

The Kangaroo Summoner crossed her arms and turned away slightly to consider, though she kept Hazō in her peripheral vision. "I see. In some myths, the Sage strikes down his brother or mother, but myth and fact are hard to disentangle. Perhaps he was a sentimental old man. Still, I'd be wary. I'm not an expert in the sealing arts, but my understanding is that many sealed things are sealed away because killing them creates more problems, harder problems, than keeping them in stasis."

"Then why did you advocate for the Kangaroo Clan to join in the Crusade?" Hazō asked.

Her expression turned grim. "Because I have investigated your story quite thoroughly, Gōketsu. I have heard the stories of the Dragons' survivors, and I have gazed upon the black sky above Archaeopteryx. Whatever problems may arise from killing them, I cannot permit their continued existence. If we can't seal them, which seems likely if you've truly made no progress understanding the Great Seal, then we must kill them. I'm well aware that even if killing someone causes a lot of fallout, you must still sometimes kill them before they hurt something you care about."

"If you want us to make the right calls so badly, then why not share what you know?" Hazō asked. "You're clearly knowledgeable. You know about the Sage and his deeds. If you share with me anything that could be useful, I swear to use it to ensure the Summon Bosses are able to kill the Dragons effectively, and that my eventual repair of the Great Seal goes well. Really, anything could be useful. Tales of the Dragons and the fights that sealed them away in the first place, tales of whoever among the Sage's companions made the Great Seal, even anything about the other seals you have experience with."

"I regret that I have nothing useful for you," she said, sighing. "I've searched the Human Path, and no source has any knowledge regarding the Dragons. Whatever they were, even the most diligent of Human Path lorekeepers didn't bother to preserve their myths. Given the scale of threat they represent, this honestly astounds me. Perhaps I haven't searched deeply enough, but the purest sources of knowledge are also the most deadly to delve…"

"Is that surprising?" Hazō asked. "Should there be someone in charge of this?"

"Yes," the Kangaroo Summoner said. "For a threat to potentially all of existence? I would expect some lineage of priests or holy men delivering the Sage's divine word down, under the very explicit instruction that failure to carry out their duty would mean a very explicit death to everything they cared about. I've seen no evidence of that. Perhaps some impure jinchūriki or overly ambitious ninja wiped them out. Given your Mori and Nara allies, I assume you've already asked the Five?"

"I have," Hazō said, leaning hard on the Iron Nerve to hide his shock. Shikamaru hadn't given him anything useful.

"There's few more dedicated to the carriage of ancient lore, for all their many, many flaws," she said. "If they didn't have anything on the Dragons, time itself may have stolen the knowledge you seek."

"And the ancient seals you've already seen?" Hazō asked. "How were they made? If you've already dealt with existential threats, what caused those seals to fail?"

She shook her head. "My oaths prohibit me from teaching others how to break seals that should never be broken. I'm afraid I must be going. Remember, the Kangaroo Clan stands by you in your fight against the Dragons. If you need me, I'm sure you can find me. You won't see much of me otherwise, as I have no desire to draw Orochimaru's attention. Farewell, Gōketsu."

The Kangaroo Summoner disappeared in a puff of ochre smoke. The kangaroo mother looked at Hazō a moment longer, then hopped out of the room.

"Was that good?" Canabisu asked. "That was good for us, right?"

"Frustrating, but good overall, I think," Hazō said with a sigh. "Come on, let's go talk to whoever's in charge of the Arachnids."



Mari has started her plan to recover the Gōketsu's finances, including getting a forward on the silk money from the Meiori Clan. The clan has a small cash buffer now, but is still fairly vulnerable to economic warfare. Naruto agreed to coordinate Tsunade and the Kurusu's gemstone sales to keep the sales slow.

Kagome confirms that Kumokōgō is alive. She reports that casualties in Arachnid have been 'minimal' – at least relative to the last rampage, and the Dragons had flown southwest-ish out to sea. She's glad that the Conclave is moving and will hopefully be ready to meet them on the south coast of Arachnid whenever they arrive.

Team Hyūga reports that they've arrived at the cave and have done a couple shallow delves to familiarize themselves with the environment. The wildlife has replenished since Team Gōketsu's last visit, so they're moving carefully. They report no sign yet of chakra crystal or golems, or anything that poses a threat to them.

Sasuke was unavailable to speak on account of his new position as a trusted advisor to the Hokage.

XP Award: 3 + 1 (brevity) XP

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on .
 
Last edited:
(Canon?) Interlude: Immortal
(Canon?) Interlude: Immortal​

"Come now, little snake," rumbled Kakuzu's voice, words slow and methodical. "Slither out of your hole. Let me taste your venom."

Orochimaru checked behind him in the hallway, but the demon wasn't yet upon him. He spun around a corner to find a hallway with doors on either side. He kicked open the door to his left, then warp-stepped into the room to his right. The slow, short-range dimensional jump wasn't anywhere that damned Minato's Flying Thunder God, but it was still a completely undetectable means of travel. Unless Itachi was around, he'd have bought himself half a minute.

How did Akatsuki know of this facility? He'd abandoned it years before he even joined Akatsuki, and there should have been no survivors to know of its existence.

Orochimaru descended deeper, periodically letting snakes slip from his sleeve to hide in the darkened corners of the long-abandoned experiment rooms. They would dispel themselves as Kakuzu passed, giving Orochimaru a countdown to his hunter's arrival. Konan wasn't present, evidenced by the fact that all the paper he'd left within the walls hadn't yet turned on him, but he was facing Kakuzu, Sasori, and Nagato at a bare minimum, and at least one other. Kisame, he suspected, though he hadn't seen his fellow summoner yet.

Orochimaru counted only one silver lining: that Nagato needed to focus his full attention on maintaining the injunction against reverse summoning. If Nagato had been able to maintain that and fight, he would no doubt have been truly killed by now.

Finally, he reached the armory, where he'd left the various seals, weapons, and ninjutsu scrolls he'd looted from the enemies he'd crushed in his first few years as an exile. The latter two categories were irrelevant; he needed the seals, and he needed them to contain some novel effect that could scare Akatsuki away for long enough to let him escape.

And after his last exit from Akatsuki, he did need them. Somehow, every single one of his contingency measures had failed. His poisons hadn't incapacitated Hidan, his disruptor field hadn't prevented Sasori from forming threads, and his defense against Amaterasu had proven… painfully inadequate. Orochimaru knew he could make mistakes, but he did not think he could intentionally prepare a half-dozen measures meant to foil potentially-hostile S-rankers and have every single one of them fail in their time of need, without a single indication that they would not have worked prior.

Akatsuki knew he was preparing contingencies against them. No doubt Sasori or Konan or Itachi would have made their own preparations against him, when he joined. Yet, how could they have known exactly what his contingencies would be, to prepare counters to every single one of his prepared methods?

Of course! Sasori had claimed that one of Orochimaru's shadow clones had gotten caught in the chakra-nullifying field, destroying its link to its creator. Orochimaru had never received memories from that clone. He'd thought the connection between master and clone had been severed by Sasori's seal. Except… What if that hadn't been why his clone never rejoined his mind? What if instead, Nagato had absorbed his clone's memories, seeing both his true intentions as well as all the steps he'd made in his plan to escape from Akatsuki's grasp?

Though… If the link between himself and his shadow clones wasn't sacred, then could he really rely on the link between summon and summoner?

THUD

The steel bunker door of the armory shuddered as a massive force impacted it. Orochimaru quickly gathered his seals. He hadn't felt the connections snapping. Somehow Kakuzu had descended without his summons warning him.

THUD

The door's hinges held, but its body bent. Black threads streamed through the newly made gaps between twisted steel and doorframe.

"Are you a snake or a hatchling, hiding in your egg like this?" Kakuzu's voice called out, muffled by the doorway. "I thought you were a predator, not prey."

Orochimaru didn't respond. He ran to the armory's escape shaft, then paused. Sasori's seals were in use, but Kakuzu had come down alone. The others would be on the surface, and they would have prepared the battlefield. Would he win a direct confrontation with them?

He turned back to face the door, which was now fully obscured by writhing black threads pulling more mass into the room. Orochimaru saw a foot and a stretch of skin moving amongst the threads, but they did not return to human form. Orochimaru had made a mistake in decapitating Kakuzu through his armor in their opening exchange. It had won him time and a heart, but knowing that the armor hadn't worked, Kakuzu had finally decided to use his far more flexible innards to fight directly.

The threads shot out towards him. He threw the seals. The black spear split around the seals, letting them pass through to Kakuzu's larger mass. The first shredded the defending appendages before they could tear the seals apart, then the second turned all matter within its radius to crystal.

Then the black spear reached Orochimaru, grasping him by the arm. With a thought, he severed his limb from his torso, but the instant had slowed him enough for the reaching threads to grab him around the waist. The threads crushed his spine and slammed him headfirst into the wall. His skull caved in.

"-fucking irritating," Orochimaru heard, as his brain regenerated enough to let him think. One part of his mind noted that his arm had regenerated, reopening ninjutsu as a possibility. Another part of his mind noted another potential flaw in his system, that the moments of incapacitation after severe damage to his brain tissue could be exploited. He'd need to find a way to retain cognition even against such damage.

In fact, Kakuzu had not been fool enough to let him regenerate in peace. Kakuzu's threads had penetrated Orochimaru, entering through every orifice and then punching through soft tissue to thread their way through his body. He could feel them work, severing his muscles from bone and shredding through his chakra coils.

"You have the five elements, don't you, Sannin? Perhaps your heart will replace the one you just cost me."

The crystallization seal had worked against Kakuzu, but Orochimaru couldn't give thought to exploiting the weakness. His chakra reserves had remained stable through his momentary incapacitation, but Kakuzu's active destruction of his chakra system wasn't something his regeneration would easily undo. Kakuzu's threads had cut the muscles controlling his fingers, but Orochimaru could still move them with his telekinesis and there was still chakra enough in them to form hand seals.

"Dimensional Cut."

Space warped and the sphere around Orochimaru rotated, severing Kakuzu's threads from their master. One part of Orochimaru's mind noted that Kakuzu would likely have killed him had he only thought to push one of his hearts into Orochimaru's body – then, nothing Orochimaru could have done would have killed the threads within him. Instead, the threads went limp.

Every minute of time he'd spent hunting the Toguchi Clan had been worthwhile. Exterminating a clan of spacetime ninjutsu specialists had been quite the challenge, but without their simple yet effective techniques, he would have died three times over in his escape from Akatsuki.

"You Sage-damned cockroach!"

His much-abused regeneration finally repaired his eyes, which regrettably still faced into the wall that had brained him. He didn't have time to look around and assess the situation, Kakuzu would already be counterattacking. He brought his barely functional hands together to summon a gust of wind to carry him to safety. With luck, the destroyed heart would have cost Kakuzu the Fire Element, and-

The wind carrying his still-recovering body ignited, and Orochimaru burned. He'd removed his pain senses long ago, but he could still tell that the damage was bad. There was only so much trauma that the regeneration would mend, and it wouldn't keep up with both his mangled innards and his melted flesh. He'd mended his upper body, but within the skin, his legs were still a slurry of muscle and flesh.

No direction but forward. Twin chakra pulses to storage seals on his upper vertebrae unsealed their contents – spraying aerosolized oil and pure air into the flames, turning the conflagration into an explosion that hurled Orochimaru bodily into the escape shaft. One final contingency activated, one of Jiraiya's old seals locked within the hollow of a rib bone to protect it against damage, lessening the rush of flames around him for just another second.

A rising stone pillar shot him into the air, and another dimensional cut rotated thick steel into the base of the shaft, blocking the entrance. It would take Kakuzu minutes to carve through – longer, at least, than if Orochimaru had just collapsed the shaft and left space for the threads to crawl through.

Orochimaru's body hit the steel with a crack and slid. Orochimaru could have arrested his slide with chakra adhesion, but focused his attention elsewhere.

Everything from his waist up was fine. Well, horribly damaged, but it would be back to normal within the minute. He could not sense his chakra in one leg below the knee, and in the other below the hip. Orochimaru severed them, but his regeneration didn't take hold in the limbs. He would need to secure replacements, and that was the work of days, not minutes.

He would die, then. Kakuzu would carve through the steel soon enough. Orochimaru could run with his various ninjutsu, but if he even made it to the surface, there was no way he'd fight his way out of the ambush ready for him. What a miserable repayment for the work he'd done for them inverting the jinchūriki seals.

Except… he had another option, didn't he? He could try to intentionally cause a sealing failure. His chakra twitched towards the bioseals still imprinted on his muscles. It would likely not end well for him, but… it could cause chaos. It could give him an opportunity.

Was it worth it? Violate the ultimate taboo, and roll divine dice to determine whether he lived or died? He would probably die anyway, and this way, he would at least…

No. He was Orochimaru of the Sannin, and he would only die on his own terms, once he'd exhausted every last option available on any Path. And he still had options. He just needed to find one that would work.

For some reason, Kakuzu wasn't coming after him. He'd been ready, finger on the metaphysical trigger that would spell both their dooms, but he still felt no sign of Kakuzu's approach. He relaxed it, then dove back into his mind.

Victory was impossible against the forces arrayed against him. Escape wasn't enough when they would hunt him down at any cost to prevent him from divulging their plans. They needed to think he was dead.

He didn't have a body double prepared to take the blow while he reverse summoned, if he could even leave the range of the injunction and reverse summon. Even if he had prepared a body, they would know what to look for now, and they would know to set up the area so that he could never return to the Human Path.

Except, in a way, he did have a body that they would think was his. Orochimaru looked down at his own body – torso still pale and pristine, shining through his burnt and abused clothing.

He reattached his legs and tested them. He could stumble around, perhaps, but any jōnin could put a kunai through his torso if they wanted to.

He thought back to his brush with death earlier, when Kakuzu had caved in his brain. Just how much of himself did he need to stay himself?

Ditch the body in battle. Take the brain and the chakra coils with pure chakra control. No, he needed to assume that Sasori would analyze his body and his bioseals. He needed to leave the coils so the body looked complete. He could maybe take a tenth chunk of them – he only had a tenth of his reserves left, after all.

He didn't have the chakra he needed to make this plan likely to succeed, but he could at least make it a mile, perhaps two. If he could find a civilian to attach onto before he destabilized, he would have a chance. Even if Akatsuki was fooled, he would most likely die before finding anyone. If he did, it would take months if not years to rebuild his body, forget his seals. It was a fool's plan.

It was a plan he'd never had before this minute. Nagato wouldn't know of it.

He had sworn to himself that he would be immortal, not that he would be human. Orochimaru turned his mental gaze into his body. He suppressed his regeneration and started to carve.

o-o-o​

Orochimaru-sensei was laughing.

Orochimaru-sensei had a dry chuckle he used sometimes to indicate that something mildly amused him, more often to indicate that something was particularly foolish.

His laugh was different. It was oddly spontaneous for a man that prided himself on exacting precision, and it had a full sound to it. His laugh was rich with a life and vibrancy that, for all his virtues, Orochimaru-sensei often lacked. For a moment, Kabuto thought that it would be better if Orochimaru-sensei laughed like this more often.

He quickly suppressed the thought.

After a few more seconds, the laughing subsided, leaving Orochimaru-sensei with a faint smile on his face. He didn't say anything about his uncharacteristic fit or give any indication that his apprentice should comment on it, so Kabuto didn't.

"...anyway, sir, after the skyslicer caught Kakuzu off-guard, Hidan used some as-yet unknown technique and exploded-"

Orochimaru-sensei raised a finger to interrupt Kabuto, but raised an eyebrow at Kabuto's final remark.

After a moment, he lowered it again. "Ah, I see. Of course, who better to make use of a suicide technique than the man for whom suicide would be little more than an inconvenience. Was he captured? I would like to determine his mechanism of operation."

Kabuto shook his head. "I am afraid not, sir. He escaped after an aerial chase, dropping to the ground at lethal speeds to prevent pursuit."

"Disappointing," Orochimaru said. "Regardless, I suppose I now have higher priorities. However, I want to clarify a misconception you may have had. Kakuzu certainly must have been aware that the so-called 'skyslicer' was in the window."

Now it was Kabuto's turn to raise an eyebrow. "Is that so, Orochimaru-sensei? How could that be possible? The silk that composes a skyslicer is so fine, it is invisible to the naked eye."

"While I cannot know exactly how he reconstructed his sensoria after Nagato's resurrection," Orochimaru-sensei said, "detection of seal and jutsu effects is so basic I cannot believe that even one as foolish as he would skip it. No, I am confident that he was aware of it. In a way, he was foiled by Sasori, who uses infinitesimal threads of chakra for detection purposes. Irrelevant as it is to optimize for chakra efficiency in seal effects at this scale, Sasori's aesthetic sense prefers thread-lattices for detection webs. Kakuzu must have seen the webs with their relatively low chakra density – for the Five Seal Barrier is not particularly chakra-intense for all that it abuses spacetime – and assumed it was a detection field around the Hokage's office. In his defense, it is an entirely reasonable countermeasure to take. He is well aware that severing fields are a mainstay among a sealmaster's defensive tools, and had he known that this was such an effect, he may have even elected to take another course of action. Instead, he was caught off-guard, then struck down in his moment of surprise. In a way, it's a fitting end."

"I see," Kabuto said, trying to process all that Orochimaru-sensei had said. "And why is it a fitting end for him, sir?"

"Because he called himself an immortal," Orochimaru-sensei said, smiling again in that odd way that indicated that he found something genuinely humorous.

Kabuto turned the words around in his head, but couldn't quite understand why this ending in particular was fitting. "Could you explain, sir?"

Orochimaru-sensei's smile widened. "Tell me, Kabuto. After the Battle of Nagi Island, where Kakuzu suffocated to death under a mountain of rubble, what changes do you think he made to his defenses?"

Kabuto thought for a minute. "I suppose he would want to secure his biology further. Perhaps he would make a catalog of whatever biological requirements he still had, then have tried to secure countermeasures such that his bodily functioning would not be compromised by lack of air, extreme temperature, and so on."

Orochimaru-sensei shook his head. "Wrong, Kabuto. I say this with great confidence: the only new countermeasure Kakuzu took was to safeguard himself against suffocation."

Kabuto raised both eyebrows in surprise. "Really, sir? Only suffocation? While true that it's what killed him, wouldn't that be a bit… narrow-minded?"

Orochimaru-sensei laughed again, that imprecise, lively laugh. "Yes, Kabuto," he said once the laugh had died away. "Yes, he is, was, that uncreative. If I were to ask him what mistakes he had made that led to his death, he would grant that failing to safeguard against suffocation was one. Then, however, he would have said that his taijutsu style was inadequate to take down the Demon Swordsman, or that he needed more agility to dodge away when enemies moved him before he could be trapped. He simply did not possess the requisite ability to think creatively, that would have allowed him to realize that his 'immortality' was no more than physical resilience and immunity to senescence."

"I see," said Kabuto. "But why is the skyslicer and the ninjutsu barrage in particular a fitting end for him?"

Orochimaru-sensei was still smiling. "I always knew that Kakuzu would not join me in eternity. He had considerable powers of shapeshifting, yet he did not bother to use it in combat, instead preferring a dead taijutsu style that was outdated when he learned it a century ago. He was the last of the demon-stitchers, yet used their masks primarily to improve his ninjutsu arsenal. He was fundamentally close-minded, and it was only a matter of time until something drained his chakra, broke his mind, sealed him away, or ended his continued existence in some way or another.

"He trained his armor to ignore hits, his agility to evade what he could not ignore, and his regeneration to survive what he could not evade. So, with the expectation that he would die within the millennium to some esoteric means he was too foolish to ward against, imagine my surprise when he died within the decade to a trap that was exactly what he feared! The skyslicer was too sharp for his armor; if only he'd trained it more! The ninjutsu came too fast once he'd lost his arms and legs; if only he'd trained without them more! He tried to recover, but the damage coming at his weak points overwhelmed his regeneration, if only he'd trained it all just a little bit more! Maybe then he would have survived!"

"I see," said Kabuto. "He called himself an immortal while foolishly developing defenses against only a narrow set of attack vectors – and then when those attacks came to collect in quantities just too high for him to handle, he died in an instant."

"Immortality is always an aspiration, never a fact," Orochimaru said. "I expect his death will be a source of amusement for me for the next, say, twenty years. Whenever I have the chance to reflect on it, I suppose. If there is one regret here, it is that his demon-stitching technique likely died with him."

"In as much as Akatsuki are our enemies," Kabuto said, putting on a musing tone, "It may be a blessing that he was not more creative. Though, I suppose any aspiring immortal should learn from his lesson…"

Orochimaru-sensei waved a hand. "You are making adequate progress in biosealing, Kabuto, and I will continue to supervise your growth. However, I will do no more than show you the beginnings of the path to true immortality. If you wish to walk alongside me in eternity, you must earn your path.

"However, I will not dedicate much time to biosealing in the near future. While I will examine Kakuzu's remains, I will leave the rest of Leaf's corporal tributes for your pedagogical use. I must prioritize the study of the Great Seal. Were I one more prone to dramatization, I might say that this is the destiny that I searched for in my youth. Now, I will instead say that there is nothing more important to me than to ensure that the Great Seal's function does not lapse. At long last, I have acquired the materials needed to commence that work."

"Of course, Orochimaru-sensei," Kabuto said. Excellence in biosealing would come first, and once Orochimaru-sensei saw him as a peer, perhaps his master would then share what about the Great Seal had excited him so much. "And as for your recent acquisitions…"

"The bloodline holders are yours," Orochimaru said, waving the concern away. "Except for my lab assistants and the special guest. Of course, you may use my lab assistants when they have extra stamina and I am not making use of them."

"Of course, Orochimaru-sensei," Kabuto said, bowing his head. "Now, you wished to see Kakuzu's remains? I'm afraid that Leaf's ninja made quite a mess of them."

Orochimaru sighed. "They are eternally careless, aren't they? You said they were on level four? Let's go."
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 631: Wandering Nowhere In Particular

"Wandering wits, huh? Sorry kid, nothing that can be done."

"Really?" Hazō asked, face down on the table where she was healing him. "There's nothing at all we can do for him?"

He couldn't see Tsunade's expression, but he could still tell that the question had annoyed her. "You heard me. Why would I ever develop a treatment for something like that? No ninja's ever lived long enough to get it, and probably no ninja ever will. It's a natural part of aging."

"Okay," Hazō said. "Is there anything at all we could do? The man's a jōnin of unknown strength, with jutsu from traditions Leaf's never heard of, a summoning scroll to boot, and he's friendlier than anyone with his career has any right to be. Leaf will benefit massively if we can get him on our side."

"I don't know what you're expecting," Tsunade half-growled. "You said he's a danger to others when he has one of his fits? Fine, I'll pull out his chakra system. He'll still be able to drink and smoke when he has his wits, but if he gets mad, he'll just be an old man."

Hazō gulped. "He'd never be happy with that. He's already lost so much, I don't think he'd want to lose his chakra too. And the Bear Boss would never allow it."

"Then I'm sure he'll enjoy his retirement on the Seventh Path," Tsunade said. "Now, I can tell you were running around earlier by the tears on your side. Stop fucking doing that. Here, turn this way so I can reach."

o-o-o​

"Wandering wits? I did look into it, after you told me about him once."

"Oh?" Hazō asked, trying not to look too hopeful.

Ino grimaced and shook her head. "There's nothing. I mean, maybe there was something before everyone died at Nagi Island and in the Collapse, but the records we have don't mention wandering wits, and Elder Inoru doesn't remember anything similar. I'd say it probably never existed, since so few ninja make it to the age where wandering wits happens, and even fewer develop it. Sorry, Hazō."

Hazō didn't say anything, just looking out over the western forests from their picnic spot in the mountains far above the Hokage Monument. Asuma's face was being added, alongside the long-delayed Hyūga Hiashi (whose visage Naruto had finally approved as one of several olive branches to Leaf's conservatives), but the workers had already retired for the evening.

"Is it possible to develop a cure?" Hazō asked. "I know your clan doesn't have a technique hacker right now, so it would be a long-term thing, but is it even possible in the first place?"

Ino shook her head. "I don't know. It depends on what wandering wits is. Does it happen physically, in the brain?" she said, tapping the side of her head. "Or does it happen in the mind and soul?" She tapped the center of her brow.

"I didn't get the impression that Tsunade had ever studied it," Hazō said, "and if she doesn't know, who would?"

Ino nodded, and looked down. After a second, she met his gaze. "I'll look into it," she said. "No promises, but I'll see if we can find a civvie with wandering wits and explore their mind. Maybe someone will be able to tell whether we can work on it at all."

o-o-o​

"Huzu! Huzu, Huzu, Huzu, welcome back! It's been a while since you were here, hasn't it? A week or a month or something!"

"Quite a bit more than that," Hazō said, looking away from the Bear Summoner and sheepishly scratching at his neck. Technically, he'd tried to visit yesterday. Kumafuwafuwa had wordlessly turned him away.

"But here!" he said, quickly flourishing a bottle. "It's honeyed chrysanthemum wine – a rare thing even in the Elemental Nations. There's only a few bottles made every year. My-" Hazō decided not to mention his relationship with Ino to the old man he'd already talked about Akane with "-friend wanted to see what you thought."

"Ooh, I like the sound of that! Gimme!" Mareo raced down the hillside and skidded to a stop by Hazō, snatching the bottle from Hazō's hands. He seemed ready to unstopper the bottle and drink directly from its mouth, but stopped himself when Hazō held out a pair of finely-carved wooden cups.

"Not bad, not bad," Mareo said once he'd taken several deep gulps. The old man sat back on the grassy hillside and swirled the wine in his cup. "Though I can't make a judgment on one bottle alone. Tell your friend to send another! Or three!"

"I'll mention that you appreciated it, sir." He sipped shallowly from his own cup, barely enough to even taste the alcohol through the sweetness.

"Hah! I'll look forward to it. I need more tributes from you, young man, if I'm to continue gracing you with my presence and wisdom! Speaking of which, what in the Paths happened that kept you from visiting me for so long?"

"It's quite a long story," Hazō said.

"And we've got a long day and plenty of wine!" Mareo exclaimed, gesturing the bottle to the rich-honey skies overhead. "Let's hear your tale."

"Right," Hazō said, mentally organizing everything he wanted to say. "You remember how I mentioned the Dragons? Well, a lot of the Eastern summon clans got together to talk about how they wanted to deal with them, but their meeting pretty quickly devolved into a trade summit. I wanted to get them back into gear, so I decided to research some seals to make a dramatic entrance…"

Hazō laid it all out for Mareo. How his team had crashed the Conclave, freed an enslaved Condor destined for execution, and made many friends and enemies in the process. How Akane had disappeared, and how the evidence had slowly revealed that it was likely a sting operation meant to appear like a sudden death to chakra beasts. How Hazō had given out thousands of seals to clanless ninja in her memory, and how Hazō had asked Asuma to have Akatsuki investigate her death. How Hidan had come to Leaf, spreading the taint of Jashinism onto Hazō by association. How Hazō had caused a sealing failure, and how he'd been injured in rescuing his clanmate that had been lured by creatures in the depths. How Hidan had returned to Leaf to kill Asuma, how Akatsuki had extorted Leaf in the aftermath, and how Hazō had gotten the new Hokage elected. And how, finally, the Conclave had come together, setting the Clan Bosses on an inevitable collision course with the Dragons.

By the end of it, the bright light overhead had faded to a deep burgundy as Mareo listened to Hazō's tale. Kumafuwafuwa had warned Hazō that Mareo's good days could turn bad in an instant, but while the story of Akane's disappearance had killed the old man's cheer, he stayed intent throughout. With the bottle empty, he stared up at the starless skies overhead as Hazō's voice finally faded to silence.

"I'm sorry you had to face all that, Huzu," he said, finally. "I'm sorry you lost Akane. She sounded like a wonderful woman."

"She was," Hazō said.

"And sorry about your Hokey Guy too. He seemed like a decent sort."

"He was," Hazō said.

They sat in silence for a while longer.

In the end, Mareo spoke first. "It all comes from power. People always want power over others, and it causes so much nonsense, bullshit suffering. Even when you're the one with the power, it forces you to do things, it makes other people have expectations of you… Bah! What a useless thing. The Bears have it right. Don't try to hold power over others, let no one control you, and do what you like. What else is there in life?"

"I don't know, sir," Hazō said. "I'll have to think about it. I don't know if I can afford to just do whatever makes me happy, though. Not when the Dragons could eat the Seventh Path."

"Bah, it's not worth me worrying about it!" Mareo said, raising a hand to gesture vaguely at the sky overhead. "You want to do something, sealmaster? Sure, go ahead."

"Well, sir, maybe there is something you could do. I want to ask Kumafuwafuwa to join the Crusade against the Dragons. Do you have any advice on how I can sway him?"

"One word of advice," Kumafuwafuwa said, fading into existence from the night around them, "don't plan your manipulations within earshot of the target."

Mareo sat up just enough to thwack Kumafuwafuwa on the side of the giant grizzy's rump. "Hey! What did I say about you eavesdropping?"

Kumafuwafuwa turned away from Hazō to look deep into his summoner's eyes. "Mareo. I am incapable of not hearing the things you say while in my forests."

"I said not to do it! No excuses," Mareo said, making a second thwack with the wine bottle, this time between Kumafuwafuwa's eyes. The Bear Boss did not flinch. He continued to stare at his unruly summoner for several seconds, then turned his wooden gaze upon Hazō.

"I have heard the many things you've told my summoner about the Dragons and the Conclave, Dog Summoner. I am not particularly impressed."

"The Conclave has been less than impressive, sir," Hazō said. "I'm sorry for not asking you earlier, and for not asking you directly. I had to cajole and convince the self-interested, self-absorbed eastern clans. They need someone to hold their hand at every step or else they get caught in petty conflicts and the like."

"Conflicts that seem petty to you may be quite important to the people of this Path that must live them. Unless you mean to make light of the Condor's plight?" Kumafuwafuwa said.

"No," Hazō said. "The Condors really needed help, and we recently reached a compromise that freed the vast majority of the Condors from slavery. Unsurprisingly, I needed to step in and make that happen too. When I say petty conflicts, I mean disagreements on who exactly got cheated in a trade deal, or about whose grandmother was the first to give offense in some ancient spat. Faced with the annihilation of all the clans on the Path, it's irrelevant. The other Bosses are now preparing to set out to fight the Dragons. Will you join them so we can kill the Dragons without another clan falling?"

Kumafuwafuwa huffed. "I think not. As I said, the affairs you dismiss as trivial are important to the people of this Path, and I serve the Bears first and foremost, not the Arachnids or the Pangolins or the Dogs."

Mareo thwacked the Bear Boss in the side again. "Ah, lay off Huzu! He's a little dumb, but he's not trying to bring the damn clan to ruin. And you don't need to babysit me all the time. Why not go take a vacation to Arachnid? I hear it's nice this time of year."

"They don't have seasons," Kumafuwafuwa said. "Nor does the rest of the Path. And I have very little faith in the Dog Summoner's ability to discern the right course of action from the wrong one."

"Sure, like I said, he's a little dumb," Mareo agreed. "But that doesn't mean you can pick right by just flipping what he does. You gotta go and see what's happening if you want to understand it. Just pop through the Kitties' land and check it out, right?"

Kumafuwafuwa grumbled and glanced momentarily at Hazō. He then turned to face the barely-visible western forests, somewhere beyond which the Dragons rampaged. "I have heard all you have to say, and I am not convinced. Send Cannai to speak with me, young summoner. I will hear his words and decide then."

Hazō bowed. "I understand, Kumafuwafuwa. I will convey the message to Cannai."

Kumafuwafuwa looked at Hazō for a second longer. "Very well, young summoner. As you were."

By the time Hazō straightened up, Kumafuwafuwa had faded back into the night that enveloped the land.

Mareo was quick to stumble up behind Hazō and clap him on both shoulders. Hazō jumped and Mareo laughed, then started giving Hazō a slightly-uncomfortable shoulder rub.

"Don't worry about him, Huzu. He's a bit of a grump. I'm sure he'll have a friendlier chat with Cannai, whenever he shows up."

Hazō sighed. Mareo's hands were a bit too bony for the massage to feel great, but there were some sore muscles that-

He yelped and jumped away as Mareo's thumb dug into a burned patch of skin.

Mareo laughed. "Hah, sorry about that. You're probably used to gentler hands, huh? All those lovely lady summoners you surround yourself with but never let me meet, hmmm?"

"The only lady summoner touching my back is Tsunade," Hazō said. "And that's just to heal me. Leaf's various women, summoners or otherwise, are yours to seduce if ever you come by."

Hazō thought he felt the trees in the woods around him straighten and stiffen, as if they were the hackles of a giant bear preparing to maul him.

"Oy! Take it easy," Mareo said, hurling the empty wine bottle into the darkness. His expression softened as he turned back to Hazō.

"Sorry Huzu, but I can't go back to the Human Path. Ever."

"You don't have to if you don't want to," Hazō said. "But if you do, we can make it work. We can send a team to find you and escort you out, and we have ways of traveling that are absolutely safe – like seals that let people walk through the air where only the birds can fly. And even though Leaf has all the things you enjoy, like wine and women and whatever else you please, you don't need to spend all your time there. You can still spend most of your time on the Seventh Path and only visit Leaf when you want."

Mareo was still smiling softly as he sat back down on the grassy hillside.

"Nah, it ain't that simple. I used to have a clan, y'know? Long story, but I took the scroll and went off into the wilderness. They kept tracking me down and trying to trap me and take the scroll back. Never worked of course, and I got better and better at keeping away, but never good enough to stop them from finding me again. Now, I've been off the Human Path for what – Ten years? Twenty? They've definitely found my little hut and buried it under a dozen feet of mud. If I went back, the aetheric doohickey wouldn't properly form around my body and I'd get squelched.

"They already tried it against me once – luckily I came back midway through and was only shunted a few feet, but even that felt like it damn-near ripped me in half. If I was them, I'd have mudded up the whole area, then planted a bunch of trees on top of it so it just looked like another patch of forest. I'd send a young one through every month or two to check and see if the Scroll popped out, because you know it'll take more than a bit of aetheric finickiness to damage that old thing."

Hazō considered that. Unsummoning and returning to the Human Path was always just a thought away for Hazō. Could he live decades on this Path holding a kunai constantly to his own throat, only a thought away from killing himself? Worse, Mareo probably had a reflex to unsummon if he'd ever fought battles on the Seventh Path. If he was ever in a flighty mood when his wits wandered, he could kill himself in an instant.

Hazō suddenly understood. Mareo would try to unsummon himself if his mood ever turned for the worse, so he couldn't be allowed to try. Kumafuwafuwa had probably taken away Mareo's right to return to the Human Path, so that the elderly summoner wouldn't accidentally kill himself. No wonder the Bear Boss was so protective and never strayed far from his summoner's side. Mareo didn't have the summoner's primary escape tool.

"So, if you wanted to come back to the Human Path, we'd need to find your old clan, negotiate with them to find the location of your old hut, then clear it away for you to pop back?"

"It's not a big deal, Huzu," Mareo said, grinning his toothy smile. "Look, I got plenty of friends around the Bears and I got you to deliver all the wine and sake I need. I don't even particularly want to go back to that rotten old Path. Unless you're only interested in getting my scroll, are you boy?" Mareo's expression snapped back to teasing curiosity.

"Nothing like that," Hazō said, raising his hands. "I just wanted you to know that we have plenty of comforts in Leaf that could make your life better."

"I'll take your word for it. Actually, no! I'll take proof. Come back with more proof next time, Huzu!"

"I'll do my best, sir."

o-o-o​

"Well, well, well," Noburi drawled, slowly looking up from his plain wooden desk to see Hyūga Neji appearing in a cloud of pale orange smoke. "Look who came crawling back."

"You saw Kameon disappear," Neji said with a glare, as he gently set the small turtle down in the water tank they'd been provided in the dome-house. "If you did not anticipate my arrival, that reflects only your own inability to make trivial inferences. Now quickly, I need chakra."

Noburi raised an eyebrow and crossed his arms. "I didn't hear a certain special word."

"Gōketsu, must you insist on this song and dance every single time, or-"

"I only insist that my distressingly good acquaintance Hyūga, born of the most blessed and noble clan in Leaf, remember the basic manners he was surely taught sometime in the last year."

"Fine. Gōketsu, please give me chakra, now."

"Hmm, I'm not really feeling it," Noburi said, tapping his chin gently. "How about a 'may I'? That sounds much more polite."

Neji exhaled shortly through the nose. "Gōketsu. May I please have some chakra?"

"That's better," Noburi said, reaching down and filling a cup of water from the barrel at his side.

"'Distressingly good acquaintance'?" Neji asked, once he'd downed the chakra water.

"I think anyone would be distressed to make your acquaintance even once. I must have had a lot of bad karma in my last life for the Sage to make me meet you again and again and again."

Neji huffed, and disappeared in a puff of smoke.

o-o-o​

"What are these papers you're studying?" Neji asked as Noburi walked back into the Pangolin dwelling.

"Popped back while I was taking a leak? Don't bother trying to peek. This is the only piece of a real man's equipment that you need to worry about," he said, slapping the side of the barrel as he bent down to dole out another serving of chakra water.

"Oh, and those papers?" Noburi said while Neji shuddered and drank the water. "They're nothing much. Just some old medical studies that Tsunade wanted me to review and analyze. She and Orochimaru spent a lot of time collaborating and made plenty of discoveries that haven't been widely spread about."

Neji inclined his head slightly, looking back down at the notes. "The Sannin are letting you follow in their footsteps?"

"You too could achieve this if you had natural talent, any semblance of a work ethic, and a bloodline that wasn't useless."

Neji swiped his hand as if to parry, his face clouded in anger. "How was I to know that the cavern would somehow interfere with the Byakugan? Your clan's useless reports mentioned nothing of the sort!"

"Well, Hazō's and Kei's bloodlines worked fine in there, and I bet mine would work great too. Sounds like it's a problem with the Byakugan," Noburi said. He leaned in and stage-whispered. "It's fine, Neji, really. Plenty of chūnin have had long, successful careers with second-rate bloodlines – or even no bloodline at all!"

"Gah!" Poof.

o-o-o​

"You know," Noburi said, glancing at the puff of pale-lime smoke that signaled Neji's appearance, then returning to face the ceiling as he swung back and forth. "When Hazō asked me to babysit your team, I really had to think about it. On the one hand, I could spend the day at the hospital with sick, angry patients that smell awful, fight back to various extents, and are never happy with the healing I give them. On the other hand, I could spend probably around ten minutes total with you, chilling out on the Seventh Path. I even could space out the exposure into tolerable two-minute chunks. It was a pretty close thing."

Neji didn't respond, instead dropping a burlap bag, which opened to reveal a collection of glimmering, faintly glowing crystal.

"Nice," Noburi said, grinning slightly. "Guess Lee and Tenten picked up your slack then, huh?"

"I'm not the slacker here," Neji said, looking pointedly at the hammock Noburi had stretched out in the Pangolin burrow. "There's more to harvest, but this is all I can reasonably carry in a single summoning."

"Well, I'm glad you managed to avoid any danger," Noburi said, ladling out another cup of water for the unworthy Turtle Summoner. "Even without your Byakugan, I guess you're a natural at dodging fights, huh?"

Neji raised an eyebrow as he drank. "The golems weren't that tough."

He disappeared.



Without any ready solution to Mareo's wandering wits, Naruto declines Hazō's request to have an erratic, jōnin-level ninja within even spitting distance of Leaf's walls. He grants that if Hazō finds a way to render Mareo safe to the people and ninja of Leaf, ideally without requiring too much of Leaf's manpower in maintaining the solution, then he would be glad to have Mareo move in. Naruto notes that it's probably not a good idea to give Mareo a cottage near Leaf and let him come by on good days – when other villages hear about his existence, they may just assassinate him and steal the Bear Scroll if he's not within Leaf's walls.

Emissaries have been sent to the Sharks, though their territory is massive and not well-connected. Hazō has elected not to inform the Porcupines about the Dragons' most recent movements, given that they're about as far from southwest Arachnid as physically possible.

Team Hyūga has delivered hundreds of pounds of crystal via the Seventh Path – with volume seemingly similar to the crystal heart that Team Gōketsu previously found. We will specify how many infusions-worth of crystal this is at some later point. While tired, they suffered no injuries that will last longer than a day or so, and can continue delving if needed.

Naruto has issued the orders to comply with Akatsuki's demands. Clan Gōketsu, alongside the few clans on the council with jōnin-level sealmasters, has been ordered to prepare notes and blanks of two jōnin-level seals to give to Akatsuki. Additionally, all summoners have been ordered to open an embassy with the Sharks. This will happen without your intervention for the Dogs and the Toads, as they border the ocean, but Kei welcomes suggestions on how the landlocked Pangolins might open an embassy with the Sharks. Finally, Naruto has announced that Jashinism is now a recognized religion in the Land of Fire, and that Jashinists are invited to register with the Tower. Yuno is moderately likely to register at dawn.

Hazō has received an order to prepare a briefing regarding dimensionalism and the rift, including to propose plans of varying levels of risk/reward. Naruto expects this briefing reasonably soon.

Rumor has it that Orochimaru has returned.

XP Award: 4 + 2 (brevity) XP

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on .
 
Chapter 632: A Path Through the Storm
Chapter 632: A Path Through the Storm

Naruto had been using his first days as Hokage ambitiously. Apart from the dozen clones no doubt set to read through top-secret documents, briefings penned by previous Hokage and read only by others under the hat, and S-rank mission reports, he'd spent hundreds of clone-hours meeting with ninja all over Leaf. He had already known a good share of Leaf's ninja, but he apparently wanted his tenure as Hokage to have a more personal touch than any previous Hokage had established. He'd personally spoken with all of the jōnin, chūnin, and KEI ninja he hadn't known personally, and was now working through the various genin of the village's voting clans.

So, Hazō had expected his meeting with Naruto to be one-on-one. Instead, a pair of Narutos let him into the Tower's top-secret meeting room to find Naruto, Haruno Sakura, Uchiha Sasuke, Nara Shikamaru, and a woman wearing a crane-patterned mask.

Hazō bowed. "Lord Hokage."

Naruto stood and gestured Hazō to sit, his kind smile shadowed under the breadth of his conical hat. "Naruto's fine. And this is ANBU Captain Crane," he said, gesturing to the masked woman. "This is the core of my team for Akatsuki counterstrategy, especially concerning control over the O'uzu Island rift. They know the outline. Who else knows about the rift and Akatsuki's ambitions for it?"

"My team," Hazō said. "Mari, Kagome-sensei, Noburi, and Kei, though Haru was also present when the rift was opened and we retrieved a dead man from within. Ino also knows in general terms that I attempted a project to return the dead to life."

Naruto glanced to his side. "Would she have put two and two together?"

Haruno shrugged. "She has the intel. All the clan heads got the report on Hazō's O'uzu treason trip because Asuma wanted everyone to understand why he was gonna execute a clan head, and the rift stuff wasn't excluded. It wasn't front-and-center though. I'd assume she ruminated on Akatsuki's demands. The specific demand for Hazō's dimensionalism research makes it pretty obvious if you already know Hazō's working on resurrection. I'd give it seventy percent odds."

"Fifty percent," Nara said. "Or less. Ino does not reflexively see sealing research as a general-purpose problem solving tool."

"And you don't think that's changed from her dating this bozo?" Haruno said, pointing the end of her brush at Hazō with a raised eyebrow. She set the brush back down and made another note. She looked up again. "No offense, Hazō."

"Right, so Ino's in the compartment," Naruto said. "She could be useful for gathering intel if we take hostile action, perhaps against the O'uzu defenses. It'd be useful to have Kei around as well. Another me is meeting her somewhere in here. Would Noburi, Kagome, or Mari add anything much, Hazō?"

"If Mari knew them personally, her infiltrator training would let her build a profile on how to predict and manipulate them," Hazō said. "Even without that, I think it would be good to keep Mari updated in general, as one of the village's strongest jōnin."

"Okay," Naruto said as he walked to the door. "We can't send ambassadors to Rain, but I'll bring her in and pass her Kurenai and Ami's notes on Akatsuki's members. Otherwise, this matter is secret until I make an official announcement before the Clan Council. If we take any action to oppose Akatsuki, we don't want any of it to leak to them, including through your information sieve of an uncle."

Naruto mentioned something to the other Naruto at the door, then closed the door again. "While we wait for Kei and Mari, any introductory information you'd like to share, Hazō?"

"Just this," Hazō said, laying two packets of papers on the table. "This one," he said, tapping the left packet, "contains seals Itachi took from me that are jōnin-level. Sasori technically doesn't know them, so they satisfy the tribute condition. This one," he said, tapping the right packet, "contains seals from Jiraiya's various works that Kagome-sensei and I rate as jōnin-level. We tried to pick ones that are minimally useful to Akatsuki, but they would get more from these new seals as opposed to the ones they already took. I'm eliding the seal details as they're clan secrets, but you get the general idea – should I try to claim the seals Itachi took as satisfying the tribute, or should I play it straight?"

Naruto inclined his head in thought. "My first reaction is that we shouldn't play around. If we want to take any anti-Akatsuki measures, of which your seal research may be a valuable part, we don't want to give them additional reasons to come to Leaf and ask you questions. I see why keeping your head down and complying would hurt way more in terms of losing Gōketsu's secrets and polluting Jiraiya's legacy, though."

"One consideration, Gōketsu," Nara said. "If we give them seals that immediately tempt Sasori, we may buy ourselves additional lead time against Akatsuki – potentially months per seal. We necessarily empower Akatsuki in doing so, but we may get more value from additional months of research than they will. I expect the seals provided would need to be particularly useful to Akatsuki for Sasori to prioritize it above researching the rift."

As Nara spoke, Haruno started rapidly flipping through her papers. "Here," she said, ignoring Nara's look of faint disdain reserved for strategists that needed written notes to assist them. "So, Akatsuki and sealing. Sasori is Akatsuki's sealmaster, so we should just assume he can research anything he puts his mind to given enough time. Our intel has nothing about Hidan or Kisame knowing sealing. Itachi learned sealing in Leaf, though all indications suggest that he never advanced beyond genin-level in the art. He never made an original seal, instead learning useful seals from expert sealmasters to make sure he wasn't dependent on others for key tools in his kit. I suspect he's about good enough to make skywalkers and that's it. We have limited intel on Deidara, but I'd guess a similar story for him. He was trained by sealmasters at one point, but he has a ninjutsu-heavy fighting style, and I personally doubt that he's had the time to develop his sealing to jōnin-level."

"Unless Itachi shared Shadow Clone with Akatsuki," Uchiha said, crossing his arms. "Matters would change if instead of being twenty years old, Deidara had actually lived two decades in the past five years."

"I don't think they were sharing techniques," Hazō said cautiously. "At least before the ritual, I got the impression that the main thing keeping them together was Pain, not trust between their members. Otherwise, I'd expect their fights to have gone pretty differently. For example, sealmasters are great at equipping their allies. Still, we didn't see much evidence at all of Sasori giving seals out to other members of Akatsuki, even in a life-or-death battle for the fate of the world."

"Right," Naruto said, placing his chin between his thumb and forefinger. "He might have wanted to when he saw the forces arrayed against them, but by then they wouldn't have had time to train with the new seals. And afterwards, why would they share techniques? They had no real goals, were the strongest crew in the Elemental Nations, and basically no one was interested in challenging them."

"All factors that have recently been called into question," Haruno said. "But we can retread this topic again some other time. If you'll let me continue, the big question in terms of Akatsuki's sealing power is Konan. She was trained by Jiraiya, so she was probably at least chūnin-level in sealing in her teens. She ought to be in her forties by now, and given how effectively sealing combines with her chosen specialty, I have to imagine she kept developing her skills. Yet, given the things she's done with notoriously challenging paper jutsu, I also have to imagine that she's kage-level in ninjutsu creation, maybe just shy of the Third. That's a tough field, and only crazies like the Fourth and freaking Orochimaru do both sealing and jutsu hacking, so no way does she have sealcrafting chops to match. It's thin evidence, but Pain didn't mention her as one of the Akatsuki members that could plausibly have stopped the ritual, so my best guess is that she's jōnin-level in sealing, competitive with top village sealmasters. The implication? She could plausibly research seals we hand them if they're at risk of baiting Sasori off the rift project."

"I'm skeptical she would have time to," Nara said. "She also acts as Rain's Kage."

"The Shadow Clone Technique confounds the discussion again," Uchiha said.

"I raise that our best guesses indicate that Rain operated with minimal intervention from Pain or Konan for decades prior to the current regime," the masked woman, Crane, said. "Rain is still functional despite attention-consuming tasks on Akatsuki's side, like recruiting mass-murderers and attempting world-reshaping plots. While AMITY and Rain's recent expansion will give her much more work, I think that especially during this intermediary period between AMITY meetings, we should pessimistically assume that she will have capacity for sealing research."

"That sounds right," Naruto said. "Overall, I don't think it's worth trying to bait them with excellent seals this way. Never let hope be a key part of your plan, and 'Let's give Akatsuki really strong seals' just seems like a bad idea even before we account for all the various ways it could go wrong. I think we should go with the minimally-useful seals. Hazō?"

Hazō nodded and pushed over the rightmost packet to Naruto. The Hokage took the papers and handed them to ANBU Captain Crane, who nodded and stepped out of the room.

"One question," Hazō asked, looking at Haruno. "You seem to have a lot of intel there on Akatsuki. Inasmuch as Sasori is our main opposition here, I'd really like to know what we have on Sasori. I know nothing about him beyond the fact that he was a Sand missing-nin a while back, and that he's a puppetmaster and sealmaster with Kage-tier skills."

Haruno flipped through the pages again. "As per usual, we really don't have anything useful. Let's see here… Born of a rare inter-clan marriage between the Karappo, their puppetmaster clan, and the Yodomi, a small logistics and infrastructure clan that manufactures most of Sand's equipment. His parents were both fairly strong jōnin – which is probably how they pushed the interclan marriage through – and his Karappo-side grandmother was Chiyo, so he got lots of good training when he was young. Standard S-ranker story – exceptional among his peers, super-deadly jōnin by like twenty-something. Designed puppets Sand's puppetmasters still use sometimes, which is apparently impressive. Killed a lot of guys in the Third World War. At the end of the Third World War, Rock did a big massacre in Sand proper, and apparently that made the Third Kazekage snap. He and Sasori, by this point one of Sand's strongest jōnin, went on a warpath through the Land of Earth – slaughtered like four or five big civilian cities down to the dogs. Everyone thought it was gonna come to a confrontation with Ōnoki at the gates of Rock, but right as they were on the cusp of reaching the city, they both vanished. Sand backed out of the war obviously, and between Sand and the Yellow Flash, Rock backed out too. Given the puppet Sasori used at Nagi Island, I guess Sasori must have killed the Third Kazekage and turned him into a puppet that somehow kept the Kazekage's bloodline. Either way, we know literally nothing about his time as a missing-nin – Sand had him assumed dead until he helped bomb out their city and steal Gaara."

"So…" Hazō said. "Nothing on his sealing abilities?"

"Nothing," Haruno said. "I mean, the Karappo have a strong sealing tradition that combos with their puppets well, but we have no evidence to suggest that Sasori specifically is a sealmaster beyond what Akatsuki's said. Honestly, there's a part of me that thinks he isn't all that if he didn't make any progress on the O'uzu rift for two years." She glanced up at Hazō. "Ah. Again, no offense."

Crane re-entered the room, followed closely behind by Kei and Mari, both keeping their expressions studiously neutral while Hazō tried to keep himself from remembering the last time he'd insisted on bringing those two into a top-secret matter.

They took their seats, and Naruto spoke again. "Let's begin. Everyone's aware of the general situation. Two years ago, Hazō had a sealing failure on O'uzu Island that opened a rift and simultaneously killed his opponent. On the other side of the rift, the opponent repeatedly appeared and died, and Hazō was able to pull the man out, returning him apparently to healthy life. Later on, Hazō had a vision," Haruno's nose crinkled and Nara frowned, "showing Jiraiya of the Sannin on terrain similar to that within the rift. The vision contained information verifiably known to Jiraiya, but apparently unknown to Hazō. Hazō and Akatsuki both believe that this is a rift to the afterlife, and Akatsuki has taken Hazō's research into opening the rift. Ignoring how this contradicts the teachings of the Will of Fire, we need to make plans on how we're going to deal with this threat. Hazō, please provide your briefing."

"Sir. If we do nothing, we have to assume Pain will be resurrected. While it may not be certain, it is also Akatsuki's main goal, so we should defensively assume they will achieve it without our intervention. Doing nothing is safe only in that we don't risk Leaf's immediate destruction, but Pain's return means that Akatsuki will likely default to their second-best plan to achieve true world peace. Given their best plan involved human sacrifices for a massive ritual that changed the world in some unknown way without anyone's consent, I don't think we want to see their backup plans."

"What are the odds that Pain accepts AMITY and uses it to achieve peace instead of trying some ambitious esoteric ritual that's likely to unite the world against him again?" Haruno asked, looking to Nara.

"Not likely enough to justify the bet," Nara said. "As the death of Lord Seventh demonstrates, Akatsuki is a group unfit to act as peacekeepers. Beyond that, AMITY is subject to several strains that will likely worsen with time. All signatories hold deep generational grudges that are primarily restrained by the various polity's current war-weakened states. Economic warfare and scarcity will continue to exacerbate the nations' various problems, and the core principles of ninja warfare mean that most AMITY violations will simply be unpunishable. Borders cannot be effectively controlled, and a jōnin is a one-man army that can kill a patrol without the home village hearing of it for days – that is, far longer than would be necessary to catch and punish the offender. Skywalkers worsen the asymmetry of ninja warfare in favor of the attacker, as now raiders can enter a country from any direction, so the location of disappearing border patrols is a weaker indicator of your attacker."

"AMITY is well aware of these problems," Kei said, "and the nations' representatives are workshopping mutually beneficial resolutions. Briefly ignoring the game theoretical implications of asymmetric warfare, I note that economic conditions could become a disincentive to warfare, as ordinary trade is generally positive sum, and expanding Uplift measures will reduce general scarcity."

"Let me head off an economic debate," Naruto said as Nara opened his mouth to respond. "Okay, so there's tension, maybe it's resolved and AMITY stabilizes, maybe not and we have another war and it's back to the same old. Pain probably tries to keep it stable, but maybe fails because his only tools are five ultraviolent dudes and an ultraviolent chick, and they can't just kill their way to world peace. Sound accurate?"

Nods rippled around the table.

"Okay," Naruto said. "Sakura, Shikamaru, give me odds that AMITY collapses assuming nothing big changes, and then odds that AMITY collapses if Pain comes back."

"Sixty percent, forty percent," Haruno said.

"Within the decade, forty percent that AMITY collapses violently," Nara said. "Most of which is concentrated in the medium term of two to four years, where villages will have recovered the strength of their upper ranks, but will not yet have forgotten grudges or built meaningful economic ties. With Pain's return, around seventy percent odds of short-term chaos due to the revelation of the possibility of resurrection. Perhaps fifteen percent chance AMITY matures into lasting world peace under Pain, including various definitions of iron-fisted tyranny as 'world peace'."

"These both present drastic overestimates," Kei said to Naruto. "Villages will not risk initiating conflict for fear of destruction."

"We are here to propose initiating conflict despite the fear of destruction," Nara said wryly. "Even with Akatsuki's eyes on us, we may still initiate such conflict due to the asymmetries inherent in ninja warfare. Other villages will have better opportunities."

"Okay, so our odds if we do nothing are pretty bad," Naruto said. "What are our other paths, Hazō?"

"Sir. First, I can continue research against Akatsuki's demand. If they discover I'm continuing in the large window needed to do this much novel seal research, they'll just kill me. I could very likely research a seal that would permanently destroy the rift. This would destroy the potential value the rift presents, in resurrecting our own dead ninja, but it would also preclude Akatsuki from doing the same. Alternatively, it's possible but not necessarily guaranteed that we could design a seal to move the rift. This is equivalent in that Akatsuki cannot access the rift, but it keeps open the option of eventually resurrecting our own ninja.

"Either way, messing with the rift is going to draw Akatsuki's attention to me, as the only other person that could have done it. If they interrogate me and find out that I worked on the rift, they'll kill me and punish Leaf in some unknown way."

"We can't risk that," Haruno said. "After we killed one of their guys and they 'let us off easy', even the slightest expression of defiance from us is gonna be met with something along the lines of 'Deidara, do it.'"

"Right, so we need to make them unable to interrogate me," Hazō said. "I could retreat to the Seventh Path or otherwise be unavailable when they come knocking."

"Unlikely," Naruto said. "Itachi announced his demand for dimensionalism seals in front of the whole Clan Council. I don't think he's afraid of grilling me or Shikamaru through a Shadow Clone. And I don't think he'll hold back from punishing Clan Gōketsu for your absence until you cave and face him."

"There's other options," Hazō said. "We could just do the seal research faster than they can, and extract enough friendly S-rankers to swing the balance enough that Akatsuki can't bully us around anymore."

"Hazō, you're still injured. You're a damn good sealmaster, but doing challenging, high stakes research while you can barely breathe sometimes from the pain is going to get you killed," Mari said.

Hazō nodded. "We can do something else if we want to race, though we may not like it. Orochimaru is a pretty good sealmaster, and he's not currently dealing with an injury that steals his energy and breaks his trains of thought. We could loop him in and have him do the seal research."

Naruto frowned. "Based on what I know about him, that's dangerous. Jiraiya said he was obsessed with achieving immortality and the rift is another path there. He's going to want to own it so that he can use it and no one can use it against him."

"Don't you think that between you and Tsunade, you could get him to listen to reason?" Hazō asked.

"I'm not sure," Naruto said. "I'm treating him like a missing-nin operative. He'll cooperate when it's convenient to him and worth his time, but I don't think he has any true belief in the Will of Fire, nor any real loyalty to the village. As soon as we impose costs upon him that are greater than the benefits we provide, he'll gallivant off to do his own thing again. Jiraiya said that Orochimaru wasn't the strongest offensively, but that his defenses were off the charts. Me and Tsunade could probably beat him in a fight, but I don't think we could actually force him to do what we wanted."

"That does not necessarily preclude his cooperation," Shikamaru said. "The rift is a large carrot to offer him in exchange for preventing Akatsuki's plans from reaching fruition, and he is unlikely to object to key resurrections such as Lords Third, Fifth, and Seventh. Supposing Hazō develops a seal that permanently destroys the rift in parallel, we may be able to also create a stick strong enough to ensure his cooperation."

"Ugh, let's drop the Orochimaru question for now," Naruto said. "Hazō, do we have any other paths than 'just do seal research and hope we're faster'?"

"The only other path I see is to fight them," Hazō said. "If we kill Sasori, they probably can't complete their research. They travel in pairs – if we eliminate a pair, they'll be down to four members, and I'm not sure if they'll risk their four members in an all-out battle against Leaf's three S-rankers and unknown numbers of jōnin. The summoners are more likely to get away, so we'd need to kill them quickly before they can reverse-summon."

"If we attack them," Kei said, "their retaliation will not be a four-man assault against Leaf. It will be all of AMITY, led by the forces of Hidden Rain, converging on Leaf to raze it to the ground. As has already been so eloquently explained, Rock and Cloud are only waiting for an excuse to ensure our complete eradication. If Akatsuki granted it, I do not believe we would last long."

"Force distribution," Haruno said, again flipping through the papers. "Naturally, they hate to be predictable since that's how you get killed. Still, Akatsuki sightings are inherently noteworthy, so we have a bit of info. Sasori and Konan spend most of their time in Rain. Usually there's two pairs out and about and one of the Akatsuki hanging out with the home squad, but with their numbers reduced and Sasori doing critical research, I'd guess four Akatsuki in Rain and two traveling. We can't predict where the roaming pair goes… except! Here, Hidan visits his Jashinist temples occasionally. If we wanted to set a trap, we could do it at one of these locations."

She quickly unfolded a map with some marked locations. O'uzu Island was among them, as well vaguely-marked locations in the southern isles and the eastern continent.

"Sasori is still the highest-value target," Hazō said. "And assuming he follows my plan, he'll need to visit the O'uzu Rift at some point to gather more data. He may travel with Hidan so that Hidan can visit his temple at the same time. We could ambush them then. Maybe even loop in Orochimaru, who knows their weaknesses."

"We cannot predict the timing of the visit," Uchiha said. "We cannot leave someone at O'uzu ready to leave for Leaf at the first sign of Akatsuki even if we knew they wouldn't be caught, because the round-trip time is at least a week and a half. If we wanted to ambush them on a trip of similar length to the one you took me on, Hazō, we'd need to leave our S-rank-killing forces camped out on O'uzu indefinitely. That is untenable. An ambush elsewhere, where the assassination target is maybe not present and the location is unknown? Completely unworkable."

"Maybe not," Naruto said. "Hidan said he could track through blood, right? Well, we've got plenty of his blood. Could we try to reinvent the jutsu he uses to track people around? If we can get word that they're at O'uzu, we can intercept them on their return."

"If he's indeed a Kotsuzui?" Nara asked. "No. We likely cannot earn the aid of the Kotsuzui Clan to violate AMITY. There is perhaps an outside possibility that we can capture one of their ninja and request that Orochimaru steal or replicate their bloodline, but even that seems unlikely to have the required range."

"Hidan did say that he could track anywhere on the Path," Hazō said.

"How much of that is Hidan's unique and esoteric powers, versus how much is ordinary ninjutsu, versus how much is sheer bluster, we do not know," Nara said. "Given the limits of chakra diffusion, I would bet against such a plan working."

"Right," Hazō said. "Okay, so just outright killing them is logistically challenging. How about this – if they open and explore the rift, they'll probably need weeks or months to do so. That means they'll need to occupy and fortify the area. Sure, never attack a prepared sealmaster, but static locations are still subject to lots of weaknesses, like the Zoo Rush. If I researched a seal that temporarily plugged the rift and we managed to kill their rearguard, we could just close the rift on them, let them lose all their chakra on the other side, then kill them and explore the rift at our leisure, hopefully after moving it to Leaf so that we can defend it."

The room was quiet as Hazō proposed the idea.

"Needless to say," Kei said, "as with all other plans to fight Akatsuki, the consequence of anyone learning of this operation is that the remainder will converge on Leaf and attempt to eradicate us."

"Unless we pull out Jiraiya and Hiruzen and Minato and can tell them to shove off or die," Hazō said.

"Visible access to resurrection may only increase the other nations' desire to disempower Leaf and take control over its resources," Kei said.

"I had actually been wondering that," Naruto said. "Could we try to unite AMITY against Akatsuki and take them down before they get into the rift? Perhaps by citing Asuma's death as a reason why they need to be killed before they can turn AMITY into pure tyranny. I don't think it'll work out well though – Akatsuki will absolutely destroy Leaf if they realize that we betrayed their agreement, and even if we're winning, they can just tell the rest of the alliance about the rift and blow up our chance of secretly owning it afterwards. Plus, that ignores the possibility that, say, Rock decides to fight on the side of Akatsuki instead of on our side, in exchange for a promise of literally anything Akatsuki can offer."

"Moreover," Nara said, "We cannot pin them down to kill them with an army. They can leave Rain and complete the research elsewhere, then return to the rift at their leisure. They can raze Leaf similarly at their leisure, as soon as AMITY forces are no longer defending it, thereby eliminating our ability to compete with them over the rift."

"A hypothetical war between AMITY members over control of the rift would be highly complicated, and as the second-weakest major village at present in terms of non-S-ranker manpower, I would recommend we avoid such eventualities with all possible prudence," Kei said.

"The ambush-the-rearguard plan sounds almost viable," Haruno said. "If we pulled it off and kept it secret from the rest of AMITY… well, it's the first plan I've heard so far that feels like it has a meaningful shot at making Leaf anything more than a particularly flat section of forested rubble."

"What does it require?" Naruto asked. "We'd need to overcome their static defenses. We'd need to kill all their minions, because if one gets away, that would spell the end of AMITY, and I think they could potentially pull in a lot of Rain ninja and Jashinists. We'd need to kill however many Akatsuki members they left on this side of the rift – maybe all six if we picked the wrong time. There are too many moving parts.

"Even if we went with it, ensuring Orochimaru's cooperation in attacking the site, including potentially summoning Manda, is critical. He will definitely find out about the rift that way. Is that okay?"

"We need his firepower," Uchiha said. "It's the same situation as Lord Seventh faced. If we don't use his firepower, we face annihilation. If we do use him, then, in the event we actually stop Akatsuki, we have only traded one problem for another."

"One problem for another, immortal, torture-happy problem," Haruno said.

"Setting aside the cost of his research in lives, Orochimaru has demonstrated no proclivity for world-altering rituals," Uchiha said. "He's a problem, but not on the same scale as Pain's return."

"Add in the fact that he can work on the rift seals," Naruto said, "I think we have to bring him in. Any objections?"

He looked across the table, seemingly half-hoping that someone would object. No one did.

"Fine," Naruto said. "I'll workshop how to tell him in a controlled way."

Naruto sighed and addressed the room. "Our failure modes are: Akatsuki successfully resurrects Pain, Akatsuki finds out about our plans to oppose them and razes Leaf in response, AMITY in general finds out about actions we took against Akatsuki and razes Leaf in response, and other AMITY members find out about the rift and plunge the world into war over control of the rift. Three of these failure modes need us to pull off ridiculously ambitious stuff in absolute secrecy. Unless Orochimaru has some secret technique that makes any of these crazy plans viable," Naruto's face twisted in disgust, "I think we need to throw in the towel on opposing Akatsuki. AMITY is strong and a year or two of work will make it stronger. As long as Pain is even slightly less psycho than Hidan, I'd rather work with him and have a chance of Leaf surviving than have Deidara bomb it to dust."

"If Orochimaru can't do anything, we cooperate. If he can," Naruto continued, "I'll be asking him to destroy the rift. Frankly, Leaf is too weak to win any conflict over the rift, whether with Akatsuki, AMITY, or whoever. If it's destroyed, especially by Orochimaru acting 'independently' to prevent Akatsuki from trying another ritual, we run the least risk we can. Hells, maybe it won't be a bad thing if they destroy the basement and run Orochimaru out of Leaf. Still, if we can do anything with the rift, the first priority needs to be making sure it can't fall into enemy hands. That means destroying it."

"Naruto," Hazō said. "Sir. Destroying the rift would be… well, it would be just a tragedy. There's so much potential available. Can't we at least try to move it to an anonymous location? Don't you want to see Jiraiya again? Or-"

"I do," Naruto said coldly. "But I'm the Hokage, and I protect the people of Leaf that are actually here, not the ones that are dead. My word is final, Hazō. Needless to say, you're absolutely forbidden from doing any further research on the rift in any shape or form. You're too valuable to throw away when you inevitably draw Akatsuki's attention to yourself next and they ask you the questions they promised they would ask. Is that clear?"

"It's clear, sir," Hazō said.

"No one else intends to do anything, correct?" Naruto asked the room. There was silence. "We're informing Orochimaru and surrendering the rift to Akatsuki, and if Orochimaru does anything on his own, that is his decision only. Is that clear to everyone? Good. This is top-secret, share it with no one except on my explicit, in-person orders. Dismissed."

As people stood to leave, Naruto locked onto Hazō's disappointed expression. The Hokage's voice called out again. "Hazō. I realize that you might have gotten in the habit of second-guessing Asuma's decisions. I'm not Asuma, and for all the help you gave me in the election, that doesn't mean we're friends. Am I going to have issues with your insubordination?"

"No, sir," Hazō said. Why was Naruto calling him out in front of the group?

"Stay, Hazō."

The remainder of the group shuffled out, leveling varying degrees of curiosity at Hazō. Eventually, Hazō and Naruto were left alone in the room.

"Shadow Clone Technique," Naruto called out. A clone appeared, then popped.

"Thank the Sage that you can always be trusted to talk back," Naruto said. "Sorry about that, Hazō, but I needed a cover."

"Sir?" Hazō asked cautiously. "What's the issue? I did have a question I wanted to ask in private."

"Go ahead," Naruto waved impatiently. "Make it quick."

"Orochimaru," Hazō said. "Now that I've reinvented lithosealing, I intended to teach Orochimaru about it for use in the war against the Dragons. Asuma approved, thinking that Orochimaru was easier to control than a bunch of unintelligent soul-devouring monsters made to fight the Tenfold Abomination. Do you support that decision?"

Naruto sighed, pinching his forehead. "Right, the lithosealing thing. Who knows?"

"Still my core team. Mari, Kagome-sensei, Noburi, and Kei," Hazō said. "Plus whatever Orochimaru has, of course. He left Leaf when he realized that he could kidnap Ren, who was Mist's Kage when they took the machine Akatsuki used at Nagi Island. By this point, I have to assume that if he doesn't have that machine himself, he at least has enough information to recreate the discipline. I doubt he'd return to Leaf without everything he needed. That's why I wanted to teach it to him, rather than let him figure it out on his own – at least that way, we'd extract something of value from him."

"Right. So it's necessary to teach him, because of the existential risk on the other Path, and he's going to figure it out anyway, because he's obsessed to the point of refusing orders from Leaf to pursue his prize. I have no objections to you snagging a few techniques from him along the way. Provided it makes sense to do so, of course."

"Thank you, sir," Hazō said. "What was your question for me?"

"Right. Sit down for this, Hazō." Naruto paused till Hazō had taken a seat. "I wasn't lying when I said that any Leaf-based interference with Akatsuki is likely too dangerous for us to tolerate. But I do want to see Jiraiya again, and I don't want to hand Orochimaru the rift. We need someone who's not Leaf to take care of the rift for us. Do you understand?"

Hazō clearly didn't, so Naruto continued.

"Hazō. You can go missing."

Hazō leaned back in his chair, eyes wide.

"We've made a ready excuse – your own insubordination problems combined with the final order to stop rift research was too much for you to take, so you decided to go missing-nin, perhaps with a small team, and do the research on your own. If you go missing, you'll leave Leaf behind, and with your skywalkers and your summoning scroll, Akatsuki will probably be unable to track you. They'll interrogate your clan, of course, but Mari and Kei can testify that it's plausible you'd go missing-nin now.

"If you manage to research a rift-destroying seal and apply it, Leaf would forever be in your debt, and freed of both the shadow of Pain and Orochimaru. You'd never be able to come back to Leaf, of course, since Akatsuki would surely know it was you, but we would owe you immensely. More importantly, if you researched a rift-moving seal and managed to steal the rift out from under Akatsuki, then return Jiraiya and Hiruzen and my father to life? I'd welcome you and anyone else you took back to Leaf with open arms, and tell Akatsuki to go fuck themselves.

"I can take the steps needed to give you 'official' permission to go missing, but no one that stays is allowed to know it's a charade. Akatsuki has to think Leaf is clean, otherwise we'll be destroyed."

Hazō shook his head. "Naruto, they might just destroy the Gōketsu to get me to talk. They know where they can find me, in Dog or in Arachnid, even if not in Leaf. If they know I left to interfere with them, they're going to take the direct path to stopping me from interfering. I don't particularly want to receive a Seventh Path message saying that they've started to torture Kei or Noburi or Mari and will continue until I surrender myself."

"Then don't take their messages," Naruto said. "If my understanding is correct, you no longer need to be in Arachnid, as Orochimaru can handle the Great Seal and the Bosses are already on the move. The trade network will survive your absence. Retreat to Dog, and get the Dog Boss to agree that under no circumstances will any message be conveyed to you. Will they really torture your clanmates for no reason at all?"

"Maybe," Hazō said.

"Fine," Naruto said. "Look, otherwise we have basically no options."

"I wanted to raise this earlier, but didn't want to break OPSEC on runes," Hazō said. "Depending on their effects, I could research runes that would be effective at opposing Akatsuki, perhaps for plans that involve killing their rearguard while they explore the rift." He paused. "Possibly, and I'm not certain this is possible but I'm not certain it's not, maybe I could make a rune that simply wipes out all of Hidden Rain in one go."

Naruto blinked, then shook his head. "If you stick around in Leaf, I don't even know if you can continue to do lithosealing research. We cannot afford to have Akatsuki drop in to check on you and discover that there's a new sealing paradigm for them to take. That's the issue, Hazō. If you stay in Leaf, you have to assume that anything you do can be discovered by them at any point. They robbed clans of their secrets at kunai-point, they raided your own personal seal research cache. I don't think they will stop for anything if it risks their goal of resurrecting Pain."

Hazō clenched a fist. "There has to be a way for me to keep my research a secret from Akatsuki."

"How much are you willing to bet?" Naruto asked. "When Akatsuki really wants to know about all the research you do in secret, and when the cost of being wrong involves handing them a sealing paradigm of unknown power?"

Hazō clenched his fist tighter until his fingernails bit into his palm.

"If we found a way to keep it a secret while you stayed in Leaf," Naruto said cautiously, "I would be open to you researching runes to break static defenses, thereby keeping our options open. But I can't commit to it, and it would be easier for you to do that same research even if you weren't in Leaf. Do you understand?"

Hazō nodded. Naruto was still open to the plan of fighting Akatsuki at the rift and closing it on them if Hazō's research made it possible.

"Hidan will find me," Hazō said. "He tasted my blood, and he said he can track me wherever I go."

"Then stay on the Seventh Path for the most part," Naruto said. "He's admitted his weakness there."

"I can't do infusions on the Seventh Path," Hazō said.

"Then return to the Human Path to infuse, then go back to the Seventh Path. And again, maybe it was bluster. He was useless at finding Akane, after all."

"What'll happen to the clan if I go?" Hazō asked.

"I don't know yet," Naruto said. "If you go, I want to keep an authentic reaction, not have a plan ready to deploy instantly. I assume Mari will take over."

"Okay," Hazō said. "I'm not expected to do this solo, am I?"

Naruto shook his head. "Imagine you're the Hazō that's so desperate for Akane back that you're willing to go missing-nin in order to break my orders and evade Akatsuki's notice. What do you do?"

Hazō nodded slowly. "I bring Kagome-sensei with me, he's just as desperate and a researcher that can help. Maybe Noburi or Kei. They're also summoners so we can evade pursuit together, and they can bring offensive combat power that Kagome-sensei and I personally lack, and Noburi helps me heal faster to get back into sealing research sooner. I make the pitch to them via a shadow clone with me and Kagome-sensei all ready to go – if they agree, I give them a rendezvous, if not, they just don't hear from me again."

"That seems like a reasonable plan for missing-nin-Hazō to do. Whether it's a good plan, I don't know," Naruto said. "I know it's an insane thing to ask, but Kei tells me that you're the insane guy that likes to pitch insane plans. Most likely, you'll never be able to return to Leaf again. Akatsuki would hunt you, as would pretty much every other village who wanted your scroll and your secrets. But… if you don't leave Leaf, I don't know if you could do rift research or lithosealing research and keep it a secret. Maybe we can do something without that edge, maybe not. It's hard, it probably won't work, and I really don't want to pressure you into doing anything like this that you'll regret. Still, if you think it through yourself and decide that it would really be the best way to win the rift race… I have your back, Hazō. What do you think?"



Cannai is currently commuting through Hyena territory, but Hazō will tell Cannai about Kumafuwafuwa's request when Cannai is available again.

Kei sees no problems with assigning Pandā as Pangolin's ambassador, but needs to get permission from Pangolin's hierarchies. Hazō expects Cannai will be fine with the Pangolin group moving northwards to the coast.

Yuno has been cautioned in the strongest terms that the supposed "open acceptance of Fire's new religion" is a trap and that she should not register.

Hyūga Neji reluctantly notes that while their initial exploration went very smoothly due to your support in seals and chakra, they will be taking on additional risk if they continue to explore without said support, especially with the Byakugan failing the deeper the team goes into the cavern. They're taking a recovery day today anyway, but Neji wants to confirm that you want them to continue at higher risk, and for you to clarify what the mission objective would be in such exploration.

Mari has provided Hazō with a list of mine locations in Fire, in case Hazō wants to go and check their mineral richness. If not, she'll ask Gaku to buy whichever ones he thinks are most promising.

XP Award: 3 + 0 (brevity) XP

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on .
 
Last edited:
Author's Note: This is the second half of the long-gone Chapter 506: Talking with the Boss, Part 1 of Part 1. I don't want to have "Chapter 506...Part 2" here in the 600s but I haven't decided what to do with it yet. I might go back and edit it into that chapter, or fiddle the order in the threadmarks, or maybe something else. None of the options seem especially appealing for various reasons, so I'll figure it out later.

You really should re-read the earlier part before reading this, since it starts in media res.

(EDIT: This was merged into chapter 506 and can be skipped if you have read that chapter recently.)



The Toad Sages did eventually tire themselves out and return, grumbling, to their seats.

"If you don't mind me saying so, you two are incredible fighters," Noburi said. "The only human I ever saw who was even close to that level was Maito Gai, and he was widely known as probably the greatest taijutsu master alive."

Both of the centuries-old demigods preened like the worst stereotypes of teenage girls with a new mirror.

"Thank you, boy," Fukasaku said, puffing on his pipe. "We sparred with little Gai a few times. Had some good moves, that one."

"He was nothing compared to our Jirry," Shima said stoutly. "Took us years to teach that boy the Toad Style katas, but once he learned them there was no one on your Path who could beat him when he was trying."

Noburi forebore to say anything about how maybe the reason that no one could beat Jiraiya in taijutsu 'when he was trying' was because Jiraiya didn't actually fight with taijutsu when he was trying—no one who wielded the Rasengan could be considered a taijutsu fighter. You weren't primarily a taijutsu fighter if simply touching your opponent was enough to turn them into itty-bitty chunks.

"I've never been a taijutsu guy myself," Noburi said, trying to sound regretful. "That's Hazō's gig and I'm sure he'd be over the moon if you ever wanted to share any tips or advice with him, or just tell him stories about Jiraiya and how you trained him. He really looked up to Jiraiya. For myself, I've focused on my ninjutsu much more." He made a throwing away gesture with one hand. "Still, that's a little off-track. You guys were telling me about the Sage and his band?"

"We were?" Fukasaku asked.

Shima thwapped Fukasaku atop his tuft of white hair. "Don't be obnoxious, you old goat! You know you can't wait to show off for the boy, so don't tease him on top of it!"

Fukasaku glared at her as he rubbed his head. "Fine, fine," he grumbled. "What about him did you want to know, boy?"

"Anything you're willing to tell, sir. What was his name, who were his friends, did he really create chakra...?"

"Create chakra!" Shima laughed. "Ha! That would be like creating weight, or light!"

"I create light every time I light my pipe," Fukasaku said. "Don't show off your ignorance!"

"That's not what I meant, old goat! I meant creating all light! The very idea of light!"

"But it's not what you said! Ha!"

"Hmph." Shima pushed her chair back and stood up, striding out of the room and into the kitchen. She was back moments later with a plate in either hand, half of a fist-sized treacle tart on each plate. She slid one in front of Noburi and set the other down at her own place. "I was going to cut this in thirds, but rude people don't get dessert."

"Hey!"

"I can split this and you can have—" Noburi froze halfway through offering part of his dessert. Shima's glare promised that his entire being would be reduced to its component elements should he dare to finish the sentence.

"That's not fair!" Fukasaku said. "You can't possibly be this petty!"

"Hmph." Shima delicately lifted the gooey dessert to her lips and took a small bite. "Oh, my. That came out very well. Mm."

"Give me th—" Fukasaku was reaching for Noburi's dessert as he spoke, but he cut himself off and yanked his hand back as Shima's wooden spoon slashed down where his fingers would have been, striking so hard that it cracked the table.

"Don't you dare disrespect a guest and shame our roof!" the toad matron snapped.

"He's our Summoner! It's his duty to—"

"It's not his duty to give you his dessert! If you want dessert then you need to be nice to me!"

"I am nice to you!"

"You think snotting off to me in front of the boy is nice?!"

Noburi coughed into his fist, then focused very closely on his dessert. Both toads stopped their spat to look at him. He "didn't notice" for a few seconds, then looked up in "surprise".

"Yes, sir? Ma'am?"

Fukasaku eyed him sourly for several long seconds while Noburi maintained a completely innocent expression. Finally, the Toad Sage turned to his wife.

"I'm sorry I was snotty," he grunted, his voce extremely sotto.

"Excuse me, what was that?" Shima said, placing a hand to her earhole. "I couldn't hear you."

Noburi coughed into his fist again, once more focusing on his dessert. Once more, the Toad Sages glared at him. Eventually, Shima sighed and turned to her husband.

"I made two tarts," she said. "There's a half on the counter in the kitchen if you want one."

His fuzzy caterpillar eyebrows shot up. He opened his mouth to say something but broke off when Noburi cleared his throat, then took a nibble of the tart and sighed in pleasure, eyes drifting closed as he sampled.

"You've got a real mouth on you, boy," Fukasaku said.

"Sir?" Noburi asked in pretended surprise. "I was just thinking what a delicious tart this is. Well, and how thoughtful Shima was to make something so delicious to share with us, and how nice of her to leave a slice out for everyone. I hope Yuno and I are so happy together when we've been together for as long as you have." He ducked his head in realization. "Well, proportionally as long as you have."

Shima simpered and Fukasaku glowered.

"Oh, very well," Fukasaku said. "The boy's right, I guess. Thank you for making this, Ma. I'm sorry I was snotty."

She leaned in and kissed him on the cheek. "Thank you, my dear old goat. Go get your slice. Oh, and there's milk in the icebox if you want some."

"Ooh! Excellent!" The Toad Sage vanished in a blur of speed and was back an instant later, his hair trailing after him in the wind of his passage. He was carrying three glasses in his left hand, a pitcher of milk in his right, and had a plate with his tart fixed to his shoulder via chakra adhesion. He proceeded to distribute the glasses and pour them full.

"Pretty ballsy of you, playing marriage counselor," Fukasaku grunted at Noburi.

"Sir? I have no idea what you mean."

Both toads grunted a laugh.

"You had some questions, boy?" Shima asked.

"About the Sage, yes. Anything you know about him, I'd be very interested. Especially about his use of chakra."

The sages exchanged glances and Fukasaku gave his wife a 'go ahead' tilt of the head.

"He didn't invent it," she said. "Chakra has always been there, just like heat or light. It comes in different flavors the same way food does, and it strengthens us the same way too. It's made from life and dances through everything that lives. It swirls and flows like water. It is made of many parts, just like life. What you humans consider chakra is just a tiny fraction of one flavor of chakra. Us Toads, we use far more of it—that's why we call it 'nature chakra', because we use all the flavors. Chakra has motion, currents, and feelings like the sea does." She smiled, nostalgia on her face. "Pa took me sailing on the ocean for our two hundredth anniversary. Just a little boat and the two of us under the stars." She basked in the memory for a moment, then shook it away.

"He didn't invent chakra but he was the first human to master it," she continued. "He worked out how to speak to it—not in words, of course. It's not intelligent." She paused. "Well, not exactly. It's more like..." She thought, then gave up. "It's not exactly intelligent the way you think of intelligence, but it's not mindless like a stone either. It's complicated.

"Anyway, after he learned how to use chakra he shared the knowledge with some of his closest friends. We don't have names for all of them but we know of seven: Dhruv, Avra, Nara, Mori, Yodomi, Raiyoke, and Tama. Very little is known of Dhruv and Avra because they only stayed with the Sage for two years and then they left. Avra went east to lands unknown while Dhruv went west. There's a bunch of different theories on why they left." She gestured to Fukasaku with a 'your turn' nod.

"One idea is that the Sage and Avra—she was the only girl in the group—dated for a while, or maybe she was his wife, and then they split," the old toad said. "Personally, I think it's unlikely. There's only one source for that theory and he was a known fraud about other things."

"I tend to go with Gamashisōka's view," Shima said. "The Sage and his band wanted to save the world. Avra and Dhruv went to map the way, learn about who else was out there, while the others stayed local to where they had been born and focused on coming up with a workable methodology in an environment that they were familiar with."

Fukasaku opened his mouth to snap something, then caught himself. Shima sighed.

"Go ahead," she said.

"There's another theory," Fukasaku said, touching his wife's webbed hand for a brief moment before turning fully back to Noburi. "The Sage and his friends were gathering an army to fight the Tenfold Abomination. Dhruv and Avra were sent away in case the others lost. They were to gather their own forces elsewhere to serve as a second and third chance if the main team fell, try to create secure fallback points for any of the survivors."

"You once mentioned that the Sage created the Seventh Path and all the species," Noburi said, nodding to Shima. "Was that part of his after-war planning? Maybe as a secure bolthole."

Both Sages shook their heads. "She was making a joke," Fukasaku said. "There's plenty of people on this Path who believe it was created by the Sage, or whatever title they call him by since no one knows his actual name. They're all wrong. The Sage wasn't actually a god and he didn't have the power to create entire universes."

"He created the demiverses," Shima corrected. "The ones that the humans use for their storage scrolls."

"He created the method for creating them, he didn't create all of them himself! Besides, that's not a universe."

"How is it not? It's got space, it's got—"

"It's got no time! How can you have a universe that exists for no time at all? You can't!"

"I thought he wasn't a sealmaster?" Noburi asked, trying to head off another violent 'debate' that could endanger the local ecology.

"We don't know for sure," Shima said. "Still, he was clearly the idea man for his team."

"I get that," Noburi said, nodding. "Hazō likes to say that he invented skywalkers because he had the idea, even though it was actually Kagome who did all the work."

"Hey, don't talk down your brother," Fukasaku said, glowering. "Nothing comes into existence until the idea does. Anyone can do the work of creating something once the hard part of inventing it has happened."

"Hah! You just say that because you don't want to share author credit with your researchers!"

"What we know for sure is the Sage and his friends created the Summoning contracts that allowed travel between worlds," Fukasaku said, visibly ignoring his wife's accusation. "Whether that was intended as an emergency evacuation method or something else, we don't know. And yes, Pa's right that the Sage and his friends gathered an army to fight the Tenfold Abomination. It's not clear if that happened before he decided to end war or after, and it's not clear whether he gave humans chakra so they could fight in the war or after he saw the wreckage of the so-called 'victory.'"

"He didn't give chakra to humans," Fukasaku said.

She rolled massive eyes. "Fine. The Sage had the idea and taught his friends how to use it, but Avra was the one who actually did the work of modifying people."

"It wasn't—" Fukasaku broke off and took a breath. "The medic wasn't Avra, Ma. You know that story is apocryphal! You just like it because you want the girl to be the important one, but the timelines don't match up—the Great Melding clearly happened after the Abomination was defeated, by which time she was long gone!"

Shima sniffed. "She came back, you dingus! It clearly says—"

"Sorry, you keep mentioning the Tenfold Abomination," Noburi interrupted quickly. "What exactly was it? Something like a Tailed Beast?"

"Psh," Shima said as Fukasaku snorted in disgust. "Tailed Beasts. I think not! Those are just the remnants of it after the Sage and his friends ripped it apart."

"Ripped it apart? Remnants?" Noburi echoed, eyes wide. He contemplated what it would mean for the most powerful entities of his world to be mere fragments of something.

"Sure," Fukasaku said. "The Tenfold Abomination was an External. Came from the chaos that is outside the cosmos. There's lots of those things and they keep trying to wiggle into our cosmos. Probably because it's a lot nicer here—"

"Or maybe because we only know about the ones that try to get in?" Shima said archly. "There could be gazillions of the things that are perfectly happily baking their own crazy bread out of the color green and sculpting statues out of childhood night terrors or whatever, and we only hear about the handful that want to smash through the walls of our cozy little home."

"Yes, yes, fine, whatever. Anyway, the thing got in somehow and it was destroying everything. They're poison. Everywhere they go, reality breaks and melts down into slag."

"Are the Dragons Externals?" Noburi asked. "I've seen what their scales do—they poison and dissolve anything they come in contact with."

Shima shrugged. "Maybe?"

"Of course they aren't!" Fukasaku snapped. "Those things are just horrible monsters. They dissolve things, sure, but they don't affect actual reality. Maybe they burn the skin off your hand but afterwards your skin isn't Tuesday."

"You aren't seriously going with that nonsense tablet from Karatoa, are you?" Shima demanded. "He was a drunk and a drug user, and you know it! The whole thing was nonsense, soup to nuts. Of course they are Externals. They're the ones that the Sage bound first. It said so in Volume 3 of Nakae's Annals!"

"That section is an insert by his brother! You can tell by the word choices."

"It is not! That's a dirty lie put out by Gamabobo! He was always trying to tear down Gamaatamai, and discrediting her sources was just part of that."

"Pardon," Noburi said. "You were talking about the Tenfold Abomination?"

"Oh, right," Shima said. "The Sage and his friends defeated it. It's an External, so you can't kill it and imprisoning it is problematic. Instead, they tore it apart. Its body became the Tailed Beasts. Its mind was broken into fragments, carefully divided so that no one chunk could accomplish anything on its own."

"By 'accomplish anything', she means 'go reunite with the other shards and reform the Abomination'," Fukasaku added helpfully.

"I was getting to that! Stop interrupting, you obnoxious old fart!" She looked back to Noburi. "Yes, that. The fragments aren't bound—they're just chunks of a mind, you can't tie ropes around a mind. They could go reunite with the rest of the fragments anytime they wanted and there's no way to prevent that."

"Obviously there's some way!" Fukasaku said. "You can tell on account of reality is still here."

"Fine," Shima said. "Whatever, be difficult. The Sage and his friends didn't want the fragments escaping, and they wanted to make sure that no single individual knew all the details. None of them talked to anyone or wrote down what their method was."

Noburi swallowed nervously. "That sounds very dangerous. In our family we make a point of working together, and we always come up with better ideas as a result. If only one person thinks something up, they're liable to miss something. Besides, most defenses need to be maintained; if no one knows how to do that..."

"Yup," Fukasaku said, an inappropriate amount of relish in his tone. "Reality lives balanced on a knife edge. Any day now, one of the fragments might get out of its prison and reunite with one of its others, then they would all reunite to reclaim and recombine the fragments of their body. A few hours or days later, pop!" He slammed his palm onto the table with an echoing slap. "Reality bursts like a bubble and we're all swept into nonspace to suffer in unending agony forever!" He took a big bite of his tart. "Oh, this is good, Ma! You really outdid yourself."

"It's the cinnamon," she said. "Really gives it that warmth that brings the whole thing together."

Fukasaku's massive tongue explored around his lips thoughtfully, licking up every last trace of the treacle. "Mm, mm! Really good. Is that cloves I taste? Have I told you that you're a genius in the kitchen?"

Shima glowed. "Thank you, dear."

"Um, about the fragments," Noburi said hesitantly. "Nara, Mori, the others...those are clans on the Human Path. They're all descended from one of the Sage's companions?"

"Of course," Shima said.

Noburi thought about that. "How did chakra get given to everyone then?"

"It was a recruiting method," Fukasaku said. "Join the army of the Sage to help save reality, get superpowers."

"Only at first," Shima corrected. "After the battle they tried to give it to everyone in order to balance out power. The theory was that if everyone had power, and at least part of everyone's power lay in understanding each other, there wouldn't be violence or war anymore." She shook her head. "Didn't work, unfortunately. Not everyone was able to accept the gift—or maybe the word is 'willing', it's unclear."

"Or maybe they just didn't get to it before the medic died and they forgot to write down how to do it, just like they forgot to write down so much else, including who they were!" Fukasaku said.

"That could be," Shima agreed. "Of course, it wouldn't have worked anyway. No sooner did you humans get chakra then you started using it to kill each other."

"Yeah, you humans are so violent," Fukasaku said with what Noburi felt was a shocking lack of self-awareness given how he and his wife interacted. "Sure, the chakra that got handed out before the war was all battle-themed, but everything after that was intended to promote harmony. Empathic connection, healing, sharing of minds based on skin contact, awareness of and oneness with the cosmos, that kind of thing. Took about that long"—he snapped his fingers—"before you started using it to crush each other's minds, carve up people's innards, tear secrets out of each others' brains, all that. Bah."

"It might not be completely their fault," Shima said to her husband. "When the Abomination's mind was torn apart and the Sage gathered it into the various fragments, it's quite likely that some tiny scraps were missed. Escaped into the environment and bonded to human bloodlines."

"You're saying that some humans have an External's...dreams, or whatever, corrupting their minds?"

Shima sniffed. "It's a theory."

"It's her theory," Fukasaku said, rolling his eyes. "She's been trying to prove it for sixty years."

"And I'm getting close! You saw what was in those Crow tablets!"

"Ha! Those chicken scratchings are purely bogus! Absolute nonsense! It's not pipeweed that they put in their pipes, if you know what I mean!"

"They are not! Karatoa was a very diligent scholar!"

"Diligent my very manly bottom! He was a lush! In fact, you said that yourself not five minutes ago when I talked about the Dragons!"

The conversation devolved from there until Noburi finally gave up, offered his thanks for the meal and conversation, and escaped to the relatively insanity of the Gōketsu estate. He couldn't help thinking that things were bad when the Gōketsu estate was the sane place.





XP AWARD: 1

Brevity XP: 1


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 633: Paths Not Chosen
Hazō nodded slowly. "I bring Kagome-sensei with me, he's just as desperate and a researcher that can help. Maybe Noburi or Kei. They're also summoners so we can evade pursuit together, and they can bring offensive combat power that Kagome-sensei and I personally lack, and Noburi helps me heal faster to get back into sealing research sooner. I make the pitch to them via a shadow clone with me and Kagome-sensei all ready to go – if they agree, I give them a rendezvous, if not, they just don't hear from me again."

"That seems like a reasonable plan for missing-nin-Hazō to do. Whether it's a good plan, I don't know," Naruto said. "I know it's an insane thing to ask, but Kei tells me that you're the insane guy that likes to pitch insane plans. Most likely, you'll never be able to return to Leaf again. Akatsuki would hunt you, as would pretty much every other village who wanted your scroll and your secrets. But… if you don't leave Leaf, I don't know if you could do rift research or lithosealing research and keep it a secret. Maybe we can do something without that edge, maybe not. It's hard, it probably won't work, and I really don't want to pressure you into doing anything like this that you'll regret. Still, if you think it through yourself and decide that it would really be the best way to win the rift race… I have your back, Hazō. What do you think?"


Hazō didn't answer right away. Instead, he walked over to the office window, making absolutely certain to keep a safe distance from it, as his mind raced.

If he agreed, he might never see this view again. He might never see this village again, depending on how things played out. He couldn't say he loved Leaf, not the way Naruto did. It had a lot going for it, and it was sure as hell better than the village he'd once left behind, but in the end, it was just a place. He valued Leaf for what it had in it–notably Ino, but also other friends, acquiantances, and acquaintances who might have been friends if he'd ever found the time. He valued its potential as a cradle of Uplift. He could take or leave its culture, which had its highs (a commandment to protect, however imperfectly implemented; books, cheap and infinite in their variety; free speech, assuming basic common sense), but also its lows (a desperate lack of good seafood; rampant homophobia; a legal system that respected unwritten rules far too much). He certainly felt that Fire could do with less forest. It wasn't the kind of passionate love that would make him weep to leave Leaf behind the way other Leaf ninja would.

Still, if he left, he'd be throwing away everything he'd built in this village he was so ambivalent about. The clan, developed into something grand and mighty from the bare foundations left behind by Jiraiya. Countless Uplift projects, some finally bearing fruit and others that would surely repay his investment any month now. Hard-earned bonds that could never be replaced. What if he could never come back?

"I'm sorry, sir," he said. "I don't think I'm ready to answer that question. When I am, I suppose I won't be able to tell you–plausible deniability and all."

"Fair," Naruto said. "I never expected you to give me an instant answer anyway. Frankly, I'd be a little disappointed if you had. Don't overthink the deniability side of things, though. C'mon, this was my idea from the start. If you run away now, obviously it'll be because of this conversation, and that's what I'll have to cover up if Akatsuki come calling. There's already no way back, Hazō."

That sounded a lot darker than Naruto probably meant it. A second later, the Hokage winced, as if having the same realisation.

Hazō didn't want to go there. Instead, he let his mind turn to practicalities. He turned away from the window, taking care to keep the Hokage's desk and its classified paperwork well out of his line of sight while he was close enough to read, and went back to the seat he badly needed.

"I've just had a thought," he said, and it was a mark of the seriousness of the conversation that Naruto didn't respond with a quip. "Remember how Jiraiya always meant you to be the Gōketsu clan head? Could we make use of that to protect my clan from being exploited or punished by Akatsuki if I go missing?"

Naruto frowned. "What are you saying, Hazō?"

"What if you replaced me as Lord of the Gōketsu?" Hazō asked. "Obviously," he added quickly, "you have the Uzumaki legacy to think about, and this isn't meant as an insult to that in any way. I just want to bring up the idea, because it has a lot of potential upsides. It's plausible, because it cuts down on my treasonous self's power and political influence, which is something you'd want to do if a clan head went rogue. It's also plausible in the other direction, because I'd be extra-likely to go missing if I was going to lose my clan due to treachery. Then, if you take over, Akatsuki going after the Gōketsu means them going after the Hokage's clan, and this time without any AMITY violations to cite. It would make it a lot easier for me to leave. Plus, you'd get the Pangolin armour techniques without any trouble for Kei. I don't need to tell you how well they mesh with your combat style."

"It's not a bad idea in and of itself," Naruto said eventually. "Really, it's just what I'd expect from you. Something no sane Leaf ninja would ever think of, never mind suggest, that goes straight for the heart of the problem with all the firepower you've got. The Uzumaki legacy…"

He broke off for a moment.

"There was a moment, a while back, when I was thinking of letting it go. Don't get me wrong, letting the Uzumaki die, just like that, forever, feels wrong. It feels like the worst thing in the world. But when Jiraiya wanted me to co-found the Gōketsu, there was a part of me–OK, several parts of me–that said maybe it would be worth it, to give up my birth family's legacy so I could give one to the man who'd brought me up. Maybe I owed Jiraiya that much. Maybe I should trade in the past for the future. Stop longing for something I could never have and pour myself into my found family. It's weird and hard to put into words and I don't expect you to get it."

No, Hazō got it. Hazō wished he could express just how much he got it. He'd had to give up on Mum, thinking he'd lost her forever. He'd grown into a new Hazō in the found family that was Team Uplift, and even now, that family eclipsed everything he'd left behind in Mist. Even if it made him a bad son, he had no regrets. But if he'd had the choice, if he'd been forced to weigh the two against each other without knowing in advance how incredibly Team Uplift would work out… he didn't even know how that was possible. What it would have done to him, to have to make that choice.

"But the Gōketsu aren't Jiraiya's clan anymore, Hazō. They're yours. That path's been cut off."

Hazō didn't know what to say to that.

"Actually," Naruto said, "forget I said all that. How I feel about stuff… it's not really the deciding factor here. I guess now that I'm Hokage, how I feel isn't going to matter all that much, y'know? Gramps and Jiraiya warned me about that up front.

"What does matter is that me taking over the Gōketsu would look bad. Like, really, really bad. Worse than Orochimaru before he puts his makeup on in the morning."

Hazō took a second to ponder all the implications of that image. Each was more disturbing than the last.

"Sorry," Naruto said. "You didn't deserve that. Here's the thing, Hazō. I'm not Asshat. I'm not Sarutobi Asuma. If the power goes to my head, there are exactly two people who can stop me, and one of them doesn't care, and the other is usually out of reach. I could wipe out any clan on my own without setting foot on the battlefield. Assuming I did them in the right order, I could wipe out the village without setting foot on the battlefield. There are a lot of people right now who are just a tiny bit scared of what might happen to a teenager with the power of a demigod who, for the first time in his life, doesn't have to listen to anybody. So if one of my first actions is to seize a clan and make it my own, something that's never been done in history, that's going to be the kind of crisis from which there is no way back."

"There's the will," Hazō objected. "You'd just be taking the job Jiraiya wanted you in all along."

"That would be the same thing as a casus belli," Naruto said, "as in, a shameless lie to make a naked power grab look pretty. Nobody's going to accept that a dead man's word trumps a clan head's right to pick his own successor, and you do have your own successor."

"Then…" Hazō said slowly, "what if I make you my successor? Before, I leave, I mean. Maybe even if I don't."

Naruto considered. "Better. Assuming people don't think I pressured you into it, I mean. It would be a hard sell, because, again, no one's ever done something this crazy before, but you have a rep for craziness, and I have a rep for not being a total bastard, so between those two, we might get away without a crisis. Buuuut… take a step back and think what that does to your clan.

"Forget you declaring yourself an unfit clan head and Noburi an unfit successor. You're saying there is literally not one person in your clan who's fit for office, to the point where you have to bring in an outsider to run the show. That's the Gōketsu buried beneath the roots. There's no coming back from that. You might as well disband the clan and call it a day, 'cause your ninja will be better off with the KEI than trying to live with that reputational millstone around their necks. Hell, you'd have the Hokage himself signing off on that assessment, so you can't even claim after the fact that no, Lord Hazō was just crazy and everyone's fine really.

"That's what it would do to you. What it would do to me… The Gōketsu aren't Jiraiya's clan anymore. How does Leaf see the Gōketsu? You're bold. Brilliant. Inventive. Unstable. Blasphemous. Treasonous. Foreign. You're a poison that serves as amazing medicine when the dosage is right, but you've come close to killing the patient more than once. The Hokage, the heart of the village, the avatar of the Will of Fire, the one who mediates between all sides, can never be a Gōketsu. Not anymore."

"...All right," Hazō said. "There's no need for you to commit now, so if you can think of any ways to make this work–and you want to make it work–then just get back to me whenever. So while both of us are thinking, there's also the question of what to do if I stay. I'm not saying going missing is a royal road to victory, but our odds as is seem pretty grim.

"3D sealing is my big hope, I think. Its potential is a complete mystery right now. Maybe if I keep investigating, I'll discover something that can protect Leaf against invasion after we kill Akatsuki. Some kind of super barrier, maybe, or towers that blast our enemies with elemental doom as they approach, or a Whirlpool-style dimensional travel technique that just moves Leaf out of the way of trouble until everyone gives up and goes away. Or maybe the opposite, a forced storage effect that just puts incoming armies into an extradimensional space while we prepare explosive runes where they were standing."

"Hazō," Naruto smirked, "you're grinning."

Huh. He was.

"A-Anyway," Hazō hurried on, "all of that's going to have to wait while I heal up, plus there's all the joy of teaching Orochimaru lithosealing so I'm not the only point of failure in saving the world from Dragons. In the meantime, do you want the key to your father's sealing notes? I really don't want Akatsuki to get it if they come back, but taking it with me and just leaving Leaf with no way to use the notes seems pretty short-sighted."

"I'd prefer that," Naruto said. "I'm not going to start talking about legacies again… but it doesn't seem right, just abandoning his work in case his enemies get it. There's a difference between preparing for Akatsuki and cutting our own hands off because we're scared they'll catch us carrying weapons.

"Damn," he said while Hazō tried to run through any other relevant issues in his head, "the more I think about it, the more the missing-nin plan stinks in its own right. Giving up the Dog Scroll hurts–it's one of the best we've got, in terms of comparative advantage, though don't even think of repeating that in front of the Inuzuka. If Kagome goes, losing two scrolls is huge. Those get captured, it's the end of Leaf's exclusive comms advantage. Noburi, Kei… Leaf would lose half its summoning capability, and that's forgetting what else they do. Noburi going missing would mean losing the Zoo Rush and training top-ups. Kei going missing would be a political crisis and the Nara wouldn't let me get away with half-measures hunting her down. Mari's not even a summoner, but after whatever the hell happened to Ami, we can't afford to lose another experienced social spec. No offence to Kurenai, but she's in no state to be the entirety of Leaf's I&S elite.

"The other thing is that you're going to be the world's most valuable capture target, the genius sealmaster who invented the skywalkers and the weapon that killed Kakuzu and is also carrying a summoning scroll. I'm glad Momochi Zabuza's dead, because anybody who gets their hands on you out there gets the Shadow Clone Technique, 3D sealing, however many scrolls you've got with you, all the scary weapons we both know you've got up your sleeve and haven't got round to sharing with your Kage, information about the rift… ugh. Why did you guys have to be so damn important?"

Hazō shrugged helplessly.

"Whatever. We both need to think about this some more and try and get all the angles covered before talking. Before you go, are there any resources I've got that would help you with this whole mess?"

"I have a few ideas," Hazō said. "Most obviously, do you have any relevant ninjutsu?"

"Relevant to what?" Naruto asked.

"Just generally," Hazō said. "I don't yet have a specific goal in mind beyond what you already know I'm doing."

"...Right," Naruto said. "I'll dig through the Tower archives and see if I get struck by inspiration, but that's not much to go on. Anything else?"

"Any relevant lore?" Hazō asked. "No one's come forward to volunteer anything among the clans, but I figured you might have access to Whirlpool secrets or something that might help."

Naruto shook his head, his face twisting in a bitter smile. "You'd think that, wouldn't you? Trouble is, Mum was a kid when Whirlpool pulled their disappearing act. Forget ancient secrets, she didn't even know how many ninja they had in the village. The only person who might have had them was Lady Mito, but Whirlpool was still there in her time, meaning she was in a normal inter-clan marriage where she wasn't allowed to share one clan's secrets with the other. If she did anyway, they would've gone to the Senju, and Aunt Sunny never got round to passing them on to me. Everything in Mum's diaries was to do with the Uzumaki blood, which is to say clan secrets you one thousand percent don't need to know, nothing about Paths or Dragons or whatever."

It was almost pleasant, having someone willing to share ancient lore with him if they'd only had any, instead of barring his way just because he would totally weaponise anything he got his hands on for the greater good.

"How about your father?" Hazō asked. "Any sealing insights he left behind that might help me get deeper into 3D sealing, or other sealing for that matter?"

"You'd know better than me," Naruto said. "As a jinchūriki, I was about as likely to specialise in sealing as Lord Hagoromo is to join the Kittensphere."

How did Naruto know that name? No, some questions were best left unanswered.

"It really didn't make sense for me to cling to those notes I couldn't use when I had the best person in the world to figure them out right there. Long story short, whatever you inherited from Jiraiya sealing-wise should already be built on top of whatever insights were there to find."

OK, Naruto was offering to give Hazō shinies of his own initiative. Hazō couldn't just let this opportunity pass by. He wracked his brain for something, anything he could ask for.

"You're the world expert on the Shadow Clone Technique," Hazō said. "Do you have any mind-strengthening tricks that would help me do research in parallel with multiple shadow clones?"

Naruto took a second to think, as if running through a mental list, then shook his head.

"Sorry. When it comes to shadow clone awesomeness, I'm just built different."

Hazō couldn't resist raising an eyebrow.

"Hey, I'm serious. Kinda. I'm an Uzumaki, a jinchūriki, and someone who's been using the technique every day since I was a baby. What I do with shadow clones is as much part of me as what you do with the Iron Nerve is part of you. You want 'techniques', you go to the Yamanaka… though I wouldn't be too optimistic, considering."

"Considering what?"

"I don't know if there were ever any Yamanaka sealmasters who knew the Shadow Clone Technique, never mind enough to make it worth researching stuff just for them, so it's luck of the draw whether they'll happen to have something that's coincidentally relevant and it survived the Triple Disaster and they're willing to share it even though it's probably a clan secret. You know how it is."

Hazō knew how it was.

"Speaking of sharing clan secrets," he tried, "those jōnin-level seals that the other clans submitted to Sasori aren't clan secrets anymore. Can I examine them? Maybe there'll be something useful."

"I would love to make that happen," Naruto said seriously. "It would be a great idea, considering you'd be using those seals exactly to screw over the people that extorted them out of us. Buuuut it's also totally illegal. Leaf law, as Shikamaru reminded me, says missing-nin aren't people, and that means they technically can't know clan secrets. Which is the kind of pure Nara madness that tied my brain in knots back when Gramps was drumming the Leaf legal codes into me, but it also means that if, say, the Gōketsu clan head goes missing, every single Gōketsu clan secret isn't instantly up for grabs."

"That," Hazō reluctantly admitted, "makes a lot more sense than it should. Fine, one final idea. Can Kagome please please please have permission to learn the Shadow Clone Technique? I can't overstate how long I've been trying to make this happen and how much it would help. Especially since Akatsuki didn't tell him to stop researching the rift, or really register his existence at all, and in my judgement he's a jōnin sealmaster who'd make a major contribution to our efforts."

Naruto sighed. "Look, I hate that I keep having to say no, but I've looked at the Seventh's notes on the subject, and I took a little time to think it through myself, and… Hazō, it just doesn't make logical sense. It's not that I don't value your assessment, but the man's what, in his forties already, and his research output's been… eh. That's including now, when we're in multiple races against time and I'm not seeing two jōnin's worth of sealing magic in the Seventh's notes on the Gōketsu. How long's it going to take a man like him to train the technique et cetera to the point where it's speeding up his research instead of sidetracking him from it? Nine months? A year? We don't have that kind of time to spend on prep with Akatsuki breathing down our necks. If you're just thinking of infusion safety, then by all accounts, he's already the Safety God of Shinobi and the last man who needs the most classified technique you're allowed to know about as an extra layer of protection.

"On the flip side, the man's a massive OPSEC risk, putting it mildly. Never mind the rest of our top jōnin; what do you think is going to happen to me if the Shadow Clone Technique, or enough pieces of the Shadow Clone Technique, fall into enemy hands and they figure out a hard counter? We know it's possible; Akatsuki blundered into one by sheer luck. A village like Rock could just make that information public–giving out combat tips isn't an AMITY violation.

"Besides, I'm not saying we shouldn't put him on rift research, but if they ever think to check, he's dead. S-rankers don't care about technicalities; we care about getting what we want."

"I-I see," Hazō said, cursing on the inside. This wasn't over. He'd promised Kagome-sensei shadow clones. He'd promised to fight for his teacher's needs, and to make up for past neglect and the terrible misstep with Ami. But if he was going to convince Naruto, clearly he'd need to come with stronger explosives.

"We both have a lot to think about now," Naruto said, "not that this conversation ever happened, and you know the consequences if anyone thinks it did. Go home and rest, Hazō–while there's time."

-o-​

You have received 1 + 1 (QM-had-fun) = 2 XP (this conversation is a direct continuation of the previous chapter).

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 634: Bargaining with the Snake

"You always take me to such elegant places," said Mari as she studied the rough dirt walls of the underground bubble.

Hazō had found her in the cafeteria and flashed her the handtalk for 'danger, casual evac' as he walked past on his way to the table with the food seals. He grabbed one and, as he usually did, chatted with the docents for a minute or two before walking out as though taking the food back to his office to battle the demons of paperwork. Mari finished her food in leisurely fashion, spent twenty minutes gossiping with some of the clan, and wandered out.

They met at the eastern wall and disappeared into the woods with all the stealth they could manage. They traveled for an hour, changing directions at random times and using skywalkers so as to leave no trace of scent or footprint. Eventually, they found a random depression in the middle of a random patch of forest that satisfied Hazō's unstated criteria. He spent an hour using Earthshaping to move dirt aside and compact it sufficiently to support a narrow shaft ninety feet deep. They climbed in, he covered the hole with a few planks, and he Earthshaped the dirt back over them, taking care to arrange everything as carefully as possible so it would look undisturbed. He used repeated castings of Tunnel Excavation to dig down another hundred feet before opening one to the side so they had a more convenient place to stand. Mari had started to ask what was going on but he waved her to silence while he plugged up the bottom of the shaft with a Multiple Earth Wall and set up anti-Byakugan seals, an Air Dome that would block sound, and several Tunneler's Friend seals that would ensure they didn't die.

Mari watched all this by the light of the Jiraiya's Awesome Daybright Lantern Seal, her expression balanced between bemusement and alarm.

"Yeah, well, it was necessary," Hazō said.

"You have absolutely no idea how terrifying that is under the current context. Please, say whatever you need to say since my brain is currently throwing out possibilities that I really hope are worse than the reality."

Hazō took a deep breath and let it out slowly. We are exhaling stress and fear, inhaling calm and relaxation.

"So...that talk with Naruto," he began. "You heard him prohibit me from doing any research into the rift."

"Okay...and?"

"I really, really do not want to give up research into the rift."

Her eyes got very slightly wider. "Hazō, what are you planning?"

"First, do you have any ideas on how I can reconcile those things?"

She studied him. "Remind me. What exactly did he say?"

"He said 'needless to say, you're absolutely forbidden from doing any further research on the rift in any shape or form'."

"There is no way to reconcile that," she said. "You either convince him to change those orders, or you stop doing rift research, or you commit treason. If you do that last one then you'll get found out and get executed. That's it."

"There's...one other option," Hazō said carefully.

"You have got to be kidding," she said. "Are you seriously considering going missing again?"

"'Considering' would be a strong word," Hazō said. "I'm not sure what to do. If I went missing, I'd be able to figure out how to open the rift. I'd be able to get Akane back, and Jiraiya."

She grimaced and rubbed her forehead, hard, as though trying to push away a headache. "Hazō," she said after a moment, "I get it. Honestly, I do. I want Akane back too, and Jiraiya, and lots of other people." Her full lips twitched in a dark smile. "I'd even like my uncle back, for a few minutes. Maybe an hour. Still, wanting doesn't make it possible. If Naruto has forbidden research that strongly then you're done. Going missing...it's not an option."

"Why not?" he said. "I could—"

"No. It is not an option. You're a Clan Lord of a voting clan with a head full of state secrets. You're the Dog Summoner. You're an expert sealmaster who knows some of Leaf's most important seals. You're a Shadow Clone user, which might be Leaf's single biggest secret overall and is definitely their—our most secret jutsu. You have intimate knowledge of the key people inside Leaf, knowledge that could be exploited by any infiltrator. If you go missing, the response will be cataclysmic. Naruto will devote all of Leaf's resources to finding you and dragging you back. There won't be a lot of regard for whether or not you're dragged back alive or dead, since you will be executed the moment you return."

"Let's assume I could evade the search," Hazō said. He held up a hand to cut her off. "Just assume, for the sake of argument. C'mon, Mari. We evaded Zabuza for two years and we didn't even have skywalkers and skytowers for most of that time. I could bounce over to the eastern continent without ever being seen from the ground."

"True," she reluctantly admitted. "And you could hide out on the Seventh Path. Except Leaf's Summoners will be showing up in Dog Territory to ask some very pointed questions, at which point you're probably asking dogs to die to defend you." She ducked her head, acknowledging an error. "Well, maybe not. You've said that Dog Territory is huge, so maybe you can evade the people looking for you, especially if Cannai helps. Still, the reason that Naruto is forbidding this is because of Akatsuki's ban, right? What happens when they show up at Dog? They're not going to be polite about it, they'll just start burning and killing until either Cannai coughs you up or the whole country is destroyed."

Hazō snorted. "I would love to see Akatsuki go against Cannai on his own turf. He would mulch them."

"Are you sure?" she asked. "Because I'm not. We don't know how powerful the bosses are, Hazō. We have no information whatsoever about their Seventh Path combat abilities, whereas we know that Akatsuki are terrifyingly powerful. Heck, Uchiha can set things on fire just by looking at them. Do you want Cannai or the other dogs to get hurt keeping the bad guys off of you? If you say you do then I'll call you a liar to your face.

"Regardless, even if you could escape the consequences, the Gōketsu who stay home couldn't. They will all be contaminated by your treason, and—"

"They?" Hazō asked, eyebrows going up.

"I suppose it could be 'we'," Mari admitted. "I was assuming I would go with you, but maybe I would be more of a hindrance than a help since I can't reverse summon. If I stay, it would be 'we'.

"I'll be honest, Hazō: if you go and you think I'd be a net positive, I'll go with you. I've spent too long raising you up to let you get eaten by vampire grass now, so I'll go. I'll be sad, but I'll go."

"Sad?"

"I'm a city girl at heart; I like the hot springs, and the shopping, and the politicking and, yes, getting sex on the regular." She rolled her eyes back in her head and moaned in exaggerated delight. "Oh, ancestors, yes. Being able to have all the sex whenever I want is awesome. That said, if I go with you—or, more importantly, if Noburi and Kei and you and I all go together, which is what I'm sure you would really want—the response will be beyond cataclysmic. So far beyond that I literally can't think of words for it.

"Then there's the other side. Whoever we don't bring with us is going to twist in the breeze. How many hours do you think it'll be before Akatsuki shows up to get more sealing information from you, finds you gone, and tortures random Gōketsu ninja for information on where you are?"

"I am not a mystery gift," Hazō said. "They can't show up and beat me for yummy treats every time they get snackish. And they can't beat my people for information they don't have. If I go missing, I'm hardly going to leave an itinerary."

She shrugged. "Tell them that."

Hazō chewed his frustration.

"Forget the external threats like Akatsuki," Mari said. "What about the internal ones? I have no idea what would happen to the clan. No one does, because there's no precedent. Almost certainly, no other clan is willing to work with us and the ones that like us—the Nara, the Yamanaka, the Aburame, maybe one or two others—are forced to distance themselves so they don't get splashed."

Hazō thought about that. "I'm sad to hear the Akimichi don't like us," he said after a moment, smiling a bit.

"Eh. I don't think they dislike us. I'd say they can take or leave us."

"Well, we can't be having that. I expect everyone to like us, Mari. Get on that, won't you?"

She gave an overly dramatic salute. "Sir, yes sir. Seriously, though. If I were in Hagoromo's shoes, I would get the Clan Council to pressure Naruto into dissolving the Gōketsu. Regardless of what happened to the clan, you going missing again would kill any possibility of other missing-nin ever coming in from the cold, or anyone changing villages in the future. We've been counting on that as a societal pressure towards peace—overly warlike or oppressive villages will find their people trickling away to calmer, more liberal villages. There will be more cultural exchange, leading to greater international empathy. You are the first ninja to ever transfer nationalities and become accepted at the highest levels of power despite the universal consensus that missing-nin can't be trusted. If you run, you confirm that belief and destroy any hope of building on our success."

Hazō studied her for five long seconds. "What if I came back a hero?" he asked quietly. "I go missing for a year, maybe two or three. Then I come back with Jiraiya in tow, maybe the Third and the Fourth. Captain Hatake. Gai. Asuma. Lord Yamanaka, Lord Nara. Maybe even Hyūga Asshat himself."

She thought about that. "Naruto would backdate some papers showing that this was an assigned mission. He would look like a genius. No one would dare to criticize him about anything for months, maybe a year, and even afterwards he would have political capital up the yin-yang. Leaf would become the dominant power on the continent." She thought a bit longer. "Could you actually do it that quickly? Not just get the rift open, but rescue all those people?"

"No idea. Assume I could, for the sake of discussion."

"It would put the shark among the mackerel, that's for sure. The other nations would absolutely freak out to see us surge in strength like that. Especially if they realized that yes, these people really had been dead and we really had resurrected them, implying that we could do it again whenever we wanted and that it was now impossible to actually kill Leaf's ninja." She sank to the floor, leaning back against the dirt wall and not seeming to notice when some of it fell in her hair. "I have no idea what would happen," she said thoughtfully. "Some of them would want to attack instantly, some would want to ally with us. Akatsuki would lose their minds..." She trailed off, looking into the future for a moment, then looked up at him. "You really need to kill them, you know."

"Have you had any new ideas?"

"No, but that doesn't mean you shouldn't. You're the idea guy, Hazō. Chop chop! Fix it!" She smiled to show she was joking.

"Yeah, I'd love to. I don't know that I can," Hazō said, not laughing along.

Irritation washed across her face. "Hazō, stop being ridiculous. You were the master of massive destruction even before you got hold of these new runes. You said that the runic equivalent of a puffer seal was big enough to demolish a good chunk of a clan estate, right?"

He waffled his hand side to side. "Maybe. It would depend on—"

"Oh, don't give me that. If that's what a tiny one can do then a full-power one will be massively better. Plus, you've mentioned all kinds of ideas for Force Wall blade thingies and other weirdness. You're a sealmaster, Hazō. Stop whining and do the job."

"Ma'am, yes ma'am," Hazō said, smiling. "That actually makes a good segue into the next topic. I'm going to sell lithosealing to Orochimaru. He'll figure it out himself soon enough so better if I get some value for it now. Any thoughts?"

She pursed her lips. "A few, but what are you thinking of asking for?"

"Well, first..."

o-o-o-o​

"An elegant place," Orochimaru said, looking around at Gōketsu Research Facility #147, the Gōketsu research facility five miles outside of Leaf that was used only for the most secret work. Kagome-sensei had absolutely freaked out when he heard that the Snake Sannin would see the place and was already taking notes on what needed to be disassembled before destruction and what could merely be exploded in place.

"Thank you," Hazō said. "If you'll step over here?"

The Snake Sannin followed him to the center of the facility where a deep shaft disappeared into the earth.

Orochimaru looked at the six-foot-wide pit, then to Hazō with a raised eyebrow.

"Follow, please," Hazō said, jumping into the hole and bouncing casually from side to side to slow his descent.

He touched down and pressed back to the wall to avoid most of the dirt that showered down on him from the Snake Sannin's drop.

Orochimaru touched down beside him and instinctively checked for threats before allowing his gaze to alight on the sparkling crystal that sat on the ground before him.

"This is a rune," Hazō said. "A three-dimensional seal. Specifically, an explosive of power unimaginably greater than what can be done with paper."

"Interesting." His posture did not tighten in the way a normal person's might.

"We're going to do two example blasts today, sir," Hazō said. "This one is proportionally equivalent to a puffer seal. There's another one above that's proportionally equivalent to a training tag."

"You do not intend to impress me with a full-strength demonstration?"

"Ten ryō says that you'll be impressed."

Orochimaru snorted amusement and squatted down to examine the iridescent crystal from all sides. He kept his hands to himself, but his forked tongue flicked out to taste the air around it.

"Why underground?"

"They can't be moved," Hazō said. "At least, not easily. About an inch per minute. I learned that after I created this one. I didn't know what the blast radius would be so I wasn't going to set it off anywhere near the city. Instead, I dropped it into the ground and created another one fifty miles off the coast in the Hanguri Gulf."

"I take it that test confirmed that it was safe to set this one off here?"

"Yes. But it would take days to bring it back to the surface and I didn't care to wait that long. As such, we're going to be testing something different: using runic explosives as a propulsion tool. The one up above will suffice for testing omnidirectional blasts."

"I see." He went back to contemplating the explosive.

Hazō leaned against the wall, arms folded.

"Let's see it," Orochimaru said at last, standing up.

"Step up, please."

Orochimaru leaped, stuck himself to the compacted dirt ten feet up the shaft, and watched as Hazō pulled out a low platform and positioned it over the rune, blocking the shaft from side to side. He set a steel cube the size of two fists atop the center of the platform and made a cross with his fingers, saying "Shadow Clone Technique."

The newest Hazō snapped off a snarky salute. "Hazō ShitI'mGonnaDie reporting for duty, sir!"

"Very funny," said Hazō Prime. "Give us a minute."

"On it, boss. See you next time."

Hazō led Orochimaru up the shaft, back a hundred yards, and into a Force Wall blast shield.

"This is probably only the second time in centuries that a rune has been activated," Hazō said as they waited. "It's unclear if there is a—"

The world became sound as a tower of light towered forth from the shaft, a lightning bolt made of flame leaping back to its home in the clouds on a pillow of dirt that rained down across the roof of their protective shield. Orochimaru twitched, the faintest movement towards dropping into a combat stance before he caught himself and relaxed.

Orochimaru reached into his pocket and handed Hazō a ten ryō coin.

"I'll have some clones look for the projectile later," Hazō said, tucking the coin away without comment. "Assuming it survived. Also, I now have my answer: yes, there's a small delay between activating the rune and when it detonated. Thirty seconds, give or take."

"Hm."

"Shall we try the larger one?" He gestured towards the granite pillar just outside their shelter, atop which was something covered in silk that bore the Gōketsu crest.

"You aren't worried about damage to the facility? You have clearly put a great deal of work into this place."

Hazō chuckled. "Like I said, an outsider has been into the facility. Kagome-sensei has already scheduled the demolition, so hopefully the rune does the job and saves us the trouble."

"Hm. I had assumed that was humor."

"It wasn't. If it helps, we moved out a lot of the instruments before you got here, so we won't be starting completely from scratch."

"I appreciate lack of waste."

"Great. We're going to take a few more precautions for this one. I've built a skytower that way, about half a mile horizontal and half a mile vertical. If you'd put these on, please?" He held out a pair of skywalker sandals.

"I thought you said you had yet to detonate a larger blast," Orochimaru noted, putting the sandals on.

"It'll be fine. I did the math and this represents a significantly overcautious safety margin."

"I see."

Hazō pulled out a bottle of water and chugged it before making a cross and saying, "Shadow Clone Technique."

"Hoorah! Hazō BoomBabyBoom is in the house! Gotcher mirror, boss?"

"Got it. Remember you in a bit."

"I go with the ancestors, may they hold me to their breasts!"

"Right."

Ten minutes later, once they were properly ensconced on a skytower with Force Wall blast shields set up and telescopes at hand, Hazō tipped his mirror back and forth, flashing sunlight to his clone on the ground below.

Half a minute later, Gōketsu Research Facility #147 ceased to exist.

"Ah, good," Hazō said. "Kagome-sensei will be happy."

Orochimaru sat down and leaned back on his hands. "You have made your demonstration and convinced me to bargain. Your price?"

"You're the Snake Sannin," Hazō said, settling down opposite the older man. "One of the best researchers in the world. You have access to the Great Seal in Arachnid Territory, which is probably enough reference material to let you figure out runes eventually. It will take you time, but you'll manage it. I want to save you that time. If you're open to it, I'll teach you how to make runes and I'll give you some of the substrate you need, in exchange for a few things."

A sour smile twisted Orochimaru's lips. "A deal such as our first?"

"No," Hazō said, chuckling. "Give me a little credit, sir. I learn from past mistakes. No details, no fussiness. A deal between men. I tell you what I want, you tell me what you're willing to give. I'm open to a limited amount of negotiation and if you have counterproposals, that's fine. If I like your offer then we have a deal. If not...you'll figure it out eventually."

Orochimaru studied Hazō thoughtfully. "Go on," he said after a moment.

"First, I want a jutsu that creates more of the substrate."

"Interesting," Orochimaru said. "You have a finite supply."

Hazō waffled his hand side to side. "I have a very large supply right now and I can get more. It's a bit of a trek, that's all. I'd rather save on the sandals."

Orochimaru eyed him with disdain. "A poor job at covering."

"If you aren't interested in proceeding, we can cut this off right now."

Orochimaru waved a hand. "No, it's fine. Here." He made a series of handseals. "Bones of Creation. A simple Earth Element technique. I will explain the chakra manipulations after we come to an agreement."

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "You have such a thing already?"

"Obviously. It was clear that it would be necessary to have a method for conducting chakra through stone. What else did you want?"

"Technique hacking. Your seal research notes were helpful. I want the same thing for technique hacking."

Orochimaru thought about that for a moment. "I have no objection, although I will need to check how much I have written down. I may need to have Kabuto organize it for me, which would take a few days."

"That's fine. I'll trust you to provide a worthwhile amount. Next item: dossiers on each member of Akatsuki. Abilities, psychological weaknesses...heck, favorite foods. Anything and everything you can think of, but I'm primarily looking for ways to kill them, neutralize them, or control them. I'm not interested in having them show up and steal all my work again, or frogmarch me through the city while they smear my reputation, or kill random citizens of Fire, or any of the other bullshit they've done."

Orochimaru laughed. The sound was chilling.

"I am happy to provide; I have no more interest in coexisting with those idiots than you do. If you wish to do the work of eliminating them for me, more power to you. That said, I'm not interested in spending days hunched over a desk writing it out myself. I'll dictate it to Kabuto. Give me a week."

"Countermeasures tailored to each of them."

"No. Countermeasures typically only work once and I intend to keep those advantages for my own use."

Hazō digested that, holding eye contact as he debated whether to push. "Very well," he said at last. "How about just for Hidan's blood tracking ability?"

Orochimaru raised an eyebrow. "Why do you care about that?"

"He tasted my blood and bragged about how he can find me at any time. If I decide to kill him, I don't want him detecting me through his stupid blood tracking while I'm creeping up on him."

"If your method of assassination requires that you be in sight of your target, I have no respect for you."

"And yet," Hazō said, unamused. "Do you have it or not?"

Orochimaru's eyes narrowed in irritation at Hazō's expression. "Very well. Hidan's blood tracking ability has a range of only a few miles, although the man is uncannily lucky. He will often wander off in what he outright states is a random direction, only to find himself within detection range of his target. If you want to avoid it, there is a biosealing procedure I can use that will change your blood sufficiently that his ability will no longer recognize it. I've tested it, it works."

"I...will think about that," Hazō said. "Thank you for the offer. Moving on: Mari is the Gōketsu genjutsu mistress. I want an S-rank barrier technique that she can cast genjutsu through. Something that protects her on the battlefield while she disables opponents. She wrote up some requested specs." He held out a sheet of paper.

Orochimaru took the paper and read it, rubbing his jaw in thought. "Hm. I note that there is no such thing as an 'S-rank' technique. Techniques are officially classified only up to A-rank. Nonetheless, I take your meaning and can probably find something appropriate. It might not be precisely this, but it will fill the same role. Let me check."

"Fine. Stealth-related seals that will hide me or my research sites. That one there"—he gestured towards the test site—"is five miles from Leaf, but it's probably going to be swarmed with ANBU in the not too distant future. I want something that will make it hard for people to find."

"Making an entire location unfindable is impractical in your case. Spies can simply trail you to the facility."

"Do you have something that will help?"

"Do not be condescending. I am the Snake Sannin and I was a missing-nin longer than you have been alive. Of course I have something." He thought for a moment. "If you can bring me a specimen of the Sakamoto bloodline, I can graft their invisibility into you. Your own bloodline will reject it after a few months, but during that time you will be able to become invisible at will. I also have some wide-area sound dampening seals."

"We got those from Jiraiya."

"Ah, of course." He thought. "I am uncertain what I have that I never shared with him. I can think of a variety of things that might work, but I'll need to check my notes. I can probably find two or three things."

"Thank you." He studied the Sannin carefully, assessing his patience. The man seemed relaxed, so Hazō pressed on. "The information about that cave in Honey was incredibly valuable, and I'd like to get more. Information on chakra-dense areas such as the cave, the Swamp of Death, the Forbidden Dungeon on Crimson State Island, whatever else you have. I'm looking for specific dangers, information on local ninja and wildlife, and anything of value that we might be able to harvest there."

Orochimaru huffed in a combined amusement and mild exasperation. "Kabuto is going to wear his hand out writing. Fine. I will put together dossiers on three places that I think might be useful, but I'm not going to spend weeks writing up everywhere I've ever been."

"That's fine. Ninjutsu. Medical jutsu that would help Noburi in combat—maybe a paralyzing touch ability?"

"I hadn't realized the boy wanted to weaponize his medical skills. Isn't he a follower of Tsunade's mealy-mouthed philosophy that medics are somehow above the fray and not required to use their skills in defense of their village?"

"He doesn't want to weaponize his skills, no. Unfortunately for him, I don't want him to fuckin' die and I'm his Clan Lord. He'll learn what I tell him to learn."

Orochimaru snorted a laugh. "I have a few things that he will find useful. A chakra scalpel technique, if Tsunade hasn't taught it to him already. Blades made of chakra emerging from one or more fingers, each sharper than any knife ever forged. Useful in the operating theater but in battle they can carve an enemy into steaks at a touch. There's a few other things." He cocked his head. "He fights with that Water Whip jutsu, yes? Is he able to exert his bloodline through it?"

"Yes," Hazō said after only a moment's hesitation. He didn't mention the limitation on the ability: it only worked when the whip was made from actual water, not when it was a chakra construct. No reason to disclose his brother's weaknesses to the monster that sat across from him.

"Have him visit me sometime this week. It might be possible to adapt one or more jutsu such that he can emit them from the whip instead of from his hand. I'm sure you can see the value of combining the whip and the chakra scalpels."

Hazō winced internally at the thought of how horrific the resulting wounds would be but, more importantly, at what Noburi's reaction would be when he was told that he needed to collaborate with Orochimaru.

"I'll talk to him about it," he temporized. "Still, you're okay to give him a few medical jutsu, including some that can be weaponized."

Orochimaru waved dismissively. "Of course. He would get them from Tsunade eventually, if she ever managed to, as Jiraiya used to say, untwist her panties long enough to not be such a bitch all the time."

"Uh, right."

Orochimaru raised an eyebrow. "Why, nephew, it almost sounds like you disapprove of your former adoptive father's take on things. Are you saying that you don't think Tsunade is a grouchy and tight-fisted bitch?"

"Sir, with respect, I really do not want to get drawn into the decades-long morass of the Sannin's interpersonal rivalries. Could we focus on the matter at hand?"

"Of course. I hope we are getting somewhat close to the end of this?"

"Two more things, that's all."

Orochimaru sighed. "Very well. What are they?"

"First, I want some S-rank combat ninjutsu. The only reason you are going to figure this out is because I gave you the opportunity to access the Great Seal and I figured out that the crystal could be used as runic substrate. Now I'm going to be taking time for personal instruction. I want some equivalent value. Things that will help me and my family stay alive."

Orochimaru held eye contact as he rummaged in a pouch and pulled out a small root. Green medical chakra sprang forth from his finger and he used it to shave off a slice. He tucked it between his dagger-shaped teeth and chewed thoughtfully, still staring Hazō down. Hazō struggled not to look away.

Finally, the Sannin nodded.

"Very well," he said. "Which elements do you know?"

"Me, only Earth. Between the rest of the family we have all the elements covered."

"That redhead is your strongest fighter, yes?"

"Yes."

"Hm. She's already getting the protective jutsu, so perhaps it would be better to offer something for someone else...does your brother have Lightning Element? He's already used to fighting with a whip construct, so Jiraiya's Lightning Lash technique might work well."

"He does not. Water only."

"Pity. Very well. I will give you three jutsu that are worthwhile for combat against people at my level." He smiled, the expression cruel. "Should you find yourself desiring to use them on me, perhaps reconsider the wisdom of that."

"Is there any reason why it would be necessary for a Gōketsu to fight you?"

"Learning the ways of the politician already, I see. Three jutsu. Decide among yourselves who receives them and what specific need you wish to cover. Attack, defense, mobility, area control, what have you. I'm sure I can find something to satisfy."

"Thank you, sir."

"You have one final request. Be brief, please."

"Four hours of your time. Split into chunks, used for conversations. You are a legend, sir. You have knowledge that exists nowhere else and wisdom based on experiences I have never imagined but will undoubtedly run into at some point. I want a total of four hours where I can talk to you and you will actually answer my questions in a straightforward way. No aura-blasting me, no condescending brushoffs. I don't expect you to divulge your greatest secrets and I'll respect a 'not that topic' if it's used judiciously, but four hours in which I can get actual answers to reasonable questions."

Hazō had absolutely no idea what Orochimaru's expression signalled. Was the man offended? Amused? Irritated? He found himself sweating and leaned hard on the Iron Nerve to keep himself still. He casually placed his hands on his thighs to prevent them from visibly trembling.

Finally, Orochimaru snorted in what was probably amusement. "I admire your courage, nephew. Few people wish to be anywhere near me and you have the gall to demand four hours of me serving as your personal tutor in the ways of the world?"

Hazō started to reply to that, realized it probably wasn't a good idea, and said nothing.

"Very well," Orochimaru said at last. He held up a finger as Hazō started to light up in delight. "Four hours. In moderately-sized chunks that end as soon as you annoy me too much. And I'll want the time to include practical matters as well, such as while I'm teaching you and yours the basics of those many, many jutsu that you have demanded."

Hazō studied Orochimaru, narrow-eyed. That sounded like a weasel-worded refusal.

Orochimaru rolled slitted eyes. "To once more quote my former comrade: unwad your panties, boy. I dislike people in general and I dislike being around them, but I recognize that there is value in a reputation for keeping one's word and in giving good value. It encourages people to bring you useful things if they know they will be well compensated in exchange. I won't cheat you for no reason, but I won't tolerate having my time wasted or being annoyed at puling children who want old war stories. Ask interesting questions, show some worth, and you'll be happy with the results." He shrugged, vague amusement flitting across his face. "Who knows? Perhaps I will find our conversations so fascinating that I will choose to continue them after the four hours expires. Miracles have happened before."





Author's Note: Mechanics of explosives:

Seals

  • Puffers: essentially a minor firecracker, safe enough to set off on an open hand. No damage, insignificant blast radius. Used for training Academy students in how to activate seals.
  • Training tags: 20:2
  • Explosive seals (aka explosive tags): 40:4
Training tags being 20:2 means that in their own zone they are TN20 to dodge the blast and they have a weapons rating of 2. Weapons rating means that if the target fails to dodge then they take 2 stress of damage on top of whatever results from the failed dodge roll.

Runes

  • Puffers: 60/40:4
  • Half-strength: 80/60/40:4
  • Full strength: 100/80/60/40:4
60/40 means dodge TN60 in its own zone and dodge TN40 in the next zone out. That means that the weakest possible explosive rune covers 9 zones total. Zones are of varying size depending on various factors, but outdoors in relatively open territory they are roughly 30 meters across.

XP AWARD: 10 This update covered two days, the first one mostly spent on Earthshaping with Mari and the second one on prepping for, meeting with, and doing after-action reports on Orochimaru.

Brevity XP: 0

"GM had fun" XP: 2


It is now about 8pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Democracy Comes to Hidden Leaf
Interlude: Democracy Comes to Hidden Leaf

Kei considered the stack of documents on her desk, then rearranged them into a more logical sequence for the seventh time (which was, in fact, the same sequence as the third). The coming conversation would determine the very future of the Konoha Enlightenment Initiative, and she had already allowed too many people's fates to slip through her fingers. There was no atonement that would undo the many disasters she was responsible for, but if she did not learn from them, if she did not take control, there would be no point in surviving when the many victims of her past incompetence had not.

"I believe the fifth arrangement was superior," Snowflake noted, "as the projected budgetary adjustments build on the expected reshuffling of the staff more than the reverse."

Kei rearranged the stack of documents for the eighth time.

Her hands just barely remained steady when the knock on the door finally came.

"Enter," she and Snowflake said in unison.

Ruri bowed completely unnecessarily as she entered. "Lady Kei. Snowflake."

"Good morning, Ruri," they both said, suppressing their discomfort at the not-quite-warranted degree of familiarity (instituted at Ruri's suggestion, however, since with the growing number of both Kei Clan ninja and miscellaneous Keis in the higher echelons of the KEI, her professional life was steadily transforming into a comedy sketch). "How was your mission to Cloud?" she added, because Ami taught–had taught–that a successful leader displayed interest in their subordinates' daily lives instead of merely absorbing the reports.

"It could have been worse," Ruri said, settling in the beckoned-to chair in front of the desk. "I'm confident I managed to present an air of total confidence in the new Hokage's leadership, and I think M's secret representative at the meeting bought the Shadow Clone Technique disinformation I let slip, though there's no way of knowing if M himself will fall for it. On the other hand, the high-profile nature of the mission left me with no openings to contact local assets, which is going to delay Operation Turboweasel by months."

One could tell which Hokage had originated the plan from the name alone.

"Also, I brought you souvenirs."

"Truly, there was no need for such excess," Kei objected even as she gazed enraptured at the scroll of Raiyoke Hozaki's commentary on the Spleen Sutra. While scrolls of religious commentary were freely sold within Lightning as an income source for the monasteries, the total lack of a foreign market meant they were nigh impossible to obtain outside it.

"Naturally, you are aware that I possess no interest whatsoever in the heretical ramblings of deluded foreigners," she added as a matter of propriety, even as she mentally adjusted her timetable to allocate an evening with Shikamaru to dissect the work of one of the continent's finest moral philosophers.

"Naturally."

"Thank you very much," Snowflake added, closing the box of traditional Lightning paintings-on-cotton.

Yes, it was very helpful to begin a meeting like this one with a reminder of how dangerous Kei Ruri was.

"I suppose you are wondering why I have requested your presence in my coordinator capacity, but not that of the other department heads," Kei began.

"I have a few theories," Ruri said, her gaze flicking over to note Snowflake's position next to the desk, the single stack of documents, and the deployed OPSEC seals.

"With the Hokage's accession and Ami's deep cover mission, the KEI urgently requires new leadership," Kei said.

"Already," Snowflake added with a small scowl, "the more hostile clans are taking action to exploit our vulnerability. My unique capacity for coordination with Kei has been instrumental in preventing her from being overwhelmed by conveniently-timed conflicts and demands."

"However," Kei said, "we believe that the changing times demand not merely new leadership, but a new approach to leadership. We can no longer rely on the founder's right as justification for rule by fiat, nor can we continue to orient ourselves around an arrangement originally established by Ami in order to leverage a key figure's support without surrendering the nascent organisation to him."

Ruri leaned forward, hopefully intrigued.

"We intend," Kei said, raising her voice slightly for drama, "to determine the KEI's next leaders by popular election."

"Popular election?" Ruri repeated. "You mean like the Hokage election?"

"Indeed."

"But… how do you decide who is eligible to vote?" Ruri asked, frowning uncertainly. "There is no KEI Council other than the coordinators, and you are the only one available. The KEI is egalitarian by design, and if you want to designate a new hierarchy with voting and non-voting tiers..."

"Who is eligible?" Snowflake asked before Ruri could waste too much time on redundant analysis. "Why, everyone."

Ruri raised a sceptical eyebrow.

"There are hundreds of us, Lady Kei," she said. "This cannot possibly be workable, from a practical perspective alone."

"We are collaborating with Nara experts," Kei said, "to develop a robust voting system which will satisfy all of our needs.

"This is no whim of mine," she said firmly. "It is a necessity. In an age where KEI shinobi grow ever more powerful and ambitious, it is no longer sufficient to have one's rule grandfathered in, nor justified solely by experience and competence which one desires to be eventually matched by others. Such complacency demands an eventual downfall, and I am no longer permitted to be complacent. No, only through unimpeachable proof that the people have freely chosen us as their representatives can we claim the legitimacy to lead them."

Kei handed Ruri the first sheet.

"These are the winners of the election, and the approximate margins by which they will secure victory."

"..."

"I am no longer a helpless child to be swept along by my magnificent sister's grandiose plots," Kei said. "I am a shinobi of Uplift."

"What does that mean, exactly?" Ruri asked, though her eyes did not leave the sheet.

"It means that I will lead the people in my care to their optimal future by any means necessary, whether they wish it or not."

"And having heard all this, I no longer have the right to refuse," Ruri reasoned.

"You are indispensable to my plan," Kei agreed, "and so, you will participate in it. I am inclined to believe that Ami's seat of power, an accomplice bond with Nara Kei, and a future of infinite potential will serve as sufficient motivation."

Kei left unspoken the corollary. Ruri would not triumph in a confrontation between them, neither independently nor with her clan's backing, considering the latter would all but compel the Ino-Shika-Chō to intervene.

But Ruri simply laughed. "You're giving me a seat at the table in a political game with hundreds of lives at stake, Lady Kei. That alone would have been worth the price of admission.

"Now," she said, sobering up slightly, "I can see why you want me as a coordinator. As head of the ACC, I'm Ami's natural successor–"

Her what.

Ruri shivered minutely as Kei and Snowflake's feelings on the subject resonated. "I meant to say, I worked closely with her and have a similar skill set. No other implications were intended."

"You are also," Kei said as if no blasphemy had taken place, "an aspirational figure to the rank-and-file, the jōnin summoner who co-founded her own clan and rose to a position of significance in the KEI on pure merit, out of loyalty that, strictly speaking, is no longer required of you. You are popularly seen as this generation's Hatake Kakashi, and you have already far surpassed him in the social arena."

Ruri accepted that feeblest of compliments with grace. "In other words, well-suited to a popularity contest."

Kei nodded. "Independently powerful, a most viable candidate even in the face of your clan membership, possessor of the exact skills I lack, and… well, you have repeatedly proved yourself as a reliable ally."

Ruri was not Mari, Kei reminded herself regularly. Her effortless charm and other talents in the social domain did not necessarily imply a twisted dark side that could imperil Kei's very sense of self if an unpredictable fall prompted a sudden betrayal.

"Thank you," Ruri said. "For your trust." A heartfelt, sincere tone did not guarantee either feeling. Still, deprived of her exalted guide through the social domain, Kei so wished to believe.

"Given those criteria," Ruri continued, "perhaps you could explain why you've chosen to give the other seat of power to your archnemesis?"

Kei did not hate Hanta Kei. That would imply a depth of feeling that the insufferable, pedantic, faux-rational, spontaneously emotional woman did not deserve. No, outside their professional interactions, the Finance supervisor and leader of the Purist Movement was beneath Kei's notice, and there she ought to remain… but Kei's path to victory demanded that she use the most expedient tools available.

She supposed it was futile to blame Ami, who had concluded, with her usual genius, that since there would inevitably be some kind of backlash against the KEI leadership being composed exclusively of clan shinobi, the natural course of action would be to found such a movement herself, carefully curating its membership to ensure that the most disruptive shinobi gravitated together without ever developing a competent enough core to cause actual trouble (except when Ami desired trouble to be caused).

Unfortunately, in the tamer's absence, the beast could no longer be controlled. To Ami, the Purists might have been no more than a toy, but Kei, whose mastery of weaving webs would humble the most dexterous rhinoceros, was forced to take a different approach.

"Hanta Kei," she explained, "is proof of the fairness of the elections. In the inconceivable event that I should manipulate the votes, I would never place a woman who loathes me and everything I represent in a position of equal power. Additionally, with a legitimate voice at the highest level, the Purist Movement and other conservatives will no longer be able to decry the Triumvirate as unrepresentative, much less gather popular support to undermine it. Meanwhile, you and I together will be able to outvote her on any issue of significance, all while allowing her sufficient minor victories to maintain an illusion of parity. Do you believe this to be within our joint capabilities?"

Ruri gave the smile of a predator whose prey had just broken its leg.

"Hanta was public about her opposition to Mori Ami and Lord Uzumaki as leaders, as well as yourself," she said, "without having sufficient backing to actually challenge you. It's the behaviour of an ideologue, not a politician. In other words, she's a sheep who fancies herself a shepherd because enough other sheep follow her. If anything, we may have to protect her, because the clans will eat her alive."

Satisfied, Kei reached for the second sheet. "Now," she said, "allow me to introduce you to certain peculiarities of the voting system…"

-o-​

Voting is closed.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 635: Bargaining with the ~~Fox~~ Hokage

"Take a load off and help yourself," Naruto said, leading Hazō to a chair in front of the desk. A tray holding a plate of cookies, a pot of tea, and one cup waited in front of the Hokage's chair. Naruto nudged it over to Hazō's side, then noticed that there was only one cup. "Doh, sorry." He rummaged around in one drawer of the desk and pulled out another cup. There was a clink as he lifted the cup, suggesting the drawer contained more crockery.

"I sometimes can't be bothered to run the dirty dishes out," Naruto said with a blush. "So I shove them in a drawer and then forget about it. Actually, hang on. Let me get some fresh ones. Shadow Clone Technique." A new Naruto pulled the drawer out of the desk, tossed the dirty cup into it, and jogged out of the room.

"You know you could just make a new clone and have them run the dishes, right?" Hazō asked, leaning back in his chair and nibbling a sugar cookie.

Naruto blinked. "Oh. Yes, I have totally thought of that but I choose not to."

"Uh-huh. Why?"

"Because I'm the Hokage and I don't have to explain myself, that's why!"

"Gotcha. Anyway, few things I wanted to touch on with you. Thanks for taking the meeting."

"No worries. I'm in six meetings at the moment and this is the only one where my eyes aren't glazing over...yet." He stuck his tongue out.

"You're in a good mood," Hazō said, amused. "Oh, thank you." The other Naruto had trotted back in with a pair of clean cups and set them down before poofing out of existence. Hazō poured and gestured for Naruto to take whichever cup he preferred, then took his own and sat back with an ahhhh of satisfaction.

"What's on your brain?"

"First off, I wanted to report the sealing failure that caused those two loud noises outside of Leaf the other day. You know, the ones that were definitely seal failures and not anything else."

Naruto grinned and tapped the side of his nose, then pointed at Hazō. "Understood."

"If you wouldn't mind dropping a mention, get some rumors started, that would be great."

"Eh," Naruto said. "Right now it's an unexplained event that will be quickly forgotten. Changing that story to 'seal failure' refreshes everyone's memory and makes people irritable at you."

Hazō smiled. "Excellent. That's what Mari thought too but she figured I should still mention it to you just in case you had a different take."

Naruto smiled. "What else you got?"

"I talked to Orochimaru. The deal went well and I'm not going to be an involuntary guest in his labs. For now, anyway. We'll see what happens next."

"Cool."

"I'd appreciate it if you would officially endorse the Gōketsu learning technique hacking under Haruhisa. Kagome-sensei and I think we're going to need it to decode the rest of the jinchūriki seals."

Naruto raised an eyebrow. "Making much progress on those?"

Hazō grimaced and waggled a hand. "Some, on the early seals. After the eighth they seem to require technique hacking along with sealmastery." He shook his head. "No offense, but your father was a real pain in the ass."

Naruto laughed. "Leaf's enemies would definitely agree. Sure, I'll talk to Haruhisa. He's still going to charge and I'm not going to force him to do it if he doesn't want to, so you'll need to stay on his good side."

"Sure sure." He hesitated. The sequencing in the conversation wasn't great since he still needed to talk more about Haruhisa and technique hacking, but this was about the best segue he could ask for. The Gōketsu council had spent hours crafting the next few lines of dialogue, including whether or not they should happen. The final decision had been closer than he would have preferred.

"Speaking of Haruhisa's rates," Hazō said carefully, "I wanted to talk to you about money and stuff."

Naruto's eyebrow went up. "The mood appears to have shifted," he noted.

"Yeah. I debated whether or not I should raise this issue with you, because I'm worried it's going to piss you off. Still, I figure it's important to get a handle on where we stand and if this is a problem then I'm sorry and I'll know better in the future."

He took a deep breath. "Here's the thing...the Gōketsu led the charge on your election to that chair, and we paid a ton of money in the process. Like, 'we had to sell a bunch of assets in order to keep the pantry full' a lot. The money wasn't the crucial thing—the thing that actually turned the election was the jutsu that you sold to the Amori and their bloc. Those jutsu were your family's legacy and it was absolutely a bigger sacrifice than what we made. Also, we supported you for our own reasons and serving under a sensible Hokage is its own reward, so we don't regret our support. That said, I feel like we were enthusiastically on your side but we didn't get as much for it as the people who needed to be bought in order to support you. I wish we could have received some of those jutsu, or some seals that aren't available to the general public, or something of that sort." He spread his hands. "I don't know...am I being unreasonable, or too greedy?"

Hazō needs to make a positive impression on Naruto, which is a Rapport check. This is an important conversation; if it goes well he's going to gain priceless treasure, but if it goes badly he could sour his relationship with Naruto. Plus, he's currently at -8 from his Severe Consequence. He's going to go hard on this one, invoking as much as he can.


There is an argument to be made that the Gōketsu didn't actually sacrifice that much. They didn't sell any of their own jutsu and the monetary costs were huge but can be replaced quickly. Hazō has been upfront about this. As such, Naruto isn't terribly motivated to disgorge the wealth of the Uzumaki but he is maybe willing to give some preferential treatment—help passing some laws, lucrative trade deals, etc. Or maybe he'll be pissed off at the demand when he knows perfectly well that the Gōketsu were supporting him for their own political agenda. Let's find out.

Preregistered outcomes:

  • Hazō loses by 3+ shifts: the relationship with Naruto is soured. Not to the level of 'hatred' but he's angry at the request and will remain irritated until something significant happens to shift his mood
  • Hazō loses by 1-2 shifts: Naruto turns him down and is vaguely irritated for the rest of this conversation but no long-term consequences accrue
  • Hazō wins by 0 shifts: Naruto doesn't feel obliged to hand over jutsu but is willing to make lucrative trade deals or other political / monetary benefits
  • Hazō wins by 1-2 shifts: Naruto gives 1 jutsu or seal of Hazō's choice
  • Hazō wins by 3+ shifts: Naruto gives them what the Amori et al got
Hazō, Rapport (20) - 8 (Severe Consequence) + 12 ("Forged in Fire") + 4 (invoke "Lists and Plans") + 4 (invoke "Creative Idealist") + 4 (invoke "Open Mouth, Insert Foot's" positive side, 'Invoke when: Hazō's painful sincerity melts a cynic's heart.') + 4 (invoke "Lord of clan Gōketsu) + 6 (dice): 46

Naruto, Empathy (?) + ? (invoke "Lord of Clan Uzumaki") - 6 (dice, and seriously wtf??? Even I'm starting to think that Jashin is real when you get a 12-point swing like this): ?

[remainder of combat, if any, not shown. Note that no more FP will be spent since Hazō has no more useful Aspects to spend FP on and isn't going to burn them for the flat bonus]

Naruto chooses not to take Consequences, so he is Taken Out and accedes to Hazō's request.

Hazō gains 1 FP for winning an important conflict.


Naruto frowned in thought and stared down into his tea. Hazō struggled not to show his nervousness.

"No," Naruto said, looking up at last. "No, that's not unreasonable. At the same time, let's be honest—you didn't support me out of the goodness of your heart, you supported me because I'm best aligned with your political agenda. Right?"

Hazō considered that. "True, although Lord Akimichi wouldn't have been a disaster for us."

"Fair. Anyway, you're right that you should have gotten something. How about you pick: one of Dad's seals that wasn't ever made public, or a jutsu from the Uzumaki vaults—the good stuff, not random crap like you'd find in the library." He paused for a response, then hastened to add, "Oh, on the seals...I'm not comfortable letting anyone browse through everything that's there, but I'm happy to choose one for you."

Hazō can ask for 1 jutsu of his choice or one seal of Naruto's choice. Please vote as follows and the results of the vote will be edited in here. Votes are as follows:
  • [x][Naruto] Seal
  • [x][Naruto] Jutsu: name or type here


"Name or type of jutsu" might be, e.g. "Swamp of the Underworld" or "ranged attack jutsu". If you ask for a specific jutsu and Naruto doesn't have it / won't part with it then he'll offer something that he (i.e. the QMs) feel fills the same general type—if he won't give you Swamp then he'll give you some other battlefield control, etc. The jutsu will be B-rank or higher, meaning something that if it fits your combat style then it would be reasonable to use it in any combat between jōnin, but it won't autowin the fight for you. It might or might not be up to the task of a fight between S-rankers.

Naruto promised exclusivity to the people he bought for the election, so Swamp of the Underworld is not on the table.

Results of the vote will be converted to more conversation which will be edited in here.
"I did want to raise one issue," Hazō said. "Akatsuki stole the first part of the jinchūriki seal chain from my office, so they know that it involves technique hacking. If they hear that I've started studying technique hacking, there's a slim chance they could decide that I'm working on dimensionalism again and get pissy about it. I don't think it's likely but I can't say it's impossible either, so I'm mentioning it."

Naruto shrugged and sipped his tea. "There's only so far that we can shape our lives around what Akatsuki will do," he said. "And only so far that I'm willing to. They've already killed a Kage for bad reasons and I'm working on the best way to raise that issue at the next AMITY meeting. Most of the other Kage will be glad to see us get done dirty but none of them are going to be comfortable with the idea that those cloak fuckers can do that whenever they want. Likewise, them coming in and stealing all our shit is going to raise some eyebrows. Yes, Akatsuki justified it by calling it reparations but that's bullshit and everyone knows it. They killed the Hokage, we defended ourselves successfully, and then they strongarm us?" He shook his head. "I'm disappointed in Auntie Sunnybritches."

"'Auntie Sunnybritches'?" Hazō cursed himself the moment the words escaped his lips and looked around nervously to make sure that the Slug Princess wasn't going to appear from thin air and murder him.

"Yeah, Uncle Jiraiya used to call her that when he wanted to piss her off. She pissed me off by caving to them, so I figure it's appropriate."

"Ah. Yes, well...I'll, uh, leave you to that conversation. Meanwhile, on subjects that are less likely to get my spine pulled out through my nose if they're overheard, any chance I could get the rest of the designs for the jinchūriki seals? I want to start studying them for reference material."

Naruto hesitated only briefly. "Sure, and thank you. We need someone to know that seal."

"It's not exactly an urgent priority," Hazō said with a smile. "I've probably got fifty or sixty years to figure it out."

Naruto chuckled. "Here's hoping it doesn't take that long. Anything else? I don't mean to rush you but I've got Lord Aburame coming in fifteen minutes to go over some absolutely mind-numbing shit." He paused. "Literally. He wants to talk about setting up a contract for the city to pay the Aburame to collect and dispose of the city's nightsoil."

"Hah. Yeah, I am suddenly very happy not to have to do your job. Anyway, two hopefully quick things: first, can I get a sample of Hidan's blood? I'm assuming he either left some around after he blew himself up escaping the Tower or after he splashed into the ground."

"What do you want it for? Never mind, I don't want to know. I don't know if anyone bothered to collect any, but I'll ask and have it sent over if we did."

"Thanks. Last item. Can I tell the Toad Sages about lithosealing? I want their advice on some things and help with a couple of the ancillary aspects. It might help with the Dragons."

Naruto chewed his lip, thinking. "I guess? I don't want it spread around but they're pretty tight-lipped. Plus, from what I'm reading in Asuma's journals, the Dragons are a big deal."

"They really are, and thank you." Hazō rose to his feet and bowed. "Thank you, Lord Hokage. This was a bright spot in my day."

"As Auntie Sunnybritches would say, don't be getting all sappy on me," Naruto said with a glower that he had clearly copied from Tsunade, which was completely ruined by the small smile. "See you around, Lord Gōketsu." He nodded in mock formality.

Hazō turned and left, his steps light with the feeling of success.





Author's Note: The plan had Hazō ask for help getting Haruhisa to train him in TH. It then asked for Naruto to do the training instead, which was weird so I had Hazōpilot+sanity check cancel it.

You gave Orochimaru his first runic production lesson. It went well; he's a quick student and both he and Hazō have a strong foundation in Sealing so teaching Primordial Sealing is easier than starting from scratch.

Other plan components:

  • Research
    • SC researches force walls (Prime draws blank for infusion)
      • Use research notes, and an infused seal as reference
      • Prep 5 days, or more if Hazōpilot wants,
      • Use SSA
      • Reroll per Hazōpilot.
    • As time permits, study the Great Seal by spending prep days on it. Determine difficulty and anything possible about its functioning
  • Have Noburi ask Tsunade how she creates novel medical techniques.
  • Tell Team YOUTH that they can return home.
Kagome gives Hazō his research notes on Force Walls, though he declines to actively help Hazō as he's busy with his own research. Otherwise, Hazō has no relevant veterancies.

Hazō (Calligraphy): 42 + 3 (IN) + 3 (Dampener) - 10 (Severe) + 10 (prep days) - 3 = 45 Hazō (Sealing): 51 + 24 (SSA) - 16 (Severe) + 10 (prep days) - 6 = 63

Hazō makes good progress! While he's far more exhausted than normal with the injuries and the intense healing regimen, the seal is easy enough that he's not struggling at all. Still, he expects progress will be slow. He thinks he's at least 10% of the way through.

Does Hazō understand [redacted]?

Hazō (Primordial Sealing): 36 - 5 (Severe Consequence penalty to Sealing * 1/3) - 4 (Severe Consequence penalty to Primordial Sealing) - 6 = 21
Hazō spends a FP to reroll!
Hazō (Primordial Sealing): 36 - 5 (Severe Consequence penalty to Sealing * 1/3) - 4 (Severe Consequence penalty to Primordial Sealing) - 12 = 15

Hazō thinks he could perhaps understand aspects of the Great Seal's function, but a bunch of minor distractions and the eternal brain fog left behind by his intense healing regimen have him too exhausted to put things together. He's certain the full difficulty of the seal is well beyond his current capability.

Tsunade says that to invent new medical techniques, one uses principles of conventional ninjutsu invention.

Team Hyūga confirms understanding and starts the journey home.

XP AWARD: 20 This update covered 6 days.

Brevity XP: 6

"GM had fun" XP: 1

FP: -3 net


  • +1 Winning an important conflict
  • -4 to win that conflict
Vote time! What to do now? NOTE: The vote will be counted starting from chapter 634 in order to catch the votes for the Orochimaru jutsu request. Votes for action plan, training plan (if any), Orochimaru jutsu requests, and Naruto jutsu requests will all close on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 636: In Which Hazō Comes Back Wrong

It was a quiet evening at the Gōketsu estate. Hazō was sitting on the living room sofa, taking a break from accounting by perusing today's broadsheet (apparently, the KEI were going to determine the next coordinators by "popular election", a concept firmly condemned by the Hyūga as an insult to Leaf's traditional values and simultaneously praised by the Hagoromo for finally breaking the loyal clanless of Leaf free of the unearned dictatorial grasp of unworthy foreigners). In a nearby chair, Yuno studied a technique scroll she'd got from Fujisawa, giggling occasionally. Satsuko, leaning against the chair, had been polished today, and her blade reflected the orange light with a satisfied gleam.

"Praise the Sage, I'm finally home!"

"My precious little bumblebee!" Yuno cast the scroll aside, nearly giving Hazō a deadly eyeful of secret onojutsu, and made, appropriately, a beeline for Noburi as he staggered in.

"Hi, Yuno," Noburi said, half returning her hug and half collapsing against her. "Seeing you always makes life suck a little less. Hazō, I guess you're here too."

"Is that any way to address the head of your clan?" Hazō demanded with mock petulance, putting down the broadsheet so he could cross his arms imperiously.

Noburi gave Yuno one last affectionate squeeze and stepped away.

"My most illustrious clan lord," Noburi proclaimed, sweeping into the kind of courtly bow that almost certainly didn't exist outside those flamboyant court dramas Snowflake occasionally dragged thoughtfully invited him and Mari to, "your humble servant is honoured to the depths of his soul to witness your decadence as you beseat your exalted rear upon yonder heavily-cushioned sofa, contemplating a work of mostly fictional entertainment while lowly beings like your brother crawl home in the rain barely alive after another day of gruelling labour."

"And don't you forget it. Bad day at work?"

"Bleh," Noburi confirmed, falling heavily into an empty chair. "The Director was going to present some revolutionary developments in cranectomy that Tsunade-sensei shared with her before she left."

"Tomy is cutting people," Yuno said slowly with a frown, "like with a tomahawk. I don't remember what cranes are in medicine-speak."

Noburi gave her a brief appreciative smile, but it was soon discarded as if he'd failed to pay the upkeep cost. "So you know how one of the big occupational hazards of being a ninja is having evil spirits set up camp in your brain?"

"Obviously," Hazō agreed. "It's why every ninja, even a missing-nin, wears a forehead protector with their village's holy symbol on it whenever they're in the field. I remember that from the Academy."

"Oh, is that why?" Yuno asked. "That makes sense of why you need them and Isanese people don't–we have purification rituals passed down from Ui himself to make sure everyone in Isan is sane and incorruptible."

Hazō and Noburi exchanged glances.

"...Right," Noburi agreed. "Anyway, obviously sometimes evil spirits get in anyway. Normally, a shinobi soul can endure a few evil spirits with nothing worse than nightmares and a thousand-yard stare, but if you take a bad head injury, sometimes it shakes them loose and makes them go berserk, and then a medic-nin has to open up a hole in your head for them to get out before they kill you. It's a really hard operation, and usually the patient dies anyway, so even the teeniest improvement to their odds of survival is amazing.

"Which," he gritted his teeth, "is why it's such a problem that the hospital doesn't have a single ninja corpse for dissection because we don't have a steady supply of enemy ninja the way we used to. Corpse dissection is a massive, irreplaceable medical tool for teaching and research, and the last corpse we had was an infiltrator from three weeks ago who cut his throat before the Yamanaka could get their hands on him."

"Couldn't you use civilian corpses instead?" Yuno asked. "Nobody's going to complain if a few of those go missing."

Hazō and Noburi gave her identical looks.

"Ones which are already dead, I mean! I'm not saying you should kill random people off the street! That was one time!"

"For some things, sure," Noburi said. "It's not like a civilian gets to say no if a ninja turns up at their door saying they have to give up their loved one's body for the good of Leaf instead of giving them proper funeral rites. It's… not great, but a real medic-nin measures these things in lives saved, not feelings hurt or afterlives denied.

"In a case like this one, though, civilian skulls are just too different from ninja ones. Too soft, mostly, so the experience of cutting through them is totally different. There's even been talk of maybe poaching some subjects from the FGP, but we're not quite desperate enough to risk treading on Orochimaru's tail just yet."

"No," Hazō agreed. "Although maybe you could strike a deal with him?"

"Nobody with the tiniest grain of sanity tries to make deals with Orochimaru," Noburi said. "Just him knowing you exist is bad enough. Have you maybe forgotten how he tried to vivisect you and Kei? I don't want to think what he'd do to some random medic who might not even have clan backing."

"You don't make deals with asuras," Yuno confirmed. "They take what they want, and maybe they give you something back at their whim. Calling it a trade doesn't change how their minds work."

"Um," Hazō said. "Actually, I've made another trade with Orochimaru."

Noburi sighed. "Seriously, Hazō? Why would you even do that? Last time kind of made sense, what with you having this super valuable thing and no other use for it, and even then it meant the risk of giving Orochimaru Dragon powers. What could have possessed you to do it again?"

"He was already going to reinvent–"

Hazō glanced at Yuno, who didn't know about lithosealing.

"–the very valuable thing I'm going to teach him on his own, and this way we got a lot out of him in exchange for only speeding up the inevitable by a few months."

Noburi's look of realisation was followed by Yuno's own when she looked at him. Her face fell, but she didn't say anything.

"So what did you get?" Noburi asked with a touch of resignation.

"A lot," Hazō said smugly. "And among a whole lot of other things I'll update you on later, he's offered to examine your body so he can figure out some nifty powerups for you."

Noburi's mouth fell open. He stated at Hazō for several silent seconds before the explosion came.

"You want me to go under Orochimaru's scalpel? Hazō, are you fucking insane? The man's a monster who vivisects living people for shits and giggles! You were there when he tortured Noda! You nearly got vivisected yourself!"

"This is wrong," Yuno said, fire burning beneath the forced calm of her voice. "Hazō wouldn't do that to you, not deliberately. He came back wrong, Noburi. He went to see Orochimaru and came back wrong. I was always scared one of us would one day."

She reached over and picked up Satsuko. "What do we do?"

"Waitwaitwait!" Hazō threw up his hands in a protesting gesture. "I'm not proposing any kind of vivisection. I'm not crazy. Just an examination, that's all, to see if he can adapt any ninjutsu to work with your Bloodline Limit so you can use them through the Water Whip. It will happen at Leaf General Hospital, not in his Basement. I'll be there with you, along with some experienced doctors hopefully including Tsunade. Plus, he knows he has to uphold his deal with me, fair and square, if he wants me to keep teaching him, and if he wants to maintain his reputation as someone people can deal with." He said silent thanks to Kei for adding the "at Leaf General Hospital" part during their planning meeting; Noburi would have been freaking out even harder without that bit.

"Orochimaru? Reputation?" Noburi demanded. "Are you even listening to yourself? Hazō, you're talking about Leaf's bogeyman, the guy who doesn't care that everyone knows he kidnaps people for evil experiments–or did until the FGP bought him off. The guy who tried to kidnap a clan head."

"We–We need Tsunade for this," Yuno said. "It takes an asura to break an asura's spell."

"Yeah," Noburi said. "But we should get him checked over by Mari first, in case it's genjutsu, or maybe something that can be cured with genjutsu. Kagome too, though if it's an Orochimaru bioseal, it's probably too much for him."

"Don't you think you're overreacting?" Hazō pleaded. "I did a trade with Orochimaru before and nothing went wrong. You studied his notes!"

"Yeah," Noburi said. "Notes. You want to hand your brother over to Orochimaru so he can tinker with his body. Hey, maybe I can come back wrong too, and together we can get Kei to go under the scalpel next."

"No tinkering," Hazō said. "Just an examination."

"You…" Noburi groaned. "Hazō, do you actually not get the risks? At the very least, he's going to use diagnostic seals on me, and if those seals do other stuff we can't detect, too bad. Hell, he's Orochimaru. For all I know, he can inject me with mind control parasites if he just has his hands on me long enough. They even say he can turn his fingers into venomous fangs."

"Even if he's harmless, which is madness," Yuno said, "there's no possible way he won't use this as a way to find out Noburi's weaknesses. He might even look for a way to copy Noburi's incredible powers for himself. Imagine the Snake Summoner with unlimited chakra and the power to drain more."

Orochimaru did say he could implant a Bloodline Limit temporarily, until it was rejected. Was that an inherent limit, or was Orochimaru deliberately holding back?

"He's the monster who tried to vivisect two members of this family," Noburi said in a voice of implacable stone. "He hurt you and Mari just because he could. You can trade artefacts and lore with him all you like, but he is not getting his hands on my body."

"Satsuko and I will kill him if he tries."

There was no winning this battle, Hazō realised. He could order Noburi to do it, and maybe that would be the right thing to do for Noburi's own good. But he knew what it would do to their relationship, to place his trust in Orochimaru over Noburi's free will, and that wasn't a good trade for the possibility of a moderate powerup.

"All right," Hazō said heavily. "Are you at least OK with him giving you some medical ninjutsu, including combat-worthy ones?"

"Sure," Noburi said. "Those I can just show the senior medics if anything seems off. I'll even say a great big thank you for getting me cool stuff–if Mari and Kagome give you a clean bill of mental health."

Hazō couldn't tell for sure that Noburi wasn't joking, but there was no such ambiguity in the way Yuno held her axe.

It was going to be a long night.

-o-​

You have received 3 + 1 (Brevity) + 1 (QM-had-fun) = 5 XP.

-o-​

Voting is closed unless @eaglejarl or @Paperclipped reopens it.
 
Last edited:
Back
Top